Home

Legal Information

1. 320 Step 1 Set Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Cell 330 V 340 350 OUTPUT Test set CALL OPER MODE CELL 360 370 1 380 Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE 390 1 200 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release
2. Step 5 Set the Mobile Station s Operating Conditions 1 OUTPUT Test_set CALL MS DTX OFF Turn DTX off for all MS tests 1 FOR Traf_chan 120 TO 124 STEP 2 Test channels 120 122 amp 124 OUTPUT Test set CALL TCH SEQ Traf chan Use SEQ to force sequential execution of the TCH command OUTPUT Test set CALL STAT STAT Verify that the call is still in ENTER Test set Call status the connected state after handover IF Call status CONN THEN PRINT Call handover failed New channel assignment Traf chan PRINT Program terminated STOP END IF FOR Ms pwr lvl 5 TO 15 STEP 5 Test power levels 5 10 amp 15 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chapters prog prog guide comprehensive prog example fm 1460 1470 1480 1490 1500 1510 1520 1530
3. 1 OUTPU est set CALL END OUTPU est set CALL CONN STAT ENTER Test set Call connected Initiate a base station disconnect Initiate call connect state query Program will hang here until state change or timer expires Check if disconnect successful IF Call connected THEN put error handler here END IF Call is disconnected so proceed with control program Terminating an Active Call from the Mobile Station The process for terminating an active call from the mobile station is shown in the following figure There is no facility in the test set to initiate a call disconnect from the mobile station This must be accomplished manually or through a test bus built into the mobile station For mobile station terminated calls where the call is terminated by physically pushing a button on the phone as opposed to using a test bus ensure that the call state change detector time out time is long enough to allow a human to push the button 198 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersprog prog guide step8 fm Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station from the BSE Step 8 Figure 2 Process f
4. 64 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_iq_desc fm Programming an I Q Tuning Measurement Programming an I Q Tuning Measurement This section provides an example of how to make an I Q Tuning measurement via the GPIB 1 Ensurethat the mobileis in test mode and is transmitting all 1s or all Os Ensure that the expected frequency expected power level and trigger are appropriately set Configure the Q Tuning measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem Start thel Q Tuning measurement using the I NI Tiate subsystem UsetheINITiate DONE command to determine if Q Tuning measurement results are available au PF WN Use the FETCh command to obtain 1 Q Tuning measurement results Program Example The following program shows how to make an I Q Tuning measurement on a normal GSM TCH burst If you want to test a CW signal all you need to change in this program is the trigger type which should be set to I mmediate rather than RF Rise
5. OUTPU est set CALL PAG IMSI 001012345678901 Set paging IMSI OUTPU est set CALL PAG REP OFF Set paging repeat state to off OUTPU est set CALL ORIG Start a base station originated call OUTPU est set CALL CONN STAT Hanging GPIB query ENTER Test set Call connected Program will hang here until 1 origination passes or fails IF NOT Call_connected THEN Check if connection successful OUTPUT Test set CALL END put error handler here END IF Call is connected so proceed with control program Call Origination Process Commands Paging the Mobile Station Paging the mobile station is accomplished using the CALL ORI Ginate command Example 6 Command Syntax CALL ORIGinate Example 7 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set CALL ORIG would start the process of making a base station originated call Setting the Paging IMSI The pagingIMSI is set using the PAGing I MSI command Example 8 Command Syntax CALL PAGing IMSI string Example 9 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set CALL PAG IMSI 001012345678901 would set the paging IMSI to 001012345678901 Setting the Paging Repeat State The paging repeat state is set using the PAGing REPeat STATe command Example 10 Command Syntax
6. Step 3 Configure th asurement Execution Parameters LKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK Configure ORFS Measurement 1 OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT Put Swit_ OUTPUT OUTPUT 1 offs 40 Mod offs z 2M Test set SET ORFS SWIT COUN 5 Examples of using complex commands to Test set SET ORFS MOD COUN 10 set multi meas state and count at same time Test set SET ORFS TRIG SOUR AUTO Set trig source to AUTO Test set SET ORFS CONT OFF Set trig mode to single Test set SET ORFS TIM 60 Set timeout time to 60 seconds S S Test set Test set D CDS OKHZ 40 ORF ORF switching and modulation offsets to be tested into string variables OKHZ 600KHZ 600KHZ 1200KHZ 1200KHZ 1800KHZ 1800KHZ HZ 2MHZ 4MHZ 4 Ts T HZ 6MHZ 6MHZ 8MHZ 8MHZ 1MHZ 1MHZ S SWIT FREQ amp Swit_offs S MOD FREQ amp Mod_offs Configure TX Power Measurement OUTPUT Test set SET TXP COUN 3 OUTPUT Test set SET TXP TRIG SOUR RISE QUAL ON OUTPUT Test set SET TXP CONT OFF OUTPUT Test set SET TXP TIM 20 1
7. 2640 2650 OUTPUT Test set CALL END 2660 OUTPUT Test set CALL CONN STAT 2670 ENTER Test_set Call_connected 2680 IF Call connected THEN 2690 BEEP 2700 PRINT Unable to complete BS termination Program terminated 2710 STOP 2720 END IF 2730 PRINT Program completed 2740 STOP 2450s 1 2760 Bad measurement 2770 PRINT Measurement error amp Meas done 2780 PRINT Measurement Integrity value Integrity 2790 RETURN 2800 2810 END End of program 2820 2830 SUB Chk err msg que 2840 COM Address Test set 2850 DIM Error_message 255 2860 Error_flag 0 2870 LOOP 2880 OUTPUT Test set SYST ERR 2890 ENTER Test set Error number Error message 2900 EXIT IF Error number 0 2910 IF Error number 350 THEN 2920 Error flag 1 2930 PRINT Error ssage Queue overflow Error messages have been lost 2940 ELSE 2950 Error flag 1 2960 PRINT Error number Error message 2970 END IF 2980 END LOOP 2990 IF NOT Error flag THEN 3000 PRINT No errors in Error Message Queue 3010 SUBEXIT 3020 END IF 3030 STOP 3040 SUBEND 205 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseWReference ManualChapters prog prog guide comprehensive prog example fm
8. Active Cell Operating M ode on page 509 Test Mode Operating M ode on page 524 Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 DEAK KAKA OK AK ARK KK AK KK ARK OK KK KK AK KOK KK OK KK KOK AK KK KK aK KK KK OK KK KK aK KK KK OK KKK 520 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_rcvr_test fm Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH The traffic channel parameters are configured using the following call processing subsystem commands For complete command syntax see CALL TCHannel on page 286 TCH Parameters Traffic Channel Band Traffic Channel ARFCN Timeslot Mobile Loopback Speech MaxFrames Allowed for Assignment Channel Mode Examples Traffic Chan Band OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH BAND DCS would set the cell s traffic channel band to the DCS band See CALL TCHannel BAND on page 289 Traffic Channel OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH 45 would set the active cell s traffic channel number to 45 See CALL TCHannel ARF Cn SE Lected on page 287 OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH DCS 65 would set DCS cell s traffic channel number to 65 See CALL TCHannel ARF Cn DCS on page 287 Timeslot OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH TSL 4 would set the traffic channel timeslot to 4 See CALL TCHannel TSLot on page 291 Mobile Loopback OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH LOOP OFF wo
9. INITiate February 14 2000 INITiate4 AAUDio gt OFF gt BERRor 35 j gt 0N gt eDAUDAO 35 gt DPOWer gt r gt FBERor gt IQTuning 34 ORFSpectrum gt gt PFERror gt PVTime 3 I TXPower Ls COUNt returns number of measurements that are active gt i INITiate DONE returns AAUD BERR DAUD DPOW FBER IQT NONE PFER PVT ORFS TXP WAIT _ q CLEar FLAG lt sp gt INCLude EXCLude gt ALL gt AAUDio gt gt BERRor gt DAUDio i gt DPOWer gt gt FBERror 3 IQTuning 3 gt ORFSpectrum gt PFERror gt Ls PVTime 3 L gt TXPower gt SON returns AAUD BERR DAUD DPOW FBER IQT ORFS PFER PVT TXP NONE Diagram Conventions on page 213 355 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release WReference ManualChaptersWpib initiate fm INITiate INITiate lt measurement mnemonic gt ON Function Starts measurements with the test set TheINITiate command is associated with the SETup command and the FETCh command see SETup Subsystem on page 379 and FETCh Subsystem on page 295 One or more measurements may be initiated on the same program line See Concurrent Measurements on page 122 This command is
10. 79 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_orfs_proc fm ORFS Troubleshooting ORFS Troubleshooting Possible Setup 1ssues During remote operation of the Output RF Spectrum measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SETup ORF Spectrum on page 412 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 ORFS due to modulation measurements Averaging for each measurement induding the zero offset measurement is performed over 40 or more bits on the front and back of the burst from bit 15 to 60 and bit 87 to 132 ETSI standards only require measuring the back bits 87 to 132 By making measurements on the front and back of the burst two measurements per burst are achieved When fetching frequency offsets for ORFS due to modulation or switching remotely the values for the offsets are entered after the see FETCh ORF Spectrum M ODulation F RE Quency OF F Set on page 325 or FETCh ORF Spectrum SWIT Ching F RE Quency OF F Set M AXimum on page 327 for GPIB commands The ORFS Transmit Power 30 kHz BW Power Max switching offset level and Average
11. 10 PRINT Ensure your mobile is transmitting On screen prompts 20 PRINT all 1s or all Os 30 PRINT on ARFCN 30 40 PRINT a power level of 10 dBm 50 PRINT 60 PRINT Press any key to continue 70 LOOP 80 ON KBD GOTO Key exit 90 END LOOP 100 Key exit 110 OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL CHANNEL SELECTED 30 Configures the 120 test set to expect a transmission on ARFCN 30 130 OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER SELECTED 10 DBM Configures 140 Ithe test set to expect a power level of 10 dBm 150 OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING CONTINUOUS OFF Configures trigger 160 mode to single for an I Q Tuning measurement 170 OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING COUNT SNUMBER 50 Configures the 180 OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING SPUR STATE ON Configures spur on 190 OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING SPUR FREQUENCY 10MHZ Configures a 200 power measurement at 10MHz from the carrier 210 Imulti measurement state to ON with a measurement count value 220 Lot 50 230 OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING TRIGGER SOURCE RISE Configures the 240 trigger source to RF RISE 250 OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING REFERENCE FREQUENCY AUTO Sets the 260 set to choose which offset frequency is to be used as the ref 270 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE IQTUNING Start I Q Tuning measurement 280 REPEA 290 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE Check to see if I Q Tuning 300 measurement complete 310 ENTER 714 Meas_complete 6
12. OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL CHANNEL EGSM 24 Manually sets the RF analyzer to EGSM channel 24 OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER PGSM 15DBM Sets the RF analyzer s input power to 15 dbm for PGSM band 501 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen band params test fm Frequency Banded Parameters Cell Band Parameter When the operating mode is active cell and the call connected state is idle changes to the cell band parameter will be reflected in the traffic band and manual band parameters as well When the operating mode is active cell and the call connected state is connected changes to the cell band parameter will disconnect any call in progress When the operating mode is test mode and the test function is set to BCH the cell band parameter should be used See CALL FUNCtion DOWNIink on page 249 When the operating mode is test mode and the test function is set to CW the cell band parameter should be used Example 1 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BAND EGSM Sets the broadcast band and traffic band to EGSM Traffic Band Parameter When the operating mode is active cell and the call connected state is connected changes tothe traffic band parameter cause an inter band channel assignment See Programming a Dualband H andover on page 119 When the operating mode is active cell and the call connected s
13. 473 SYSTem APPLication Peata TEMO se ra Mais 479 SYSTem BEEPer SYSTem COMM unicate SYSTem CONFigure RE 484 SYSTem CORRection SYSTem CURRent TA SYSTem E RRor SY STem F T Rigger SYSTem M EASurement SYSTem PRE Set SYSTem ROSCillator SYSTem SYNChronized IEEE 488 2 Common Commands ee 497 Pe ob eee ene eee TTL TT ee yee T 498 Frequency Banded Parameters List of Frequency Banded Parameters i 501 cell Band Paramete 502 Trafic Band Parameter ioisasubx spRPbR AANE RSAERZARR RAGSARERRSAEATYA Re ERA 502 Manual Band Parameter avin oo Luxe eek diene ECE a RR RR a E E es 502 aeee Me e se E EEE EEE EE E ETE ETTE E EE ETT 503 Block Diagram De sr 504 Active Cell Operating M ode We EU 509 BEE Mon i ete ee E qr T 510 20 Contents Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH Operating Considerations i SEU ooi qM MU ee ee eae eee eae ee ees Setting Frame Trigger Parameters Frame adel eee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee RA ee ee ee ee ee De eee ee ee re ee ee Operating Considerations 2 ists ead weds cid wetee xu he PO X WR X A CK A ROO RR RR ESO TD Configuring Mobile Station Operating Parameters Receiver Control Selecting Manual or Automatic Receiver Control i Operating Mode and Receiver Control 0 ccc cece eee eee eens Expeded PE eet si ooh rcm Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH IE Dos et Operating Considerations nn oo Ce e ek acad RACER A RR ERE RARO RR ews HERE ES
14. Function Sets queries the trigger source for an 1 Q Tuning measurement Setting RISE 1M Mediate See Triggering of Measurements on page 149 Query RISE IMM RST RISE Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IOTUNING TRIGGER SOURCE IMM Sets the trigger source to immediate 411 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_ig fm SETup ORF Spectrum J uly 7 1999 SETup ORFSpectrum gt CONTinuous gt COUNt STATe gt ICOunt MAXimum count SETup ORFSpectrum MODulation SETup ORFSpectrum SWITching COUNCt returns the total multi measurement lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF returns 1 0 lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF returns 1 0 SETup ORFSpectrum gt lt sp gt lt num values gt lt sp gt lt num values gt COUNt NT Complex Command NUMBer FREQuency gm POINts of Offsets turned Onj gt lt sp gt lt comma sepa rated num values gt GHZ MHZ KHZ HZ returns the number rere N Complex gt NUMBer gt Command gt lt sp gt lt num values gt s gt lt sp gt lt num values gt s gt FREQUENCY reer POINts of Offsets lt sp gt lt
15. Enters a TX Power multi measurement count value of 10 and turns the TX Power multi measurement state on Related Topics DRAKA RAE AEA EA AK AK eek A EAE A AK AK EAE ARK A RK EAE ook oe koe ARK AK RAK RK KKK Measurement Progress Report on page 131 DEAR AKA KA AK ARK ARK A AK EK AK ACK AK KE KK EK OK ACK EA KE EK ROK AK EA KA AK ARK ARK A KA KK OK KK AK 136 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_statistics fm Status Subsystem Overview Status Subsystem Overview February 14 2000 137 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_status_reg fm Status Subsystem Overview Description Overview of STATus Reporting Structure STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS Extension Bit COMMon Summary GSM Summary AMPS Summary DIGital136 Summary TA136 Summary a wm STATUS QUESTIONABLE CALL Extension Bit STATUS QUESTIONABLE 1 ERROR EVENT QUEUE data data data 10 11 COMMon Summary GSM Summary AMPS Summary DIGital136 Summary oFopo o TA136 Summary STATUS QUESTIONABLE HARDWARE Extension Bit Power up Self test Fail 4 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY Extension Bit 0 COMMon Summary 1 GSM Summary 2 AMPS Summary 3 DIGital136 Summary 4 TA136 Summary 5 STATUS
16. The test application selected is not available for this test set 594 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos100 fm 200 to 299 Call Processing Device Specific Error 200 to 299 Call Processing Device Specific Error These errors are generated when a problem occurs maintaining the link between the test set and the DUT These errors generally occur as a result of a problem on the link such as if the DUT did not respond toa message or the user attempted to perform an invalid operation in the current instrument state Errors with a description beginning with GSM call disconnected mean that the call is dropped when the error occurs Errors beginning with GSM protocol failure mean that the call is not necessarily dropped these are informational messages Error Message Description 201 GSM call disconnected Radio link failure Timer T100 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 202 GSM call disconnected Immediate assignment failure Timer T3101 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 203 GSM call disconnected Handover failure Timer T3103 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 204 GSM call disconnected Channel assignment failure Timer T3107 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 205 GSM call disconnected No response to page Timer T3113 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578
17. Fetch the decoded audio results 10 OUTPU 714 SETUP DAUDIO CONTI 20 30 OUTPU 714 AFGENERATOR PULSFE 40 OUTPU 714 AFGENERATOR VOLTAGE 50 OUTPU 714 AFGENERATOR FREQUE 60 OUTPU 714 SETUP DAUDIO FILTE 70 80 90 OUTPU 714 INITIATE DAUDIO 100 REPEA 110 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE 120 ENTER 714 Meas complete 130 UNTIL Meas complete DAUD 140 OUTPUT 714 FETCH DAUDIO t50 ENTER 714 Ingerity Decoded audio 160 END Returned Values The measurements returned by this program are Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Decoded audio returns the decoded audio measurement results in percent 96 57 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog daudio fm Programming a Decoded Audio Measurement Related Topics Decoded Audio Measurement Description on page 55 SETup DAU Dio on page 398 INI Tiate on page 355 FETCh DAU Dio on page 308 Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200 DRAKA RAE AEA AEA AK AEA AK AE RA AEE A AA AEA AK AEA RK A RR EK A EK A oko ARK AK ARK EK KKK kK 58 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters
18. Query range 0 to 63 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED TADVANCE NEW NEW NEW The third result is valid CALL MS REPorted TXLevel LAST Function Query the MS for the last reported transmit level Query range 0 to 31 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED TXLEVEL LAST 261 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL MS REPORTED TXLEVEL NEW NEW NEW Function Queries the MS reported transmit level from the SACCH report Each time the NEW query is sent the test set hangs until report results from that measurement period are sent A hanging query that will not return until the MS reports a new SACCH message to test set This will return 3 variables the first two must be ignored the value from the third new query is valid data Query range 0 to 31 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED TXLEVEL NEW NEW NEW The third result is valid CALL MS TADVance Function Commands the MS what TCH timing advance to use on the uplink Additional commands can be appended to ai
19. gt CONTinuous lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt gt returns 1 0 gt COUNt lt sp gt lt num value gt SNUMber j N Complex Command NUMBer sp num value L STATe lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 SETup gt PFERror TIMeout lt sp gt lt num value S MS STIMe M complex Command P TIME lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS 2 gt STATe gt lt sp gt 1 0ON 0 OFF L gt returns 110 gt lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS US NS gt TRIGger gt DELay Gl Y S0URce j sp AUTO IMMediate PROTocol RISI L gt QUALifier gt sp 1 ON O OFF L gt returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 421 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_pferror fm SETup PFERror SETup PFERror BSYNc Function Sets queries the burst synchronization mode for phase frequency measurements See Burst Synchronization of Measurements on page 115 Setting Range MIDamble AM PLitude NONE Query Range MID AMPL NONE RST Setting MIDamble OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP PFERROR BSYNC MIDAMBLE Sets the burst synchronization SETup PFERror CONTinuous Function Sets queries the trigger sta
20. reads negative transition register PTRansition sp num value writes to positive transition register reads positive transition register 439 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib status operation fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation NMRReady STATUS gt OP 440 ERation NMRReady COMMon reads event register EVENt 3 gt CONDition reads condition register gt gt NABle gt lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register 3s reads enable register NTRansition gt lt SPp gt lt num value writes to negative transition register reads negativ negative transition register gt PTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to positive transition register reads positive transition register gt reads event register EVENt i gt CONDition reads condition register gt gt ENABle gt lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register reads enable register NTRansition gt lt sp gt lt num value writes to negative transition register reads negativ negative transition register PTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to positive transition register
21. CALL MS TXL evel raffic band Sets the mobile station transmit level for a traffic band not currently selected At least one of the following conditions has been met for all occurrences of these call processing commands that have begun execution The channel assignment has been successfully completed when a call is established or Thetest set has noted this parameter change no call established or Thetest set has noted this parameter change not currently selected band or An error message was generated CALL CONNected ARM I M Mediate See CALL CONNected ARM I MM ediate on page 241 Armsthe call control status change detector The call control status change detector has been disarmed See Connected I dle Query on page 35 Related Topics Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 M easurement Event Synchronization on page 132 Test System Synchronization Overview on page 39 DRAKA KAKA KK EA AK AA AE A AA A AK ACK AEA ARK A RK EK AK A AK AEA ARK A RK RK KKK K 34 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_synch_callproc fm Call Processing State Synchronization Call Processing State Synchron
22. Example OUTPUT 714 CALL OPERATING MODE EST Places the Test Set into Test Mode H 266 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_operating fm CALL ORIGinate CALL ORIGinate April 20 1999 CALL gt ORIGinate E gt DONE gt OPComplete gt SEQuential gt gt WAIT Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL ORIGinate Function Performs a BS Originated call See Call Processing Event Synchronization on page 30 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller Mobile Station synchronization Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL ORIGINATE SEQUENTIAL Orignates a base station call Appending SEQUENTIAL to this command causes the command to be performed sequentially 267 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_originate fm CALL PAGing CALL PAGing CALL gt PAGing IMSI gt lt sp gt lt string gt gt 5 MFRames sp num value N gt gt MOD lt sp gt NORMal REORg gt gt gt REPeat T gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF A STATe L gt returns 1 0 3 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL PAGing IMSI Function Sets queries t
23. Function Queries the analog audio multi measurement minimum maximum average and standard deviation Values are returned in a comma separated list The values returned are displayed in the Analog Audio Minimum Maximum Average and Std Dev fields which are displayed when the Analog Audio multi measurement count is not off 297 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_aaudio fm FETCh AAUDio Query Minimum Range 10 mVrmsto 20 Vrms e Resolution 0 1 mVrms Maximum Range 10 mVrmsto 20 Vrms e Resolution 0 1 mVrms Average e Range 10 mVrmsto 20 Vrms e Resolution 0 1 mVrms Standard deviation e Range 0 V to14 14214 V Resolution 0 01 mV 298 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib fetch aaudio fm FETCh AAUDio FETCh AAUDio VOLTage MAXimum Function Queries the analog audio multi measurement maximum analog audio voltage The value returned is displayed in the Analog Audio Maximum field which is displayed when the analog audio multi measurement count is not off Query Range 10 mVrmsto 20 Vims Resolution 0 1 mVrms FETCh AAUDio VOLTage MINimum Function Queries the analog audio multi measurement minimum analog audio voltage The value returned is displayed in the Analog Audio Minimum field which is displayed when the analog audio multi measurement count is
24. Programming Example OUTPUT 714 ABORT PVTIME Aborts a PvT measurement 218 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib abort fm AFGenerator Subsystem AF Generator Subsystem Description The AF Generator subsystem is used to control the audio source that is available at the Audio Output connector Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions AF Generator 219 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_afgenerator_description fm AFGenerator AFGenerator J une 28 1999 AFGenerator gt FREQuency gt lt sp gt lt num value gt HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ gt gt gt gt PULSe a gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt STATe L gt returns 110 gt VOLTag T gt sp num value V MV gt m SAMPlitude 21 gt SS Complex Command gt AMPLitudae gt lt sp gt lt num value gt V MV gt SS gt STATe lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 AFGenerator FREQuency Function Sets queries the frequency of the audio generator The units HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ are optional if no units are specified then units default to HZ Setting Range 1 Hz to 20 kHz Resolution 1 HZ Query Range 1 Hz to 20 kHz Resolution 1 HZ RST setting 1KHZ Programming Example OU
25. Query Range 0 to 8 comma separated values ranging from 1 8 MHz to 10 Hz and 10 Hz to 1 8 MHz Resolution 10 Hz RST Setting Offset 1 2400 0 kHz Offset 2 2600 0 kHz Programming Ex OUTPUT 714 gl ITurns on the Ito 400 kHz and 700 kHz offsets Offsets 3 to 8 off ample ETUP ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING FREQUENCY OFFSET 400 KHZ 700 KHZ first two ORFS due to switching measurement offsets and sets them All other offsets are in the off state OUTPUT 714 SI ETUP ORFSPI ECTRUM SWITCHING FRE QU ENCY OFFSI ET 700 KHZ Turns on the first ORFS due to switching measurement offset and sets it to 1700 kHz loffsets All other offsets lare in the loff state OUTPUT 714 S ETUP ORFSPI ECTRUM SWITCHING FRE ET QU ENCY OFF SI Turns all of the ORFS due to switching measurements offsets to off 418 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup orfspectrum fm SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum SWITching FREQuency POINts Function Queries the number of frequency offsets currently on during an ORFS due to switching measurement See Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Query Range 0 to8 Resolution 1 SETup ORFSpectrum TIMeout TIME Function Selects queries the timeo
26. 4135 417 kHz e 4203 125 kHz 4270 833 kHz Relative power of the spur frequency e Range 100to 100 dB and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh IQTuning ICOunt Function Queries the intermediate number of Q Tuning multi measurements completed Query Range 0 to 999 Resolution 1 319 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib fetch iq fm FETCh IQTuning FETCh IQTuning INTegrity Function Returns the integrity indicator value for the last Q Tuning measurement performed Zero indicates a normal result Query Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 FETCh IQTuning POWer ALL Function Queries the l Q Tuning measurement results Query returns the relative power level at the following offset frequencies carrier frequency 67 7083 kHz 135 417 kHz 203 125 kHz 3270 833 kHz The spur measurement result is also returned Query Signal level relative to the desired signal at 9 different frequencies Range 100 to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB The order of the signal level results are 270 833 kHz 203 125 kHz 135 417 kHz e 67 7083 kHz carrier frequency 467 7083 kHz 4135 417 kHz e 4203 125 kHz 4270 833 kHz Relative power of the spur frequency Range 100 to 100 dB and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 320 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile
27. Function Queries the delay in TDMA frames the test set used during the last fast bit error measurement to correlate uplink information bits with downlink information bits This value is displayed in the TDMA Frame Delay field This value can be determined automatically or set by the user See SETup F BERror MAN ual DE Lay on page 395 and SETup F BERror L DControl AUTO on page 394 for setting this value manually Refer alsotothe Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 for a description of frame delay and how it is used in the fast bit error measurement Query Range 0 to 26 and 9 91 E 437 Resolution 1 FETCh FBERror ICOunt Function Queries the intermediate count measurement progress report of bits tested Query Range 0 to 999 455 and 99 9 E 437 FETCh FBERror INTegrity Function Returns the integrity indicator value for the last fast bit error measurement performed Zero indicates a normal result See I ntegrity ndicator on page 125 for descriptions of non zero integrity indicators Query Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 316 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib fetch fberror fm FETCh FBERror FETCh FBERror RATio Function Queries the ratio of bits deemed bad to total bits tested during the last fast bit error measurement performed Query Range 0 to 100 and 9 99 E 37 Resolution 0
28. gt CALL MS DTX gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt STATe Hi returns 1 0 REPorted CLEar Ls IMEI I IMSI gt gt LACode gt IL MCCode L gt MNCode gt NEIGhbour T gt 1 CALL gt MS gt REPorted gt ONUMber 2 gt PCLass gt s REVision RXLevel gt gt LAST NEW NEW NEW L RXQuality gt L LAST 1 NEW NEW NEW gt gt SBANd gt TADVance L LAST 1 7 NEW NEW NEW TXLevel 2p E LAST Ej NEW NEW NEW 254 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL gt MS gt TADVance r sp num value M gt DONE returns 1 0 OPComplete returns 1 gt SEQuential sp num value L gt WAIT TXLevel lt sp gt lt num value SELected 2 DCS gt gt DONE returns 1 0 gt EGSM gt 0PComplete returns 1 gt PCS C gt SEQuential lt sp gt lt num value gt gt gt PGSM gt L gt WAIT Diagram Conventions on page 213 255 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL MS DTX STATe Function Turns mobile station Discontinuous Tr
29. I PUT 714 CALL CELL POW 83 PUT 714 CALL MS TADV 11 PUT 714 CALL MS TXL 11 PUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED TXL NEW NEW NEW Query 3 times ER 714 Ignore result Ignore result Valid result Only use Valid result PUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED RXL TADV Additional values ER 714 Rceived lvl Timing adv D SACCH Report Measurement Results MS TX level reported results reflect the value set in the Call Parms MS TX L evel field TCH timing advance reported results reflect the value set in the Call Parms Timing Advance field RX Level reported reflects the received level of TCH in dB from the Call Parms Cell Power field that the MS measured during the preceding SACCH RX Qual reported reflects the perceived quality of the signal used for the RX level SACCH report 104 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersimmeas sacch rep desc fm SACCH Report Measurement Descriptions Neighbour Report Measurement Results The MS determines what neighbour cells to measure from the BA tables transmitted on the BCH and the SACCH The test set reports results from neighbour cell 1 Neighbour channel 1 results reflect the first ARFCN reported by the MS in the SACCH report Neighbour NCC 1 results reflect the first network color code reported by the MS in the SACCH report Neighbour BCC 1 results reflect the first base station color code reported by the MS in the SACCH report e Neighbour RX
30. ORFS due to modulation measures out of channel interference during the useful part of the burst excluding the midamble The measurement returns relative results in dB using the power in a 30 kHz bandwidth at zero offset as the reference The user may set from 0 to 22 offsets ORFS dueto switching measures out of channel interference over the entire burst plus up to 10 additional bits on either side of the 147 bit wide normal burst The measurement returns absolute power results dBm for each offset indicating the maximum value over the entire burst The user may set from 0 to 8 ORFS due to switching offsets The number of measurements to be averaged for each offset may be different The test set internally controls all other aspects of the measurement including calibration there is nouser calibration required TX power average power 30 kHz bandwidth power at zero offset ORFS due to modulation average power and ORFS due to switching maximum power are included in an ORFS measurement when both modulation and switching measurements are made TX power is performed using the same method as the Transmit Power Measurement Description on page 106 which synchronizes the measurement with the burst amplitude ORFS due to modulation When multiple offsets for the ORFS due to modulation measurement are set the DSP averages the power across the appropriate time segments 40 bits of the burst with a 30 kHz resolution bandwidth 5 pole sync
31. RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Expected Power 13DBM Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER DCS 10 Sets expected power in DCS band to 10 DBM RFANalyzer EXPected POWer EGSM Function Sets queries the power level in DBM that the mobile station is expected to transmit at The units DBM are optional The test set will set up its input signal path to measure this power level see Receiver Control on page 518 Setting Range 60 to 53 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM Query Range 60 to 53 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Expected Power 13DBM Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER EGSM 10 Sets expected power in EGSM band to 10 DBM 373 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_rfanalyzer fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer EXPected POWer PCS Function Sets queries the power level in DBM that the mobile station is expected to transmit at The units DBM are optional The test set will set up its input signal path to measure this power level s
32. Register ESE ESE Reads the Std Event Status Register Enable Register ESE ESE Writes to the Std Event Status Register Enable Register Diagram Conventions on page 213 470 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib STATUS STD EVNT fm Standard Event Status Register Standard Event Status Register Bit Assignment Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved by IEEE This bit will always be 0 7 128 Power On This bit is set to 1 if the power supply has been turned off and on since the last time this register was read or otherwise cleared Defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 11 5 1 1 2 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 5 32 Command Error This bit is set to 1 if the test set detects an error while trying to process a command The following events cause a command error e An IEEE 488 2 syntax error The test set received a message that did not follow the syntax defined by the standard A semantic
33. gt STATe lt sp gt lt num value gt HZ KHZ gt Complex Command gt lt sp gt lt num value HZ KHZ gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 s lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS i gt STIMe Complex Command gt TIME lt sp gt lt num value S MS m gt STATe lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 380 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_aaudio fm SETup AAUDio SETup AAUDio CONTinuous Function Selects queries thetrigger arm statefor Analog Audio measurements Setting Continuous trigger arm mode 1 ON Single trigger arm mode 0 OFF Query 0 1 RST setting Single Programming Example 10 OUTPUT 714 AAUDIO COUNTINUOUS OFF Selects single trigger mode SETup AAUDio COUNt SNUMber Function Selects the number of Analog Audio multi measurements the Test Set will make and sets the count state to ON Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 AAUDIO COUNT SNUMBER 5 Sets the value to 5 and the state to on SETup AAUDio COUNt NUMBer Function Selects queries the number of Analog Audio measurements the Test Set will make when the SETup AAUDio COUNt STATe
34. reads positive transition register gt S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib status operation fm STATus OPERation STATus gt OPERation NMRReady GSM reads event register EVENt i y m gt CONDition reads condition register l ENABle sp num value writes to nable register reads enable register gt NTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to negative transition register reads negative transi tion register gt PTRansition sp num value writes to positive transition register 5 reads positive transi tion register Diagram Conventions on page 213 441 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib status operation fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation Condition Register Bit Assignment The OPE Ration status register set contains bits which give an indication of conditions that are part of the test set s normal operation Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Processing This condition bit will be
35. sp num value writes to positive transition register reads positive transition register 455 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable reads event register STATus QUEStionable CALL GSM EVENt i t gt CONDition L 31 reads condition register 34 ENABle sp num value writes to enable register reads enable register PTRansition gt NTRansition 4 sp num value writes to negative transition register reads negative transition sp num value register writes to positive transition register reads event register reads positive transition register STATus QUEStionable ERRors E CONDition reads condition register gt ENABle lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register register gt NTRansition 4 reads enabl gt PTRansition 456 lt sp gt lt num value negative transition register lt sp gt lt num value reads positive transition writes to reads negative transition register writes to positive transition registe
36. 206 GSM call disconnected No answer Timer T301 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 207 GSM call disconnected No response to setup Timer T303 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 210 GSM call disconnected No response to release 2 times Timer T308 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 211 GSM call disconnected No alert from mobile Timer T310 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 212 GSM call disconnected No response to connect Timer T313 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 4213 GSM call disconnected Data link failure Timer T200 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 214 GSM call disconnected Physical information repetition failed Timer T3105 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 217 GSM call disconnected TMSI Temporary Mobile Subscriber dentity reallocation failed Timer T3250 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 218 GSM call disconnected Authentication failed Timer T3260 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 595 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos200 fm 200 to 299 Call Processing Device Specific Error Error Message Description 219 GSM Call disconnected Mobile not capable of supporting the selected Channel Mode Indicates that the mobile station cannot support the requested channel
37. 9 512 900 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 900 to 999 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 8 256 800 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 800 to 899 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 7 128 700 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 700 to 799 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 6 64 600 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 600 to 699 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 5 32 4500 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed to a 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 500 to 4599 range occurs Query the E vent Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 4 16 4400 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed to a 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 400 to 499 range occurs Query the E vent Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 3 8 4300 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed to a 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 300 to 399 range occurs Query the E vent Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 464
38. AAUDio Troubleshooting AAUDio Troubleshooting Possible Setup 1ssues During remote operation of the analog audio measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SE Tup AAU Dio CONTinuous on page 381 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 The analog audio measurement results are rms values the Expected Peak Audio Amplitude is a peak value Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 If over range 5 is returned then the input level is greater than 3dB above the E xpected Peak Audio Amplitude value or the maximum input level of 20 volts peak If under range 6 is returned then the input level is greater than 20dB below the Expected Peak Audio Amplitude value maximum value If the signal has both over range and under range conditions only the over range 5 will be indicated 47 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_aaud fm Bit Error Measurement Description Bit Error Measurement Description February 14 2000 Bit Error Measurements versus Fast Bit Error Measurements There are three commonly used types of bit error measurements in
39. CALL ACTivated on page 227 CALL BA on page 228 CALL BAND on page 234 CALL BCCode on page 235 CALL BCHannel on page 236 CALL BURSt on page 239 CALL CONNected on page 240 CALL COUNt on page 243 CALL END on page 246 CALL FUNCtion on page 249 CALL I MEI on page 250 CALL LACode on page 251 CALL M CCode on page 252 CALL MN Code on page 253 CALL M S on page 254 CALL N CCode on page 265 CALL OPERating on page 266 CALL ORI Ginate on page 267 CALL PAGing on page 268 CALL PM NCode on page 271 CALL POWer on page 273 CALL RF Generator on page 275 CALL SI GNaling on page 282 CALL STATus on page 283 CALL TCHannel on page 286 226 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_description fm CALL ACTivated CALL ACTivated April 20 1999 CALI X c iACTivated A lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF J CRISCER II I LS STATe gt returns 110 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL ACTivated STATe Function Turns BS Emulator control of all signalling operations uplink demodulation and downlink BCH amp TCH generation on or off Query form returns a 1 state on or a 0 state off When the test set s operating mode is test mode or when the cell activated state is off the burst type may need to be specified before the test set can synchronize to the input signa
40. Clears the error message from the display screen but not from the M essage L og Programming Example OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY WINDOW ERROR CLEAR Clears an error message from the display 294 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMhpib display fm FETCh Subsystem FETCh Subsystem Description The FETCh query is a function that allows users to query results from a measurement that was previously INI Tiated or READ It does NOT begin a measurement If no measurement is in progress it will return the integrity and measurement values from the last measurement made or return an integrity of No Result Available and results of NAN If a measurement is in process the query will hang until the results are available or the measurement fails or times out The exact results returned with a F ETCh will depend on the specific measurement A measurement may have a number of different results or combination of results for a FETCh TheFETCh queries areintended to be used to provide overlapped operation access to measurement results from the test set When used along with SETup and INITiate commands FETCh is the primary way for the user to retrieve measurement results In order to use the test set s concurrent test capabilities the overlapped commands of INITiate and FETCh must be used Overlapped commands allow the user to send commands and not wait for completion Syntax D
41. Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Ex OUTPUT 7147F ample ETCH ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING ALL SDEVIATION Returns the ORFS due Ito switching standard deviation measurement results at all frequency offsets currently turned on 328 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib fetch orfspectrum fm FETCh PFERror FETCh PFERror February 14 2000 FETCh PFERror returns Integrity Max rms Phase Error Max c I ALL Peak Phase Error Worst Freq Error l gt FERRor returns Worst Freq Error c WORSt ALL returns Min Freq Error Max Freq Error Avg Freq Error Worst Freq Error F AVERage returns Avg Freq Error MAXimum returns Max Freq Error MINimum returns Min Freq Error ICOunt returns Intermediate Count INTegrity returns Integrity FETCh PFERror gt PEAK 1 returns Max Peak Phase Error MAXimum ALL returns Min Peak Phase Error Max Peak Phase Error Avg Peak Phase Error gt AVERage returns Avg Peak Phase Error L gt MINimum returns Min Peak Phase Error returns Max rms Phase Error gt gt RMS Gransee L gt ALL return
42. S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib setup pvtime fm SETup PVTime SETup PVTime TIME POINts Function Queriesthenumber of Measurement Offset points that areturned on during a power versustime measurement Query Range 0 to 12 Resolution 1 RST Setting 12 Comments This command is useful for determining how many time values will be returned in a comma separated list when the SETup PVTime T ME OF F Set query is sent and how many power values will be returned when the FETCh PVTime POWer ALL M AXimum on page 343 command is sent SETup PVTime TIMeout S TIMe Function Sets queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for power versus time measurements This command also sets the timeout state to on The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP PVTIME TIM EOUT STIME 4 Sets the state to on and the timeout value to 4 seconds SETup PVTime TIMeout TIME Function Sets queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for power versus time measurements Theunits S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution
43. The test application Setup menu will display all of the test applications available along with the selected revision The selected revision is the revision that would run if the test set was switched to that test application There is no need to select a revision every time you want to switch test applications NOTE Selecting the correct name and the desired revision of a test application is important This information should be reviewed before proceeding Test Applications Switching Selecting of a different test application is accomplished manually using the front panel keys or remotely over GPIB The test set must be rebooted in order for the test application to become functional The reboot will happen automatically when the you tell the test set to switch test applications Rebooting to another test application takes about one minute Remote User n order to switch to another test application use this GPI B command OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION SELECT NAME GSM MOBILE TEST Sending this command will cause the test set to reboot Manual User Test application switching is found on the SYSTEM CONFIG screen To switch to the test application you have selected 1 Press the Test Application key 2 Usethe knob or arrows to scroll to the test application you want 3 Press the knob or enter key 4 A menu will appear asking Switch Now If you answer No nothing will change if you answer Yes the te
44. on page 88 These values are referenced to the occurrence of bit 0 in a normal burst The units S MS US NS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 0 to 12 comma separated values ranging from 50 us to 593 us Resolution 1 ns Query Range 0 to 12 comma separated values ranging from 50 us to 593 us and 9 91E 37 if no offsets are specified Resolution 1 ns RST Setting Time offsets 1 through 12 are on and set to these values time offset 1 2 28 us time offset 2 2 18 us time offset 3 2 10 us time offset 4 0 us time offset 5 2321 2 us time offset 6 2331 2 us time offset 7 2339 2 us time offset 8 2349 2 us time offset 9 2542 8 us time offset 10 2552 8 us time offset 11 2560 8 us time offset 12 2570 8 us Programming Ex ample OUTPUT 714 S l Configures t ETUP PVTIME TIME OFFSET 28 0 US 18 0 US 10 0 US 0 he first four time offset points and turns the remaining eight off Using the query form of this command would return four time offset values OUTPUT 714 S ETUP PVTIME TIME OFFSET 28 0 US Configures the first time offset point and turns the remaining leleven off Using the query form lof this command would return one time offset value OUTPUT 714 SI ETUP PVTIME TIME OFFSET Turns all 12 offset points off Using the query form of this command would return 19 91E 37 NAN 429
45. 146 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_status_reg fm Standard Event Status Register Model Test Set States Continuously Monitored Lag 13 Status Subsystem Overview Standard Event Status Register Latched Conditions Standard Event Status Enable Register Selects which Events can set the Summary Message Bit ee o o o 14 15 8 0 8 4 1 8 4 2 8 14 amp 15 vyv Logical OR gt Summary Message Bit 147 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_status_reg fm Status Subsystem Overview Service Request Enabling Register Model Summary Message Bits 4 read by Serial Poll Service Request 7 i Status Byte Register Generation y g 1 read by STB Logical OR Service Request Enable Register chads drw SRE lt interger gt SRE Related Topics DEAK KAKA K AK AK KK AK KK AK OK KK KK AK KOK KK OK KK KOK AK aK KE KK aK KK KK OK KK KK aK KOK KK OK KKK STATus Subsystem Description on page 437 Standard Event Status Register on page 470 DEAK KK ARK AK AK KK AK KK AK OK KK RAK AK KOK KK OK KK KK aK KK KK aK KK KK OK KK KK aK KK KK OK KKK 148 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_sta
46. Indicates that the character data element contains an invalid character or the particular element received is not valid for the header 144 Character data too long Indicates the character data element contains more than twelve characters see IEEE 488 2 7 7 1 4 584 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersts err msg neg100 fm 100to 199 Command Errors Error Message Description 148 Character not allowed Indicates a legal character data element was encountered where prohibited by the device 150 String data error This error as well as errors 151 through 159 are generated when parsing a string data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error 151 Invalid string data Indicates that a string data element was expected but was invalid see IEEE 488 2 7 7 5 2 For example an END message was received before the terminal quote character 158 String data not allowed Indicates that a string data element was encountered but was not allowed by the device at this point in parsing 160 Block data error This error as well as errors 161 through 169 are generated when parsing a block data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error 161 Invalid block data Indicates a block data element was expected but was invalid see
47. Setting Range 0 to 7 Resolution 1 Query Range 0 to 7 Resolution 1 RST Setting zero Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM FRTIGGER TSLOT 5 Dets the frame trigger timeslot to 5 491 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_FT Rigger fm SYSTem MEASurement SYSTem MEASurement SYSTem MEASurement gt RESet Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem MEASurement RESet Function Sets all measurements to abort if the trigger arm is set to continuous the measurements will begin a new measurement cycle See Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 Any measurement results are deared and the Integrity Indicator is set to 1 No_Result_Available See Integrity Indicator on page 125 Seting These results are set to their default values e RACH Count e Page Count Missing Burst Count Corrupted Burst Count Channel Decoder Error Count MS TX Level Reported TCH Timing Advance Reported RXLevel RX Qual Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM MEASUREMENT RESET Resets current measurements 492 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_MEASurement fm SYSTem PRESet SYSTem PRESet SYSTem PRESet 1 J s gt PRESet2 Ls PRESet3 Diagra
48. band to 10 DBM 374 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_rfanalyzer fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer MANual BAND Function Sets queries the frequency band that the test set will expect the mobile station to operate on This setting is used by the test set to map an expected channel ARF CN to an uplink frequency see Receiver Control on page 518 The receiver control is set to manual when a manual band is selected see RFANalyzer CONTrol AUTO on page 372 The manual band must be set before manual channel will update Setting Range DCS EGSM PCS PGSM Query Range DCS EGSM PCS PGSM RST setting PGSM Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL BAND DCS Sets the band in manual receiver control RFANalyzer MANual CHANnel SELected Function Sets queries the ARFCN that the mobile station is expected to transmit o for the band selected The test set will tune to the corresponding uplink frequency for the frequency band currently selected see Receiver Control on page 518 The manual band must be set before manual channel will update Setting Any ARFCN within the currently selected frequency band Query Any ARFCN within the currently selected frequency band RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Traffic Channel 30 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL SELECTED 512 Con
49. gt DELay 4 sp num value gt S MS US NS 3 Ls SOURce L X Sp AUTO IMMediate PROTocol RISE 4 Diagram Conventions on page 213 426 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib setup pvtime fm SETup PVTime SETup PVTime BSYNc Function Sets queries the burst synchronization mode for power versus time measurements See Burst Synchronization of Measurements on page 115 Setting MIDamble AMPLitude NONE Query MID AMPL NONE RST Setting MID OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME BSYNC MIDAMBLE Programming Example Selects burst synchronization to on midamble for power versus time measurements SETup PVTime CONTinuous Function Sets queries the trigger state for power versus time measurements See M easurement States on page 150 Range Singletrigger mode 0 OFF Continuous trigger mode 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 0 OFF OUTPUT 714 S l Programming Example ETUP PVTIME CONTINUOUS OFF Specifies single trigger mode for power versus time measurements SETup PVTime COUNt SNUMber Function Sets queries the number of power versus time measurements the test set will make and turns the multi measurement count state on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 OUTPUT 714
50. gt LL gt DONE EGSM L O0PComplete gt SEQuential lt sp gt num value 5 L s PIS ox Ls PGSM gt WAIT gt lt sp gt lt num Value gt Hz KHz MHz GHz gt FREQuency gt CALL RFGenerator s POWer lt sp gt lt num value gt dBm gt 1 CELL 1 SAMPlitude gt Complex Command gt lt sp gt lt num value dBm s 5 AMPLitude STAT sp 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 275 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_rfgenerator fm CALL RFGenerator CALL CELL RFGenerator BAND Function Sets queries the RF Gen Channel band Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink Function CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller Mobile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 for examples Setting range DCS channels 512 to 885 EGSM channels 975 to 1023 and 0 to 124 e PCS channels 512 to 810 PGSM channels 1 to 124 Query range DCS channels 512 to 885 EGSM channels 975 to 1023 and 0 to 124 e PCS channels 512 to 810 PGSM channels 1 to 124 RST Se
51. is on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 ABORT ALL Aborts all active measurements in progress OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO COUNT NUMBER 10 Sets the audio multi measurement count number SETup AAUDio COUNt STATe Function Selects queries the Analog Audio multi measurement count state Setting 1 ON O OFF Query 1 0 RST setting 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO COUNT STATE ON Turns the analog audio measurement multi measurement count state on 381 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_aaudio fm SETup AAUDio SETup AAUDio EXPected VOLTage PEAK Function Sets queries the maxi mum expected peak voltage clipping level of the Analog Audio signal to be measured The units V MV UV are optional if no units are specified then units default to V see SE Tup AAU Dio on page 380 Setting Range 10 mV to 20 V peak Resolution 0 1 mV Query Range 10 mV to 20 V peak Resolution 0 1 mV RST setting 20V Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO EXPECTED VOLTAGE 5 V Sets the clipping level of Analog Audio measurements to 5 volts SETup AAUDio FILTer SFRequency Function Sets queries the state to on and the center f
52. the Error E vent Queue Error Message Description MUI1 The function you requested is not yet available The test set does not have this capability MUI21Q Calibration completed successfully for modulator lt N gt Cycle power to continue lt N gt is the Q modulator number that the user is attempting to calibrate lt N gt is 1 or 2 MUI3IQ Calibration failed for modulator lt N gt Cycle power to continue N isthelQ modulator number that the user is attempting to calibrate N gt is 1 or 2 MUI4 The function you requested is not available in this radio personality This function is used in another radio personality MUI51Q Calibration for modulator Nin progress Call processing disabled lt N gt is the IQ modulator number that the user is attempting to calibrate lt N gt is 1 or 2 MUI6 Instrument warning Audio generator instrument has been dosed The audio generator instrument was dosed automatically by the test set MUI7 Instrument warning Audio Analyzer instrument has been dosed The audio analyzer instrument was dosed automatically by the test set MUI8 Measurement warning Analog audio measurement has been dosed Analog audio measurements have been dosed by the test set 581 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualNChaptersXs err msg mui fm Manual User Error Messages GSM Mobile Test Manual User Message
53. 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100 ms Query Range 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100 ms RST 500 ms Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR CLSDELAY STIME 500 MS Sets the Close Loop Delay to 500 ms SETup FBERror CLSDelay TIME Function Selects queries the closed loop signalling delay time in seconds for Fast Bit Error measurements Theunits S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S The delay time defines how long the test set should wait before starting a FBER measurement The downlink signalling operation must be completed and the test set must send a dose loop command to the M S beforethe measurement can begin The delay timeallows timefor the loop to dose When a close loop message is set to the MS the closed loop signalling delay time will hold off the FBER measurement from starting for the specified time period Setting Range 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100 ms Query Range 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100ms RST 500 ms Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR CLSDELAY TIME 500 MS Sets the Close Loop Delay to 500 ms 392 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_fberror fm SETup FBERror SETup FBERror CLSDelay STATe Function Selects queries the closed loop signalling delay state for Fast Bit Error measurements If the state
54. 1 8 MHz to 10 Hz and 10 Hz to 41 8 MHz Resolution 10 Hz RST Setting Offset 1 400 0 kHz Offset 2 600 0 kHz Offsets 3 to 22 off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION FREQUENCY OFFSET 400 KHZ 700 KHZ ITurns on the first two ORFS due to modulation measurement offsets and sets them to 400 kHz and 700 kHz offsets All other offsets are in the off state OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION FREQUENCY OFFSET 700 KHZ Turns on Ithe first ORFS due to modulation measurement offset and sets it to IA 700 kHz offset All other offsets are lin the off state OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION FREQUENCY OFFSET Turns all offsets for ORFS due to modulation measurement to the loff state 416 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup orfspectrum fm SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum MODulation FREQuency POINts Function Queries the number of frequency offsets currently on during an ORFS dueto modulation measurement See Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Query Range 0 to 22 Resolution 1 SETup ORFSpectrum SWITching COUNt SNUMber Function Sets queries the ORFS due to switching multi measurement count value and turns the state on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resol
55. 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 DPOWer New Measurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See Measurement States on page 150 9 512 1 Q Tuning New Measurement This bit will be a 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See Measurement States on page 150 8 256 BERRor New Measurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See Measurement States on page 150 7 128 FBERror New Measurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See Measurement States on page 150 6 64 DAUDio New M easurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See Measurement States on page 150 5 32 AAUDio New Measurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after
56. 160 ENTER 714 Meas complete 170 UNTIL Meas completeS PFER 180 OUTPUT 714 FETCH PFERROR ALL 190 ENTER 714 Integrity Max phase err Max peak error Worst freq err 200 END Returned values The measurements returned by this program are e Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Max phase err returns the maximum rms phase error in degrees Max peak phase error returns the maximum peak phase error in degrees Worst freq err returns the the frequency in Hz that is the furthest from zero if the most positive and the most negative frequency error arethe same value the most positive will be returned 85 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_pfer_proc fm Programming a Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Related Topics DEAK KK ARK A KK xk OK AK ACK ek EK OK AK AEA KE AK OK AK EA A AK ROK ARK SK KA KK OK AK AK Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description on page 82 SETup PFERror on page 421 IN Tiate on page 355 FETCh PFERror on page 329 Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200 DRAKA AK AA AK AK RK AE RA AE ok AAA AK AEA ARK A RA EK AE AK AA ARK AK RK KK SK KKK 86 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_pfer_proc fm PFER Troubleshooting PFER Troubleshooting J une 29 1999 Possible
57. 714 45 OUTPUT 714 CLS 46 47 STOP SUBEND 169 Or OOO OrG Ore OC 69 69 OC OO 109 163 9 6I O 2 Oi E o Oo y Related Topics Call Processing Event Synchronization on page 30 CALL STATus STATe on page 283 CALL CONNected ARM I MM ediate on page 241 CALL CONNected TI Meout on page 241 Instrument Status Area on page 537 SEAR EA AA AK RK AE A oko ook AK A RK EK Koo ok EA ARK A RK EK ook ek KEK 38 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_synch_callstate fm vent register Test System Synchronization Overview Test System Synchronization Overview February 14 2000 Description Typical test systems include an external controller with a GPIB connection tothetest set an RF and possible AF connection between the test set and a mobile station under test and a serial connection between the mobile station and the external controller Synchronizing an external controller with the test set and a mobile station under test ensures that no device does something before it is supposed to which can cause errors or does something well after it could have which wastes time Figure 1 Test System IO CONTROL CALL ORIGI
58. 9 1 Takakura Cho Hachioji Shi Tokyo 192 8510 J apan tel 81 456 56 7832 Latin America Agilent Technologies Latin America Region Headquarters 5200 Blue Lagoon Drive Suite 950 Miami Florida 33126 Australia New Zealand Agilent Technologies Australia Pty Ltd 347 Burwood Hightway Forest Hill Wictoria 3131 tel 1 800 629 485 fax 81 426 56 7840 U S A Australia fax 61 3 9272 0749 tel 305 267 4245 tel 0 800 738 378 fax 305 267 4286 New Zealand fax 64 4 802 6881 Asia Pacific Agilent Technologies 19 F Cityplaza One 111 Kings Road Taikoo shing Hong Kong SAR tel 852 2599 7899 fax 852 2506 9233 Contents Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station Making a Base Station Originated Call 4563 28 Making a Mobile Station Originated Call i 29 COs EONS s ep ER aA EERVIqAARS DESEE aes Hime eae dee PE EAM RN 29 Call Processing E vent Synchronization DER 30 Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands i a3 ed FOS 645s sake se ssrbacogenekeeeasee A AAAXEWARRARWARERETR XAR RO 34 Call Processing State Synchronization 35 STATus OPERation CALL GSM Status Register 0 cece eee eee eee 37 Call State STATus OPERation CALL GSM Program Example 00085 37 38 Test System Synchronization Overview Beg i00 MER TET EIS TIT T E I E LINIEN IST 39 Commands used for synchronization iievuaarxeram sk eRrEerkw aui eie
59. Connect your mobile to the T 170 PRINT from the mobile 180 OUTPUT 714 FETCH PVTIME ALL Fetches the measurement integrity 190 value mask indicator tx power and pvt offsets 200 ENTER 714 Int Mask Power Results 210 PRINT Mk ck ok ck ck Ck Ck Ck 0k ck Ck Ck ck Ck Ck Sk ck ck Ck ck ck Ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk Sk ko Sk Sk ko Sk ke ko ko 220 PRINT Power vs Time RACH Measurement Results 230 PRINT 1 240 PRINT Integrity Integrity 250 PRINT Mask Mask 260 PRINT Carrier Power Power 270 PRINT Offset Level dB 280 PRINT micro sec dB 290 PRINT c 300 PRINT 28 Results 0 310 PRINT 18 Results 1 320 PRINT 10 Results 2 330 PRINT 0 Results 3 340 PRINT 321 2 Results 4 350 PRINT 331 2 Results 5 360 PRINT 339 2 Results 6 370 PRINT 349 2 Results 7 380 PRINT 542 8 Results 8 390 PRINT 552 8 Results 9 400 PRINT 560 8 Results 10 410 PRINT 570 8 Results 11 420 EN 100 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_rach_proc fm Programming a RACH Measurement Related Topics DEAK KE AK ACK eee KOK OK AK ACK KE ek EK AK AK AEA AK EK OK AK EA EA AK ROK ARK SK KA KK OK AK AK RACH Measurement Descript
60. DEAR AKA AA AK AK AK A AK EK AK AK A AK A KK EK OK AK AEA KE EK RK AK EA AEA KE ARK ARK A KA KK OK KOK SK Integrity Indicator on page 125 SE Tup ORF Spectrum T RI Gger SOU Rce on page 420 SETup PFERror TRI Ger SOU Rce on page 425 SETup PVTime TRIGger SOU Rce on page 431 SETup I QTuning T RI Gger SOU Rce on page 411 SETup T XPower T RI Gger SOUR ce on page 435 DEAK AK AA AK AA RK AE RA AE A AA AA AK A AK RA EK A AE A AK oko ARK AK RK KK KKK OK 152 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_trig fm Programming the Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 for GSM Mobile Testing in Active Cell Operating Mode 4 Programming the Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 for GSM Mobile Testing in Active Cell Operating Mode 153 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_intro fm Programming the Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 for GSM Mobile Testing in Active Cell Operating Mode Introduction Introduction Conventions Used in This Programming Guide Throughout this Programming Guide the term test set refers to an Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 wireless communications test set with the E1960A GSM mobile test application installed Purpose of This Programming Guide The test set represents state of the art technology in one box testers and contains many powerful test capabilities which are a
61. DISPlay Subsystem DEPON ugadxama wks Ri ES4P Rad ERR ERR Kad RES REA XAR RE cage o Rd dtd 292 Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions 292 DISPlay FETCh Subsystem DETIENE ao at om qudd Rd Reb VESPA KT E da Edd a Rd IHE AR bte iiu 295 Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions es 295 FETCh AAU Dio FETCh BERRor FETCh DAUDio FETCh DPOWer FETCh FBERror FETCh IQTuning FETCh ORF Spectrum FETCh PFERror FETCh PVTime FETCh T XPower INI Tiate Subsystem Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions es 353 353 INITiate Programming Examples how INIT commands are used 353 INITiate READ Subsystem Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions i 359 18 Contents Description 359 Program Example READ T XPower 359 READ RF ANalyzer Subsystem Description 370 RF ANalyzer SETup Subsystem Description 379 Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions 379 SETup AAU Dio SETup BERRor SETup FBERror SETup CONTinuous SETup DAUDio SETup DPOWer SETup I QTuning SETup ORF Spectrum SETup PFERror SETup PVTime SETup TXPower STATus Subsystem Description Description 437 Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions 437 STATus OPE Ration Related Topics 453 STATus PRE Set STATus QUE Stionable Status Byte Register Standard Event Status Register 19 Contents SYSTem Subsystem cals ly ee er ee ee er ee rere ee eee rere eee ee eee 473 Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions
62. Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_dynp fm SETup DPOWer SETup DPOWer TIMeout STIMe Function Sets queries the Dynamic Power measurement time out value in seconds and sets the time out state to on The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then the default is S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DPOWER TIMEOUT STIME 5 Sets the timeout state to on and the timeout value to 5 seconds for the Dynamic Power measurement SETup DPOWer TIMeout STATe Function Sets queries the time out state for the Dynamic Power measurement Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DPOWER IQTUNING TIMEOUT STATE ON Sets the timeout State to on for a Dynamic Power measurement SETup DPOWer TIMeout TIMe Function Sets queries the time out valuein seconds that is used for the Dynamic Power measurements when the time out state is ON Theunits S MS are optional if no units are specified then the default is S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DPOWER TIMEOUT TIME 6 Sets the timeout value to 6 seconds for a dynamic power measurement 405
63. Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence count not be executed because it would be recursive see IEEE 488 2 10 7 6 6 277 Macro redefinition not allowed Indicates that redefining an existing macro label see IEEE 488 2 10 7 6 4 278 Macro header not found Indicates that a legal macro label in the GMS see IEEE 488 2 10 13 could not be executed because the header was not previously defined 589 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg200 fm 300 to 399 SCPI Specified Device Specific Errors 300 to 399 SCPI Specified Device Specific Errors Description A device specific error indicates that the instrument has detected an error that occurred because some operations did not properly complete possibly due to an abnormal hardware or firmware condition For example an attempt by the user to set an out of range value will generate a device specific error When one of these errors is generated the device specific error bit in the event status register is set Error Message Description 300 Device specific error This event bit Bit 3 indicates that a device operation did not properly complete due to some condition such as overrange see IEEE 488 2 11 5 1 1 6 311 Memory error Indicates some physical fault in the devices memory such as a parity error 312 PUD memory lost Indicates protected
64. Listen annunciator L turns on when the test set is listening to a command e Talk annunciator T turns on when the test set is providing information over GPIB SRQ annunciator S turns on when an SRQ is active 537 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_inst_status fm How Do I Change Call Parameters How Dol Change Call Parameters Ee EE lA s Call Setup Aiie hirem Ei ER 1 Press F7 F8 or F9 2 Enter a value or highlight a selection and press the knob 3 Press the MORE key for additional call parameters Call Parms Note For a dual band handover change Traffic Band selection F7 on Call Parms menu 2 of 4 538 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersgen op overview call parms fm How Do I Change Cell Parameters How Dol Change Cell Parameters A Select the cell parameters menu f GI Russen teil ul i EEEEEEE B a da E a le i I k Te T E a E m dim aa tiz it i ik Li dec qu Ik asc E Lac el fs mug LLL ILLA EL 1 LL D rera p ee VA EH NN EN NEN NN 1 Press the CALL SETUP key 2 Press Cell Info F6 3 Press Cell Parameters F 2 539 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manua
65. MNC LAC ER 714 ResponseS emicolon POS Response E Semicolon m I esponseS Semicolon Semicolon CHR 10 emicolon POS ResponseS D d NNODWDANE WHILE ER ResponseS Imsi Pcl Rev Sban Onum Mcc Mnc La Semicolon Separated Response Data Lists Containing Only Numeric Data Types Semicolon separated response data lists containing only numeric data types do not present the types of problem associated with semicolon separated response data lists containing mixed data types The number building routines in most languages will use any non numeric character that is anything other than 47 0123456789 E as the data item terminator Consequently when the number building routines encounter the semicolon the data item is terminated The following example illustrates this OUTPUT 714 FETCH TXP INT POW MIN MAX ENTER 714 Integrity Min power Max power 121 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_compound fm Concurrent Measurements Concurrent Measurements Description A number of measurements can be initiated with the INITiate command while other measurements are being made and the test set will perform as many operations simultaneously as its architecture allows This technique is referred to as concurrency Performing measurements concurrently can greatly improve test through
66. OUTPU est set CALL MS TXL 14 182 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step5 fm Step 6 Make Measurements Step 6 Make Measurements Background The multiple signal path DSP based multiple processor architecture of the test set allows the test set to make concurrent measurements This means that multiple measurements can execute and finish at the same time concurrently individual measurement completion is not influenced by other measurement processes availability of measurement results is not dependent upon the sequence that the measurements were requested in results from measurements that take few processor cycles are available without having to wait for measurements that take many processor cycles There are no special programming commands or techniques required to implement measurement concurrency Step 6 Figure 1 Process for Making M easurements on page 184 shows the recommended process for making concurrent measurements using the test set s command set 183 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step6 fm Step 6 Make Measurements Step 6 Figure 1 Process for Making Measurements Start set of concurrent measurements using INITiate command Determine INITiateDONE query Which measurement INI Tiate DONE query returns WAIT no is done using returns na
67. RST Setting 1 Related Topics See Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE POINTS PGSM IQueries the number of entries that lare in the ON state in the PGSM broadcast band BA Table 233 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ba fm CALL BAND CALL BAND February 14 2000 CALL z gt BAND m gt sp DCS EGSM PCS PGSM J gt CELL 1 returns DCS EGSM PCS PGSM gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL BAND Function Defines which GSM defined broadcast band the test set is configured for This defines the kind of cell being emulated either PGSM EGSM DCS or PCS Setting the broadcast band will change the receiver control to auto see RFANalyzer CONTrol AUTO on page 372 Setting range PGSM EGSM DCS PCS Query range PGSM EGSM DCS PCS RST Setting PGSM Related Topics Frequency Banded Parameter Cell Band Parameter on page 502 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BAND PGSM Configures the test set to emulate a PGSM cell 234 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_band fm CALL BCCode CALL BCCode February 14 2000 CALL gt BCCode sp num value T CELL 1 L gt Diagr
68. S Programming Example ETUP FB ERROR TIMEOUT STATE ON Sets the timeout state to on 396 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_fberror fm SETup CONTinuous SETup CONTinuous February 14 2000 SETupit_ LS ALL Diagram Conventions on page 213 SETup ALL CONTinuous Function Sets trigger arm to OFF single trigger or ON continuous trigger for all measurements See Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 At power on and a manual user full preset the trigger arm is set to continuous Partial preset has no effect on the trigger arm state See Preset Descriptions on page 535 Remote full preset sets the trigger arm to single this is the recommended trigger arm for any remote measurements Trigger arm may be set and queried for each individual measurement Setting Range Continuous trigger ON e Single trigger OFF RST Setting Single Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SI ETUP ALL CONTINUOUS OFF Sets trigger arm for all measurements to single OUTPUT 714 SI ETUP PVTIME CONTINUOUS OFF Sets trigger arm for power versus time measurements to single each measurment can be set individually OUTPUT 714 S l ETUP TXPOWER CONTINUOUS Queries trigger arm for TX power measurements Trigger arm may b
69. S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersMpib setup dynp fm SETup IQTuning S SETup IQTuning ETup 1QTuning s CONTinuous 7 gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 I COUNt gt lt sp gt lt num value herrea x Complex Command gt NUMBer m gt lt sp gt lt num value gt LS STATe gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 gt Rr lt sp gt NEG67KHZ ZEROKHZ POS67KHZ AUTO L gt FREQu 2551 ls SPUR sp num value gt HZ KHZ MHZ SFRequency 9 ins Complex Command gt FREQuency gt sp num value HZ KHZ MHZ gt STATe gt sp 1 ON O OFF L gt returns 1 0 gt SETup gt IQTuning gt TIMeout lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS gt STIMe CONS Complex Command I TIME gt X sp num value gt S MS gt s STATe gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt gt returns 1 0 gt 1 TRIGger gt DELay gt lt sp gt lt num value S MS US NS gt 2 S0URce sp IMMediate RISE Diagram Conventions on page 213 406 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib setup iq fm SETup IQTuning SETup lQTuning C
70. SERIAL 3 Not functional for this release TEST SET SYNCH IN Not functional for this release TEST SET SYNCH OUT Not functional for this release TIMEBASE ADJ UST This is the timebase adjust cover removing this screw allows access for timebase adjustment TRIG IN Not functional for this release TRIG OUT This BNC connector allows for synchronization of the test set to other equipment and is configured by setting Frame Trigger Parameters VGA OUT This DB 15 connector allows the user to simultaneously route the test set s display to another monitor 549 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_rearpanel_con fm Rear Panel Connectors 10 MHZ REF IN This BNC connector accepts an external 10 MHz timebase signal The nominal input impedance is 50 ohm This version of test set can only accept a 10 MHz timebase signal 10 MHZ REF OUT This BNC connector provides a 10 MHz timebase signal to external test equipment The accuracy of this signal is determined by the timebase used The nominal output impedance is 50 ohm with a typical level of 0 5 V rms Related Topics Setting Frame Trigger Parameters on page 515 Timebase Description Configuration on page 568 SY STem R
71. SETUP FBERROR SLCONTROL ON Sets the Signal Loop Control state to on OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR LDCONTROL AUTO OFF Configure loopback delay control to manual OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR MANUAL DELAY 6 Set frame delay to 6 frames in order to correlate uplink and downlink bits OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER AMPLITUDE 102 DBM Sets the cell power level to a low level for the BER measurement OUTPUT 714 INITIATE FBERROR Start a FBER measurement REPEA OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE ENTER 714 Meas comp PRINT Meas_comp UNTIL Meas comp FBER OUTPUT 714 FETCH FBERROR ENTER 714 Integrity Bits tested Fas bit ratio Fas bit err cnt OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER AMPLITUDE 85 DBM Sets the cell power level to a good level uv END 72 SAHp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_fber_proc fm Programming a Fast Bit Error Measurement Returned values The measurements returned by this program are Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Bits tested returns the number of
72. Sets the time out time to 10 seconds ECTED ARM Arm the change detector DISP Make a mobile station orginated call Continue when done connected idle query STATus OPERation CALL GSM Status Register The STATus subsystem provides a status register group that allows the user to query call processing states Call processing state synchronization can be performed using the bit transitions of STATUS OPERATION CALL GSM to generate interrupts to the external controller Refer to STATus OPERation CALL GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 446 for status bit definitions and GPIB command syntax See Call State STATus OPERation CALL GSM Program Example on page 37 Call State STATus OPE Ration CALL GSM Program Example Example 6 Generating a Service Request SRQ Interrupt Dropped Call Thefollowing exampleillustrates the use of the status subsystem to generate a service request when a call has been dropped 10 OUTPU 20 OUTPU 30 40 50 60 OUTPUT 70 80 90 100 110 OUTPUT 120 130 140 150 160 OUTPUT 170 180 190 200 OUTPUT 210 Tidy eons 714 STATUS 714 STATUS 714 STATUS 714 STATUS OP OP OP OP ERATION ERATION ERATION ERATION CALL ENABLE 4 Enable the connected bit to generate a summary message CALL PTR O NTR 4 negative transition filter for the GSM Summary bit CALL GSM
73. The channel decode error counter keeps track of how many channel decoder errors have occurred Channel decode errors indude convolutional FIRE and block errors but not CRC errors Query Range 0 to 99999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT CDERROR Queries the channel decode error counter 243 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_count fm CALL COUNt CALL COUNt CLEAr BAERror Function Sets the corrupt burst missing burst and decode error counters count to zero Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT CLEAR BAERROR CALL COUNt CLEAr RAPage Function Sets the RACH and page counters count to zero OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT CLEAR RAPAGE Programming Example CALL COUNt MBURst Function Queries the missing burst counter The missing burst counter keeps track of how many uplink bursts that should have been there were missing The missing burst counter does not count idle frames as missing Query Range 0 to 99999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT MBURST CALL COUNt PAGE Function Queries the page counter The page counter keeps track of the number of pages sent by the base station BS emulator during a BS originated call setup Query Range 0 to 9999 Resol
74. The demodulated bits provided to the Protocol Processor contain the data that will be checked for errors Analog To Digital Converter Module Following the Measurement Downconverter and Demodulation Downconverter modules is the Analog to Digital Converter module The purpose of the Analog to Digital Converter module is to convert the downconverted analog signals into digital data streams which can be processed by the Digital Signal Processing module In order to maintain the radio link of a given TA the downconversion path through the Demodulation Downconverter module has a dedicated A D conversion path In order to optimize measurement throughput the fast RF power detector also has a single dedicated A D path This allows power measurements in many cases to be made concurrently with other measurements The two outputs from the Measurement Downconverter module and the Audio In signal share a single multiplexed A D path The outputs of the various analog to digital converters on the Analog to Digital Converter module share a common data bus to the Digital Signal Processing module 505 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersgen block diagram fm Block Diagram Digital Signal Processing Module The Digital Signal Processing DSP module is responsible for a variety of tasks within the overall test set architecture These tasks are e demodulating data from the radio under test data receiv
75. This command will also clear and close the error message screen on the test set s display ESE The ESE standard event status enable command is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 10 ESE The ESE standard event status enable query is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 11 ESR The ESR standard event status register query is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 12 IDN The IDN identification query is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 14 DN is used to retrieve information about the test set in ASCII format DN returns ASCII codes 32 through 126 excluding comma and semicolon in four comma separated fields Field 1returns the manufacturer field 2 returns the instrument model number field 3 returns the serial number field 4 returns O OPC The OPC operation complete command is defined in IEEE 488 2 1992 10 18 OPC causes the test set to continuously sense the No Operation Pending flag When the No Operation Pending flag becomes TRUE the OPC event bit in the standard event status register ESR is set to indicate that the state of all pending operations is completed The OP C common command is not recommended for use as an overlapped command OPC The OPC operation complete query is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 19 The OPC query allows synchronization between the controller and the test set using either the message available MAV bit in the status byte or a read of the ou
76. lt num value writes to enable register reads enable register gt NTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to nega tive transition register reads negative transition register PTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to positive transition register reads positive transition register 438 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib status operation fm STATus OPERation STATUS gt OP ERation CALL COMMon reads event register p gt EVENt gt CONDition reads condition register gt ENABle gt lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register gt reads enable register is NTRansition 5 sp num value writes to negative transition register reads negativ negative transition register gt PTRansition sp num value writes to positive transition register reads positive transition register gt STATus OP ERation CALL GSM T reads event register ENt gt EYV gt CONDition reads condition register gt ENABle s lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register 7 reads enable register gt NTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to nega tive transition register
77. measurement in the test set The TX Power measurement implemented in the test set varies from the ETSI recommended method for measuring carrier power in terms of synchronization The TX Power measurement synchronizes using RF amplitude synchronization instead of midamble synchronization This was intentionally done to speed up the measurement as this is one of the most common measurements performed in manufacturing Obviously speed is the benefit tothe alternative technique used here This measurement is approximately four times faster than the synchronized method with the same accuracy However provided the input signal meets the GSM Power vs Time PvT characteristics the TX Power measurement gives the same results as the midamble synchronized PvT Carrier Power result Measurements Transmit Power M easurement Description on page 106 Power versus Time M easurement Description on page 88 Output RF Spectrum Testing Method of Test ETSI GSM 11 10 section 13 4 4 The Output RF Spectrum due to Switching method of test conforms to the measurement method in ETSI GSM 11 10 Ver 4 21 1 Sect 13 4 4 for offsets 1800 kHz The Output RF Spectrum due to M odulation method of test conforms to the measurement method in ETSI GSM 11 10 Ver 4 21 1 Sect 13 4 4 for offsets 1800 kHz and when Multi M easurement Count M odulation is Off or 1 110 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters meas adhere
78. measurements the RF amplitude of the input signal is used for measurement synchronization For Phase and Frequency Error Measurement and the Power versus Time Measurement see Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description on page 82 and Power versus Time Measurement Description on page 88 however there are three possible settings for measurement synchronization Midamble RF Amplitude None Selecting midamble causes the test set to use the input signal s midamble data to determine the measurement s time reference A measurement is capable of midamble synchronization if the test set is able to determine transmitted data from measurement samples i e perform demodulation Midamble synchronization is not available for Transmit Power measurements however Power vs Time measurements performs the average power measurement and does provide midamble synchronization NOTE When the test set s operating mode is test mode or when the cell activated state is off the burst type may need to be specified before the test set can synchronize to the input signal s midamble See Expected Burst on page 526 Selecting RF amplitude causes the test set to use the input signal s rising and falling edges if edges are detected within the sampled time record to determine the measurement s time reference If a non bursted signal was sampled the measurement s time reference will be developed using the beginning and end of the sampled time
79. off OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP PFERROR COUNT STATE ON ITurns on multi measurement mode for the phase frequency measurement SETup PFERror TiMeout STIMe Function Sets queries the phase frequency measurement timeout value in seconds and sets the timeout state to on The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then unit default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP PFERROR TIMEOUT STIME 3 Sets the timeout state to on and the timeout value to 3 seconds 423 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersMpib setup pferror fm SETup PFERror SETup PFERror TIMeout TIME Function Sets queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for phase frequency measurements when the timeout state is ON The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then unit default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example RIUPSPP ERROR TIMEOUT TIME 4 Sets the timeout value to 4 seconds SETup PFERror TIMeout STATe Function Selects queries the timeout state for a phase frequency meas
80. on page 355 FETCh PVTime on page 336 Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200 DRAKA AEA RK AA AK AA RK AE RA AE ok ooo oko ARK A RK EK ARE AK AA ARK AK RK KK c KKK 94 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_pvt_proc fm PVT Troubleshooting PVT Troubleshooting J une 29 1999 Possible Setup Issues During remote operation of the Power vs Time measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SE Tup PVTime CONTinuous on page 427 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 If theTrigger Sourceis set to RF Rise and the signal measured is not burst modulated the measurement will wait until aborted or timed out If theinput signal does not rise above the threshold set at 20 to 30 dB below the E xpected Power see E xpected Power on page 520 there is not enough power to generate an RF Risetrigger so the measurement may hang The PvT Transmit Power measurement results are shifted in proportion to the value of Amplitude Offset that a user may set The following table shows the measurements that are affected and how amplitude offset affects them For more information about amplitude off
81. rminformationsverordnung vom 18 J anuar 1991 Am Arbeitsplatz Normaler Betrieb e Nach ISO 7779 1988 EN 27779 1991 Typpr fung Legal Information Safety Considerations GENERAL This product and related documentation must be reviewed for familiarization with safety markings and instructions before operation This product has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC Publication 1010 Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus and has been supplied in a safe condition This instruction documentation contains information and warnings which must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to maintain the product in a safe condition SAFETY EARTH GROUND A uninterruptible safety earth ground must be provided from the main power source to the product input wiring terminals power cord or supplied power cord set SAFETY SYMBOLS IN Indicates instrument damage can occur if indicated operating limits are exceeded z Indicates hazardous voltages Indicates earth ground terminal WARNING A WARNING note denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in personal injury Do not proceed beyond a WARNING sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met CAUTION A CAUTION note denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operation procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or
82. 0 0 5 m 2210 Orfs_image IMAGE 6X M4D 2D 12X M4D 2D 2220 FOR J 1 TO Points 2230 PRINT USING Orfs image Orfs_swit_offs J 1 E 3 Orfs_swit_res J 2240 NEXT J 2250 DEALLOCATE Orfs swit res Orfs swit offs 2260 END IF 2270 OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS MOD FREQ POIN Get number of offsets 2280 tested 2290 ENTER Test set Points 2300 IF Points THEN Only query if one or more offsets tested 2310 ALLOCATE Orfs mod res Points Orfs_mod_offs Points 2320 OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS MOD FREQ Get measurement offsets 2330 ENTER Test set Orfs mod offs 2340 OUTPUT Test set FETC ORFS POW FETC ORFS MOD Get results 2350 ENTER Test set Tx power Pwr 30khz Orfs mod res 2360 PRINT ORFS Mod Results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl 2370 PRINT USING 18x 30 KHz BW Power M2D 2D dBm Pwr 30khz 2380 PRINT Offset kHz Level dB 2390 PRINT Ww 2 2 o THe He 2400 FOR J 1 TO Points 2410 PRINT USING Orfs_image Orfs_mod_offs J 1 E 3 Orfs_mod_res J 2420 EXT J 2430 DEALLOCATE Orfs mod res Orfs mod offs 2440 END IF 2450 ELSE 2460 GOSUB Bad measurement 2470 END IF 2480 END SELECT 2490 EXIT IF Meas done NONE 2500 END LOOP If WAIT is returned from INIT DONE query it just falls 2510 through the loop 204 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersprog prog guide comprehensive prog
83. 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP PVTIME TIM EOUT TIME 6 Sets the timeout value to 6 seconds 430 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup pvtime fm SETup PVTime SETup PVTime TIMeout STATe Function Sets queries power versus time timeout state Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME TIMEOUT STATE ON Sets timeout state to on SETup PVTime TRIGger DELay Function Selects queries the trigger delay in seconds for power versus time measurements The units S MS US NS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Range Range 2 31 ms to 42 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater Query Range 2 31 ms to 42 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater RST Setting 0 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME TRIGGER DELAY 1 1MS Sets trigger delay value to 1 1 milli seconds SETup PVTime TRIGger SOURce Function Selects queries the trigger source for power versus time measurements See Triggering of Measurements on page 149 Setting AUTO PROTocol RISE IMMediate Query AUTO PROT RISE IMM RST
84. 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 1750 1760 1770 1780 1790 1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 Comprehensive Program Example OUTPUT Test set CALL MS TXL SEQ Ms pwr lvl Use SEQ to force sequential execution of the TXLevel command 1 1 Step 6 Make Measurements 1 Step 6a Start a set of concurrent measurements 1 OUTPUT Test_set INIT TXP PFER ORFS Step 6b Determine if a measurement is done LOOP OUTPUT Test set INIT DONE ENTER Test set Meas done Step 6c Obtain measurement results Each measurement illustrates a different way of reading in results There is no one right way The l method us
85. 213 SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess Function Sets queries the test set s GPIB address Setting Range 0 to 30 Resolution 1 Query Range 0 to 30 Resolution 1 Factory 14 this parameter is not affected by any reset operation and can only be changed by direct user setting access Related Topics Configuring the Test Set s GPIB Address on page 557 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM COMMUNICATE GPIB SELF ADDRESS 14 Sets the GPIB address to 14 481 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib SYSTem communicate fm SYSTem COMMunicate SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB DEBug STATe Function Sets queries the test set s SCPI debugger state When the state is on enhanced error messages generated from GPIB commands with syntax errors are shown the test set display The error message is printed along with the syntax lt ERR gt is displayed at the end of the incorrect node Non printable characters will be replaced with the symbol See Error Messages on page 575 for a list of the errors The debugger state should be set to on only during GPIB code development Test times will increase if the debugger state is left on Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST setting 0 off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM COMMUNICATE GPIB DEBUG STATE ON Sets debugger to o
86. 714 INITiate DONE query to find out if any measurements are don 50 ER 714 Meas_complete 60 SELECT Meas complete 70 CAS EN TXP tests for the string TXP which would indicate TX power measurement is done 80 OUTPUT 714 FETCh TXPower POWer Queries average TX power measurement 90 E ER 714 Avg tx power 100 CASE PFER tests for the string PFER which would indicate phase frequency error measurement is done 110 OUTPUT 714 FETCh PFERror RMS Queries PFER maximum phas rror measurement 0 ENTER 714 Max phs error END SELECT 0 EXIT IF Meas complete NONE Cn A w N e END LOOP 160 END INITiate commands should be sent only when the test set has finished performing any operations such as handovers that require settling For example the following code performs a handover to a new traffic channel using the SEQ sequential appendage then initiates a TX power measurement OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH SEQ 65 Hands over traffic channel to channel 65 waits for process to complete before accepting next command OUTPUT 714 INITiate TXPower Initiates TX power measurement 354 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib initiate description fm INITiate
87. 714 CALL TC HANNEL CMODE FRSPEECH Ensure mobile is in full rate speech channel mode initially OUTPUT 714 SETUP XPOWER CONTINUOUS OFF Configures trigger mode to single for a TX Power measurement OUTPUT 714 SETUP XPOWER COUNT NUMBER 100 Configures a multi measurement of 100 OUTPUT 714 SETUP XPOWER TRIGGER SOURCE AUTO Configures the trigger source to auto OUTPUT 714 INITIA E TXPOWER Start TX Power measurement OUTPUT 714 CALL TC HANNEL CMODE EFRSPEECH Sets the channel mode to enhanced full rate speech while the TX Power measurement is running ENTER 714 Meas comp UNTIL Meas complete OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE Check to see if TX Power measurement is complete lete S TXP OUTPUT 714 FETCH T ENTER 714 Integrity PRINT TX Power Mea XPOWER ALL Fetch TX Power results Avg_tx_pwr surement Results PRINT Integrity PRINT TX Power A END Integrity vg tX pwr 117 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_chmode_setup fm Programming a Channel Mode Change Returned Values The measurements returned by this program are e Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measu
88. 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL CHANNEL EGSM 975 Sets ARFCN for EGSM in manual receiver mode 376 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib rfanalyzer fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer MANual CHANnel PCS Function Sets queries the ARFCN that the mobile station is expected to transmit on The test set will tune to the corresponding uplink frequency for the PCS frequency band see Receiver Control on page 518 The manual band must be se before manual channel will update see RFANalyzer MAN ual BAND on page 375 Setting Range 512 to 810 Resolution 1 Query Range 512 to 810 Resolution 1 RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Traffic Channel 30 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL CHANNEL PCS 512 Sets ARFCN for PCS in manual receiver mode RFANalyzer MANual CHANnel PGSM Function Sets queries the ARFCN that the mobile station is expected to transmit on The test set will tune to the corresponding uplink frequency for the PGSM frequency band see Receiver Control on page 518 The manual band must be se before manual channel will update see RFANalyzer MAN ual BAND on page 375 Setting Range 1 to 124 Resolution 1 Query Range 1to 124 Resolution 1 RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Traffic Channel 30 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER M
89. 714 SETUP AAUDIO FILTER SFREQUENCY 8KHZ Specifies the tunable 60 bandpass filter frequency to 70 be 8 kHz and turns the filter 80 state ON 90 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE AAUDIO Start the analog audio measurement 100 REPEA 110 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE Check to see if analog audio measurement is done 120 ENTER 714 Meas complete 130 UNTIL Meas complete AAUD 140 OUTPUT 714 FETCH AAUDIO Fetch analog audio measurement results 150 ENTER 714 Integrity Analog audio 160 END Returned Values The measurements returned by this program are e Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Analog audio returns the analog audio level in volts rms 45 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManuallChapters prog aaudio fm Programming an Analog Audio Measurement Related Topics DEAK KKK AK ACK A KK ek OK AK ACK KE ek EK OK A OK AEA AK EK OK AK AEA A AK ROK ARK SK KA KK OK AK AK Analog Audio Measurement Description on page 44 IN Tiate on page 355 SETup AAU Dio on page 380 FETCh AAUDio on page 296 Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200 DRAKA KAA AK EA AK AEA AK AE RA AE A AK AK AEA ARK A RR AEA ook oe ok oko ARK AK RK EK KKK 46 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_aaudio fm
90. 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 900 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 900 to 999 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 8 256 800 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 800 to 899 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 7 128 700 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 700 to 799 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 6 64 600 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 600 to 699 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 5 32 4500 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed to a 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 500 to 4599 range occurs Query the E vent Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 4 16 4400 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed to a 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 400 to 499 range occurs Query the E vent Register to find ou
91. A AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK 116 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_bursr_sync fm Programming a Channel Mode Change Programminga Channel Mode Change This section provides an example of how to change a mobile station s channel mode to enhanced full rate speech via GPIB while a call is connected and a measurement is running The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 1 Ensure the mobile is initially in full rate speech channel mode au PWN Program Example Configure the parameters for the measurement s you want to run using the SETup subsystem Start the measurement s using the INI Tiate subsystem Change the mobile s channel mode to enhanced full rate speech Use the INI Tiate DONE command to find out if the measurement results are available Use the FETCh command to obtain the measurement results The following program uses the TX Power measurement to show how to change the channel mode to enhanced full rate speech while a measurement is running The TX Power measurement is chosen because it is one of the measurements that is supported in enhanced full rate speech mode 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 e co 01 5 CO PO S NN NI V he O o X C 3 O0 3 OC CO C 0 C O C N 99 OUTPUT
92. AK EA AK EK EK AK EA AKA AE ARK CK SK KA KK OK KK AK 53 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_berr_proc fm BERR Troubleshooting BERR Troubleshooting February 14 2000 Possible Setup 1ssues During remote operation of the bit error measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SETup BERRor CONTinuous on page 387 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 If you have a BER measurement active and your mobile drops the call it may be that you have the SETup BERRor SL Control on page 389 command set to OFF This is likely to occur with mobiles that do not respond to downlink signalling when loopback is closed To solve this problem set the command to ON Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 54 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersXs ber fm Decoded Audio Measurement Description Decoded Audio Measurement Description J une 2 1999 How is a decoded audio DAUDIO measurement made This measurement is also known as decoded audio or uplink speech level measurement The DAU DIO measure
93. BERRor CLSDelay STIMe Function Selects queries the closed loop signalling delay time in seconds for Bit Error measurements and sets the delay state to ON The units S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S The delay time defines how long the test set should wait before starting a BERR measurement The downlink signalling operation must be completed and the test set must send a dose loop command to the M S beforethe measurement can begin The delay timeallows timefor the loop to dose When a close loop message is set to the MS the closed loop signalling delay time will hold off the BERR measurement from starting for the specified time period Setting Range 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100 ms Query Range 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100 ms RST 500 ms OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP BERROR CLSDELAY STIME 400 MS Set state to on and delay time SETup BERRor CLSDelay TIME Function Selects queries the closed loop signalling delay time in seconds for Bit Error measurements The units S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S The delay time defines how long the test set should wait before starting a BERR measurement The downlink signalling operation must be completed and the test set must send a dose loop command to the M S beforethe measurement can begin The delay timeallows timefor the loop to dose When a c
94. Comments on page 206 is basically the same as the first but comments have been removed and the coding reflects the use of compound commands and complex commands to achieve coding efficiency Example Program With Comments 10 Prog Name com_man_ex txt Rev A 0 2 Date Code 12 18 98 20 30 Configure the BASIC environment dimension and initialize variables 40 These actions are unrelated to programming the Agilent 8960 50 60 OPTION BASE 1 70 COM Address Test_set 80 Allocate arrays to hold ORFS switching amp modulation frequency offsets 90 DIM Swit_offs 255 Mod_offs 255 100 Allocate arrays to hold measurement results 110 REAL Txpower 4 120 Test_set 714 Test set s GPIB address 130 PRINTER IS CRT 140 CLEAR SCREEN 150 160 Reset test set to start from a known state Not always necessary to do full 170 preset in a manufacturing environment but desireable in programming example 180 190 OUTPUT Test set RST 200 210 Turn on the GPIB debugger This is optional but very helpful for debugging 220 GPIB commands when developing new code 230 240 OUTPUT Test set SYST COMM GPIB DEB STAT ON 250 260 Check error message queue and STOP if any errors present This ensures that 270 the example program starts with no error conditions present in the test set 280 290 CALL Chk err msg que 300 310 V
95. Comprehensive Program Example Example Program Without Comments Thefollowing program is basically the same as the example program presented in Example Program With Comments on page 200 but comments have been removed and the coding reflects the use of compound commands and complex commands to achieve coding efficiency 10 Prog Name sim man ex txt Rev A 0 2 Date Code 12 18 98 20 OPTION BASE 1 30 COM Address Test set 40 DIM Swit offs 255 Mod offs 255 50 REAL Txpower 4 60 Test set 714 70 PRINTER IS CRT 80 CLEAR SCREEN 90 OUTPU est set RST SYST COMM GPIB DEB STAT ON 100 CALL Chk err msg que il OUTPU est set CALL OPER MODE CELL SYST CORR SGA 6 120 OUTPU est set CALL CELL BAND PGSM BCH 20 POW SAMP 85 CALL TCH ARFC 45 TSL 4 130 OUTPU est set CALL CELL ACT OFF MCC 1 LAC 1 MNC 1 NCC 1 BCC 5 ACT ON 140 OUTPU est set SET ORFS SWIT COUN 5 SET ORFS MOD COUN 10 150 OUTPU est set SET ORFS CONT OFF TIM 60 TRIG SOUR AUTO 160 Swit offs 400KHZ 400KHZ 600KHZ 600KHZ 1200KHZ 1200KHZ2 1800KHZ 1800KHZ 170 Mod offs 2 2MHZ 2MHZ 4MHZ 4MHZ 6MH2 6MH2 8MHZ 8MHZ
96. Configure Phase amp Frequency Error Measurement I OUTPUT Test set SET PFER COUN 8 OUTPUT Test set SET PFER TRIG SOUR PROT QUAL ON OUTPUT Test set SET PFER CONT OFF OUTPUT Test set SET PFER TIM 30 OUTPUT Test set SET PFER BSYN MID 1 1 Step 4 Establish an Active Link with the Mobile Station 201 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_comprehensive_prog_example fm Comprehensive Program Example 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 1450 2 C9 O O OGO C9 3 202 OUTPUT Test set CALL P
97. FBER or BER measurements are running These measurements take absolute control of the downlink speech source and use it to generate the pseudo random data The test set prevents the user from accessing the downlink speech source while the FBER or BER measurements are running Other than this restriction multiple measurements can always be initiated with a single program message and the test set will manage and report the sequence that measurement results are made available to the controlling application through the INI TiateDONE query Related Topics DEAR AKA KK AK AK ARK A AK EK AK ACK A AK A KK EK OK ACK EA KE RAK ROK AK EA AEA AK ARK ARK A KA KK OK KOK AK Measurement E vent Synchronization on page 132 Block Diagram on page 504 DEAK AEA KAA AK AEA RK AE RA AE ok EK ok A ARK A RA EK KE AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK 124 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_concurrent fm Integrity Indicator Integrity Indicator Description The test set can evaluate its own performance and make a determination as to the validity of a measurement result Thetest set evaluates the conditions surrounding a measurement and reports to the user its evaluation of these conditions in a parameter called the measurement integrity indicator A measurement integrity indicator valueis returned for every completed measurement It is recommended that the user take advantage of this feature in every measur
98. FREQuency gt lt sp gt lt num value HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ gt Vids Diagram Conventions on page 213 371 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_rfanalyzer fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer CONTrol AUTO Function Sets queries the test set s receiver control The measuring receiver is under the control of the test set s base station emulator auto or under the control of the user manual see Receiver Control on page 518 Setting the manual band will change the receiver control to manual see RFANalyzer MAN ual BAND on page 375 Setting the manual channel in the band that is currently active will change the receiver control to manual see RFANalyzer MAN ual CHANnel SE L ected on page 375 Setting the manual frequency will change the receiver control to manual see RFANalyzer MANual F RE Quency on page 378 Setting the broadcast band will change the receiver control to auto See CALL BAND on page 234 Setting Manual 0 OFF Auto 1 ON default ON Query 0 1 RST setting 0 on Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER CONTROL CONTROL AUTO 0 Sets receiver control to manual RFANalyzer EXPected POWer SELected Function Sets queries the power level in DBM that the mobile station is expected to transmit for the selected band The units DBM are optional The test set will set up it
99. ICOunt INTegrity returns Integrity Power Max Offset Results returns Intermediate Count FETCh PVTime MASK returns Avg TX Power 4 Lam gt ALL returns Min TX Power Max TX Power Avg TX Power Std Dev TX Power gt L gt MAXimum returns Max TX Power gt MINimum returns Min TX Power SDEViation returns Std Dev TX Power WW gt gt returns Mask Pass Fail IS FAIL gt ALL returns Mask Pass Fail Mask Upper Margin Mask Upper Margin Time Mask Lower Margin Mask Lower Margin Time gt r LOWer returns Mask Lower c MARGin Margin IME returns Mask Lower Margin Time gt COIUPPer returns Mask Upper gt MARGin Margin TIME returns Mask Upper Margin Time gt 336 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime POWer 7 returns Max Offset Results gt ALL gt MAXimum gt AVERage returns Avg Offset Results gt MINimum returns Min Offset Results L gt SDEViation returns Std Dev Offset Results gt TIME jj sp num value num value gt OFFSet gt MAXimum returns Max Results at Specified Offsets A
100. IEEE 488 2 7 7 6 2 For example and END message was received before the end length was satisfied 168 Block data not allowed Indicates a legal block data element was encountered but not allowed by the device at this point in parsing 170 Expression error This error as well as errors 171 through 179 are generated when parsing an expression data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error 171 nvalid expression Indicates the expression data element was invalid see IEEE 488 2 7 7 7 2 For example unmatched parentheses or an illegal character 178 Expression data not allowed Indicates a legal expression data was encountered but was not allowed by the device at this point in parsing 180 Macro error This error as well as error 181 through 189 are generated when defining a macro or execution a macro This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error 181 Invalid output macro definition Indicates that a macro parameter place holder was encountered outside of a macro definition 183 Invalid inside macro definition Indicates that the program message unit sequence sent with a DDT or a DMC command is syntactically invalid see IEEE 488 2 10 7 6 3 585 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg100 fm 100 to 199 Co
101. Index Symbols DN 558 Numerics 3 digit MNC for PCS 513 3 Digit MNC for PCS 1900 271 A active cell operating mode 509 Active Cell Status 283 active link 28 active versus inactive measurements 150 address HP IB 557 LAN 560 adherence to ETSI and GSM standards 110 Amplitude 220 Amplitude Offset 485 analog audio AAU DIO measurement 44 programming example 45 Analog Audio Setup 380 ARFCN BCH 501 TCH 501 arithmetic mean 136 arming triggering 151 asserts 126 automatic auto trigger source 149 averaging measurements 136 BA Table 228 501 513 Band Pass Filter Frequency AAUD 380 DAUD 398 base station color code 512 base station originated call 28 BCC 512 BCC Base Station Colour Code 235 BCH TCH test function 529 BCH parameters 511 BCH test function 526 Beeper State 480 bit frame trigger 515 Bit Error Setup 385 broadcast allocation table 501 Broadcast Chan 236 501 512 broadcast channel selecting frequency band 502 Seealso BCH broadcast channel parameters 511 Burst Sychronization PFER 421 Burst Synchronization PVT 426 Burst Timing Error 283 burst type selecting manually 526 C Cal first IQ mod 224 Cal second IQ mod 224 CALL 282 call base station originated 28 mobile station originated 29 call parameters 538 Call Parms 538 call processing error 595 call processing state 35 Cell Activated State 227 509 524 changing manually 539
102. LAN PORT on therear panel tothe ETHERNET TO FRONT PANEL port also on the rear panel the user has LAN access from the front panel of the test set Without the RJ 45 jumper cable the test set connection to a LAN is the rear panel LAN PORT connector LAN Default Gateway The LAN router default gateway is a character string with a maximum of 15 characters and a format of A B C D whereA is between 0 and 223 and B C and D are between 0 and 255 no embedded spaces are allowed If the default gateway is set to a format not allowed with the LAN address or the subnet mask that have been selected the default gateway will be set to a null string indicated by a blank field on the test set display The address may be manually set viewed in the system configuration screen The LAN default gateway can be set queried using the SY STem subsystem TheLAN default gateway is the address of a router that routes messages between networks and or subnets If this valueis not specified LAN communications will be limited to the network and subnet spedified by the LAN IP address and the subnet mask Your network administrator will know if a default gateway is needed and if so the address of the router If the default gateway address is not needed by your network it may be disabled by entering any of the following values 0 zero null string 0 0 0 0 TheLAN default gateway is a non volatile parameter The LAN default gateway is not affected by an
103. Measurement Program Example 10 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR TIMEOUT TIME 5 BER measurement times out after 20 5 seconds 30 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER AMPLITUDE 102 DBM Sets the cell power level 40 toa low level for the 50 BER measurement 60 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR CONTINUOUS OFF Configures a BER measurement to 70 Single Trigger 80 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR COUNT 10000 Sets the number of bits to measure 90 at 10 000 100 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR CLSDELAY STIME 500 MS Sets the Close Loop Delay 110 to 500 ms 120 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR SLCONTROL ON Sets the Signal Loop Control state to on 130 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR TYPE TYPEIA Sets the Measurement Type to IA 140 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR LDCONTROL AUTO OFF Configure loopback delay 150 control to manual 160 OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR MANUAL DELAY 6 Set frame delay to 6 frames in order 170 to correlate uplink and downlink bits 180 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE BERROR Start a BER measurement 190 REPEA 200 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE 210 ENTER 714 Meas_comp 220 PRINT Meas comp 230 UNTIL Meas comp BERR 240 OUTPUT 714 FETCH BERROR BERR
104. Measurement Description Single or Multi Measurements Thel Q Tuning measurement can return either single or averaged measurement results f you set the multi measurement state OFF then only a single measurement is made at each offset f you set the multi measurement state ON and the multi measurement count number to a value greater than one then multiple measurements are made at each offset The returned results are an average of these measurements Types of Signals I Q Tuning can Measure 1 Q Tuning measurements can be made on these types of input signals Normal GSM TCH burst without a midamble CW signal 1 Q Tuning Input Signal Requirements Thel Q Tuning measurement will complete and meet its measurement accuracy specifications under the following input signal conditions Input signal level is between 15 dBm and 43 dBm Input signal level is within 3 dB and 10 dB of the expected input level e Signal must be within 500 kHz of expected frequency for RF Rise triggering to function Trigger Source Thetrigger source depends on the type of input signal Recommended Trigger Source Settings Input Signal Type Recommended Trigger Source Normal GSM TCH burst without a RF Rise midamble CW signal Immediate Related Topics DRAKA KA AEA EA KAA RK AE RA AE ooo oko RK A RK EK AK A oko ARK A RK EK KKK Programming an I Q Tuning Measurement on page 65 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110
105. Number Agilent Technologies E5515A B Product Options This declaration covers all options of the above product conforms to the following Product specifications Safety IEC 1010 1 1990 A1 A2 EN 61010 1 1993 EMC CISPR 11 1990 EN 55011 1991 Group 1 Class A EN 50082 1 1992 IEC 801 2 1991 4kV CD 8kV AD IEC 801 3 1984 3V m IEC 801 4 1988 0 5 kV Sig Lines 1 kV Power Lines Supplementary Information This product herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and carries the CE marking accordingly Spokane Washington USA November 20 1998 mz Vince Roland Reliability amp Regulatory Engineering Manager European Contact Your local Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Office or Agilent Technologies GmbH Department ZQ Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 130 D 71034 B blinger Germany FAX 49 7031 14 3143 Legal Information Table 1 Regional Sales and Service Offices United States of America Agilent Technologies Test and Measurement Call Center P O Box 4026 Englewood CO 80155 4026 tel 1 800 452 4844 Canada Agilent Technologies Canada Inc 5159 Spectrum Way Mississauga Ontario L4W 5G1 tel 1 877 894 4414 Europe Agilent Technologies European Marketing Organization P O Box 999 1180 AZ Amstelveen The Netherlands tel 3120 547 9999 J apan Agilent Technologies J apan Ltd Measurement Assistance Center
106. PTR 0 NTR 4 Enable the Enable the negative transition filter for the GSM connected bit CALL GSM ENABLE 4 Enable the 714 STATUS OP ERATION ENABLE 1024 connected bit for GSM to generate a summary message Enable the call sumary Ibit to generate a summary 37 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog synch callstate fm Call Processing State Synchronization 22 23 OUTPUT 714 24 25 ON INTR 7 15 26 27 ENABLE INTR 28 29 PRINT Make 30 31 PAUSE 32 33 PAUSE 34 35 OUTPUT 714 message SRE 128 Enable the service request enable register to generate an SRQ CALL Err Define the interrupt initiated branch wiht a priority of 15 the highest 7 2 Enable interrupt on interface card 7 with a bit mask for the interface s interrupt enable register of 2 a call type CONT when connected Make a Mobile Station loriginated call PRINT End the call from the mobile station and then type CONT STATUS OPERATION CALL GSM EVENT Query th 36 ENTER 714 Eve 37 IF Eve 0 THEN 38 PRINT The call is still connected press the end key 39 END IF 40 END LOOP 41 END 42 SUB Err 43 DISP The call has ended 44 Clear_interrupt SPOLL
107. Phase and Frequency Error Measurement This section provides an example of how to make the phase and frequency error PFER measurement via GPIB The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 1 Configure PFER measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem 2 Start the PFER measurement using the NI Tiate subsystem 3 UsethelNITiate DONE command to find out if PFER measurement results are available 4 Usethe FETCh command to obtain PFER measurement results Example Program 10 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFERROR CONTINUOUS OFF Configures a PFER measurement to 20 single trigger mode 30 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFERROR COUNT NUMBER 100 Configures a multi measurment 40 of 100 50 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFERROR TRIGGER SOURCE AUTO Configure trigger source 60 to auto 70 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFERROR BSYNC MIDAMBLE Configures a PFER measurement so 80 that burst synchronization which 90 Iwill synchronize the timing of the 100 measurement algorithm relative to 110 the data sample will be set 120 to midamble 130 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE PFERROR Starts the PFER measurement 140 REPEA 150 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE Query to see if PFER measurement is done
108. Queries the Operation Condition Register U STATUS OPERATION EN 10 2 10 equals 1024 STATUS OPERATION 10 2 10 equals 1024 STATUS OPERATION P 9 ABLE 1024 Sets bit 2 9 equals 512 of of the Operation Enable Register R 1024 Sets bit of the Operation Negative Transition Register R 512 Sets bit the Operation Positive Transition Register 443 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation CALL Condition Register Bit Assignment TheSTATus OPERation CALL register bits will be used to indicate status of processes that occur during normal call processing operations Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use T
109. RESTYPEIA RESTYPEII RESTYPEIB Query Range TYPEIA TYPEII TYPEIB RESTYPEIA RESTYPEII RESTYPEIB RST Setting RESTYPEII Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR TYPE TYPEIA Sets type of BER measurement SETup BERRor CONTinuous Function Sets queries the trigger state to single trigger mode or continuous trigger mode for BER measurement Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 BERROR CONTINUOUS OFF Sets BER measurement to single trigger mode 387 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_berror fm SETup BERRor SETup BERRor COUNt Function Sets queries the number of BER measurements the test set will make when the count state is on Setting Range 1 to 999 000 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 000 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 000 OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP B ERROR COUNT 880 Set BER multi measurement count to 880 SETup BERRor LDControl AUTO Function Sets queries speech frames delay control mode I f speech frames delay control mode is automatic Auto the test set will determine the frame delay value that will allow correlation between uplink information bits with downlink information bits If speech frames delay control
110. Resolution 0 01 Type la Bit error count Range 0 to 999000 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Type b Bits tested Range 0 to 2637369 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Type b Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 Type lb Bit error count Range 0 to 2637369 and 9 91E 437 NAN Resolution 1 Type ll Bits tested Range 0 to 15584400 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Type ll Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 Type Il Bit error count Range 0 to 1558440 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 362 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm READ 363 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm READ READ DAUDio ALL Function Queries initiates and fetches one decoded audio uplink speech level measurement as a sequential operation Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 and decoded audio average The FETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See FETCh DAU Dio on page 308 Query Integrity indicator e Range Oto 16 Resolution 1 Decoded audio average Range 0 to 100 FS full scale Resolution 0 01 FS READ DPOWer ALL Function Queries the Dynamic Power measurement results Quer
111. S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib STATus QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 2 4 4200 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 200 to 299 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 1 2 100 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 100 to 199 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Example STATus QUEStionable ERRors COMMon Condition Register Bit Assignment OUTPUT 714 STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS COMMON EVENT Queries the Questionable Errors Common Event Register 465 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable STATus QUEStionable ERRors GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment TheSTATus QUEStionable E RRors GSM register bits will be used toindicate information about GSM test set device specific errors positive error numbers Bit Binary Condition Number Weighting Description 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13
112. SI Programming Example ETUP PVTIME COUNT SNUMBER 25 Sets the state to on and the multi measurement count value to 25 427 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_pvtime fm SETup PVTime SETup PVTime COUNt NUMBer Function Sets queries the number of Power vs Time measurements the test set will make when multi measurement state is on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ER 20 Sets multi measurement count value ETUP PVTIMI E COUNT NUMBI to 20 SETup PVTime COUNt STATe Function Sets queries power versus time multi measurement count state Setting O OFF 1 ON Query o 1 RST Setting O OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S E ON Sets multi measurement count state ETUP PVTIMI E COUNT STATI Ito on 428 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_pvtime fm SETup PVTime SETup PVTime TIME OFFSet Function Sets queries the time offsets in seconds for power vs time power measurement not the mask measurement All 12 time offsets are set to on by default If less than 12 values are sent with this command the remaining offsets are turned off see Power versus Time Measurement Description
113. STATe lt 1 ON 0 OFF gt m of command sets gain to numeric value gt and state to ON using single command Rection SGAin numeric value suffix Programming E xample t set SYST CORR SGA 6 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersprog prog guide step6 fm Step 6a Start Set Of Concurrent Measurements Step 6a Start Set Of Concurrent Measurements Starting Measurements ThelNITiate command is used to start measurements Each individual measurement in a test application can be started using the INI Tiate command For starting measurements the syntax of the NITiate command is as follows Example 1 Command Syntax INITiate meas mnemonic 0ON The following table shows the measurements available in the Agilent Technologies E 1960A GSM mobile test application and their associated lt meas mnemonic gt used in the INITiate command syntax Measurement Mnemonics Used In The INI Tiate Subsystem Measurement lt meas mnemonic gt Transmit Power TXPower Power vs Time PVTime Phase amp Frequency Error PFERror Output RF Spectrum ORF Spectrum Bit Error BERRor Fast Bit Error FBERror Decoded Audio DAUDio Analog Audio AAUDio 1 Q Tuning IQTuning Dynamic Power DPOWer Example 2 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set INIT TXP would start the transmitter power measurement Using Compound Commands to Start Multiple Measureme
114. Setting AUTO Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME TRIGGER SOURCE AUTO Sets trigger source to AUT 431 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_pvtime fm SETup TXPower J uly 7 1999 COUNt Diagram Conventions on page 213 SETup gt TXPower gt CONTinuous r gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 110 SETup TXPower SETup TXPower gt TIMeout gt TRIGger SNUMber j gt NUMBer STATe Sy Complex Command lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS gt STIMe IME gt STATe gt _ gt DELay 2 complex Command gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt SOURce lt sp gt AUTO IMMediate PROTocol RISES gt lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS gt L gt returns 1 0 sp num value S MS US NS 5 QUALifier gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF returns 1 0 gt lt sp gt lt num value gt m gt lt sp gt lt num value gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 gt 432 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_txpower fm SETup TXPower SETup TXPower CONTinuous Fu
115. Setting 512 Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BCHANNEL ARFCN PCS 800 Programming Example Sets BCH ARFCN for PCS broadcast band to 800 237 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib call bchannel fm CALL BCHannel CALL CELL BCHannel ARFCn PGSM Function Sets queries the Broadcast Channel number for the PGSM broadcast band Setting range 1 to 124 resolution 1 Query range 1 to 124 resolution 1 RST Setting 20 Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 OUTPUT 714 CALL CI Programming Example ELL BCHANNEL ARFCN PGSM 113 Sets BCH ARFCN for PGSM broadcast band to 113 238 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_bchannel fm CALL BURSt CALL BURSt CALL gt BURSt TYPE gt lt Sp gt RACH TSCO TSC1 TSC2 TSC3 TSC4 TSC5 TSC6 TSC7 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL BURSt TYPE Function Sets queries the Expected Burst parameter This parameter is used for measurement synchronization when the test set s operating mode is set to Test Mode or the Cell Activated state is set to Off If it is not set the test set may not synchronize to the input signal s midamble For more details on this parameter see Expected Bur
116. TXPower OUTPUT 714 READ TXPower Starts TX power measurement As soon as the measurement cycle has completed the test set provides the TX power measurement results to the controlling application ENTER 714 integrity tx carrier power Enters the integity indicator and TX carrier power measurement into controlling application 359 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read_description fm READ February 14 2000 READ READ AAUDio r BERRor returns Integrity Avg Analog Audio Level returns Integrity Bits Tested Bit Ratio Bit Error Count gt Error returns integrity bits tested for Type gt DAUDio Ia bit error ratio for Type Ia bit error count for Type Ia bits tested for Type Ib bit error ratio for Type Ib bit error count for Type Ib bits tested for Type II bit error ratio for Type II bit error count for Type II returns Integrity Avg Decoded Audio Ls DPOWer Level returns N Integrity indicators N Avg TX Ls JE BERTOY Power levels where N is the number of bursts measured returns Integrity Bits Tested Bit Diagram Conventions on page 213 AF Erro
117. Table entries for the selected broadcast band Entries are set value entered into table and state set to ON using a comma separated list of 1 to 16 values States of table entries not included in setting list are set to OF F Sending a null list no values sets states of all table entries to OFF Query returns a comma separated list of the table entries that arein the ON state If states of all table entries are set to OFF query returns 9 91E 437 NAN Setting Depends upon the selected broadcast band range PGSM broadcast band range 1to 124 EGSM broadcast band range 0 to 124 975 to 1023 DCS broadcast band range 512 to 885 PCS broadcast band range 512 to 810 resolution 1 Query range Oto9 91E 37 RST Setting Depends upon the selected broadcast band entries PGSM BA Table 20 1 62 124 9 18 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 117 EGSM BA Table 20 975 37 124 986 1008 1019 7 18 30 53 64 76 87 99 110 DCSBA Table 512 698 885 537 562 587 612 637 662 712 737 762 787 812 837 862 PCSBA Table 512 660 810 530 550 570 590 610 630 650 690 710 730 750 770 790 states first entry ON all others OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE SELECTED 512 689 885 Sets 3 table entries for the selected broadcast band States of the remaining 13 lentries are set to OFF OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE SELECTED Sets states of all
118. The SETup PVTime TI ME OF F Set command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values Measurements will be returned by this query in the same order they are listed in the command Query Power levels Range 100 dBc to 10 dBc and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Time offsets Range Up to 12 time offset values corresponding to entries in the Power vs Time table of user defined time offsets currently turned on The default units are s seconds Resolution Rounded to the same value as displayed in the Power vs Time table and returned by the SETup PVTimeTIME OFFSet query Programming Ex ample OUTPUT 714 FI land 570 8 ms ETCH PVTIME POWER TIME OFFSET MAXIMUM 0 US 570 8 US Returns the maximum of power versus time measurements at the 0 0 ms offsets 346 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM M obile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime POWer TIME OFFSet AVERage Function Queries the average power levels from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset appended to this command Specified time values must correspond to user settable time offsets that are currently turned on and must be rounded to the same values 9 91 E 437 NAN will be returned for specified offsets that do not correspond to offsets currently turned on Power levels are re
119. To set the number of bursts you want to measure use SETup DPOWer COU Nt NUM Ber on page 404 Query Range O to 16 Resolution 1 312 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_dynp fm FETCh DPOWer FETCh DPOWer POWer Function Queries the average TX power levels for the Dynamic Power measurement Returns N average power levels where N is the number of bursts measured To set the number of bursts you want to measure see SETup DPOWer COUNt NUM Ber on page 404 Query Range 100 to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 313 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_dynp fm FETCh FBERror February 14 2000 FETCh s FBI ERrOrI FETCh FBERror returns Integrity Fast Bit Error Rate Y gt DELay returns TDMA frame delay ICOunt returns Intermediate Count INTegrity returns INTegrity RATio returns bit error ratio Pop Bits Tested FBER Ratio EB ER Count _s BITS returns number of bits tested COUNt returns number of bits failed Diagram Conventions on page 213 314 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_fberror fm FETCh FBERror FETCh FBERror ALL Function Queries
120. V MV gt J SAMPlitude See Complex Command j Description below gt AMPLitude m gt sp num value gt V MV Blue indicates the gt STATe 7 gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF command is a hypertext link tothe commands gt returns 1 0 gt description table Diagram Description Statement elements are connected by lines Each line can be followed in only one direction as indicated by the arrow at the end of the line Any combination of statement elements that can be generated by starting at the Root Element and following the line the proper direction is syntactically correct The drawings show the proper use of spaces Where spaces are required they are indicated by lt sp gt otherwise no spaces are allowed between statement elements Complex Command Description A complex command sets the state of the parameter to ON and is used to set a value for that parameter These parameters amplitude frequency gain number time and value can be used as a complex command Refer to the specific command for the parameter that applies 213 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_Syntax_Book_Diagr_Convent fm Diagram Conventions Developing Code It is recommended that you set the Test Set s operating environment to debug To set the Test Set debug mode to ON use the following syntax SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB DEBug ON Units of Measure If
121. a combination of amplitude offset and expected power settings See Receiver example on page 564 109 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersXs txp fm Test Adherence to Standards Test Adherence to Standards February 14 2000 The Agilent Technologies 8960 series 10 is compliant with ETSI GSM 11 10 Phase 2 Technical specifications Frequency Error and Phase Error ETSI GSM 11 10 section 13 1 The method of test implemented by the test set s Phase amp Frequency Error measurement conforms to the measurement method defined in ETSI GSM 11 10 Ver 4 21 1 Sect 13 1 Measurements Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description on page 82 Transmitter Output Power and Burst Timing Error ETSI GSM 11 10 section 13 3 To make transmitter output power measurement that conforms to ETSI GSM 11 10 standards perform a Power versus Time measurement with the desired setup An ETSI compliant transmitter output power TXPower result is available as a result of this measurement Pass fail checking of the Power versus Time mask is also available done by the Power versus Time measurement The Burst Timing Error is available on the Call Setup screen and by issuing a query tothe CALL subsystem CALL STATus TCHannel TERRor on page 285 Making a faster Transmitter Output Power Measurement An alternative method of test for making a transmitter output power measurement is to usethe TX Power
122. a parameter and press the knob 3 Enter a value or selection and press the knob Note For statistical measurement results change the Multi M easurement Count Number parameter from Off to a number 21 4 Press Close Menu F6 544 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen op overview meas setup fm How Do Turn Off a Measurement How Dol Turn Off a Measurement Iuei X Posse Foram Error 1 Press the MEASUREMENT SELECTION key Highlight the measurement you want to turn off Press Close Measurement F 4 PWN Press Close Menu F 6 545 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_op_overview_turn_off_meas fm Programming Overview Programming Overview Figure 2 Typical Flow Of Tasks Performed By Control Program Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Set Test Set Operating Configure Base Station Configure Measurement Mode To Active Cell Emulator BSE Execution Parameters tep 4 ep 5 Step 6a Establish Active Link Set Mobile Station Start Set Of Concurrent With Mobile Station Operating Conditions Measurements Step 6b Determine If A Measurement Is Done No All Meas Done Step 7 Yes Perform Intra cell Handover Assign Mobile Station To New TCH Step 8 No Stop Disconnect Mobile Station From BSE Related Topics D
123. as the broadcast band traffic channel band will automatically be set to this band UTPU 714 CALL CELL BAND PGSM elect BCH as the test function UTPUT 714 CALL FUNCTION DOWNLINK BCHTCH Uno uo onfigure the receiver control to auto UTPU 714 RFANALYZER CONTROL AUTO ON et the BCH to channel 21 PU 714 CALL BCH PGSM 21 et the TCH to channel 31 UTPUT 714 CALL TCH PGSM 31 e theMS TX Level to 12 UTPUT 714 CALL MS TXLEVEL 12 o U00Oo Uno uo No C U To make the measurement set the mobile station to transmit on PGSM channel 31 at a power level of 12 529 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters gen bse test fm Test Mode Operating Mode Example 11 BCH TCH Test Function Using Manual Receiver Control The following example shows how to set up a test mode measurement using the test function BCH TCH In this example the test set transmits a BCH on PGSM channel 21 and a TCH on PGSM channel 31 Manual receiver control is used to configure the test set to measure a signal from the mobile station at 895 MHz the frequency can also be tuned by channel number with the manual channel parameter E xpected power is set at 14 dBm 1 Select test mode OUTPU 71
124. bits tested e Bit error ratio retuns the ratio of bit errors to total bits tested in percent 96 Bit error count returns the number of bit errors Related Topics KKK KK AK ARK KK AK KK AK OK KK KK AK KOK KK OK KK KK AK KK KK AK KK KK OK KK KK aK KOK KK OK KKK Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 SETup FBERror on page 391 IN Tiate on page 355 FETCh FBERror on page 314 Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200 73 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_fber_proc fm FBER Troubleshooting FBER Troubleshooting J uly 8 1999 Possible Setup Issues During remote operation of the Fast BER measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SETup F BE Rror on page 391 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 Set signalling loopback control to on if signalling loopback control is off set loopback to Type C see CALL TCHannel LOOPback on pag
125. entries to OFF 231 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ba fm CALL BA CALL CELL BA TABLe POINts SELected Function Queries the number of entries that arein the ON statein the selected broadcast band s BA Table This is the number of values that will be returned from the CALL CELL BA TABL e SE L ected query A return value of zero indicates that there are no table entries in the ON state Query range Oto 16 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE POINTS SELECTED Queries the number of entries that are in the ON state in the selected broadcast band s BA Table CALL CELL BA TABLe POINts DCS Function Queries the number of entries that arein the ON statein the DCS broadcast band BA Table This is the number of values that will be returned from the CALL CELL BA TABLe DCS query A return value of zero indicates that there are notable entries in the ON state Query range 0 to 16 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE POINTS DCS Queries the number of entries that are in the ON state in the DCS broadcast band BA Table 232 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib call ba fm CALL BA CALL CELL BA T
126. field is affected when there is an amplitude offset see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Setting range 10 to 100 dBm resolution 01 dBm Query range 10 to 100 dBm resolution 01 dBm RST Setting 85 dBm Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR POWER AMPLITUDE 50DBM CALL CELL RFGenerator POWer STATe Function Sets queries the RF Gen Power State Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink Function CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 Setting range 0 OFF 1 ON Query range 0 OFF 1 ON RST Setting ON Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR POWER STATE OFF 281 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersWpib call rfgenerator fm CALL SIGNaling CALL SIGNaling CALL gt SIGNaling MS gt TXLevel gt FACCH gt lt sp gt lt 1 ON 0 OFF gt L gt returns 1 0 gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL SIGNaling MS TXLevel FACCH Function Sets queries the TX Level FACCH Signaling parameter When TX Level FACCH Signaling is set to on the base station emulator uses both a FACCH Fast Associated Control CHannel channel assignment and an update to the SACCH Slow Associated Control CHannel header to signal the mobile to change to a new power level When TX Level FACCH Signaling is set to
127. fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation NMRReady COMMon Condition Register Bit Assignment TheSTATus OPERation NMRReady COM M on register bits indicate when a measurement has been completed and new measurement results are available Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 5 32 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 4 16 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 3 8 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 2 4 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 1 2 Audio Analyzer This is the summary bit for the OPE Ration NMRReady COM Mon Audio Analyzer register 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Examples STATus OPERation NMRReady COMMon OUTPUT 714 OUTPUT 714 OUTPUT 714 OUT
128. happen if the mobile is badly broken no one pushes the end button on the mobile etc The call state change detector time out timer is provided which is used to prevent the call connected state query from hanging forever Usingthe Call State Change Detector Time out for Call Disconnect Synchronization The call state change detector time out mechanism allows the test set to disarm the call state change detector which releases the call connected state query if it is currently hanging The time out timer is started whenever the call state change detector is armed or gets rearmed when already armed The duration of the time out is set using the call connected ti me out command and should be set tothe maximum amount of time the control program should wait between arming and the disconnect process to begin Once the process starts and the call state has moved into one of the transitory states the GSM defined protocol timers take over and prevent the call state from staying in a transitory state forever If thetimer expires whilethe call is in theldleor Connected state the call state change detector is disarmed which releases the call connected state query if it is currently hanging If the timer expires while the call is in one of the transitory states it is ignored as once in any transitory state the GSM defined protocol timers limit the amount of time that can be spent in any transitory state 196 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Applicat
129. hpib_call_function fm CALL IMEI CALL IMEI April 30 1999 CALL gt IMEI AUTO sp 1 ON O OFF returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL IMEI AUTO Function Sets queries whether or not the base station emulator should request the international mobile equipment identity IMEI on call setup Setting Range 1 ON 0 OFF Query Range 1 0 RST Setting 1 Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL IMEI AUTO OFF Sets automatically get IMEI state to OFF 250 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_imei fm CALL LACode CALL LACode CALL gt LACode gt lt sp gt lt num value gt CELL 1 IE Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL LACode Function Sets queries the value of the cell s Location Area Code LAC Setting range 0 to 65535 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 65535 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL LACODE 456 Sets the cell s location area code 456 251 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_lacode fm CALL MCCode CALL MCCode CALL gt MCCode gt lt sp gt lt
130. in the call idle state 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 445 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation CALL GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment The STATus OPE Ration CALL GSM register bits will be used to indicate status of processes that occur during normal GSM call processing operations Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 BS Disconnecting This bit will bea 1 when Active Cell mode the call processing state reaches or is in theidle state Test mode the test set has noted a base station termination 7 128 BS Originating This bit will bea 1 when Active Cell mode the call processing state leaves the idle state Test mode the test set has noted a base station origination 6 64 Call Control Status Changing This bit is set to a 1 when the call control status change detector has been armed 5 32 TCH Ass
131. is set to on after the measurement the test set will automatically set the loopback to off See SETup BERRor SL Control on page 389 or SETup F BERror SL Control on page 395 See Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 or Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Setting range OFF Setsthe TCH Loop state for the MS to OFF Theloop back is open e A Sets the TCH Loop state for the MS to type A Full rate speech TCH loopback with signaling of erased frames residual e B Setsthe TCH Loop state for the MS to type B Full rate speech TCH loopback without signalling of erased frames non residual C SetstheTCH Loop statefor the MS totype C TCH burst by burst loopback RST Setting OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL LOOPBACK C Sets loopback type CALL TCHannel TSLot Function Sets theTimeslot number used for downlink and uplink Traffic Channel See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller Mobile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 for examples Setting range 3 4 5 resolution 1 Query range 3 4 5 resolution 1 RST Setting 4 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL TSLOT 5 Sets time slot number 291 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 R
132. it as DONE use the SETup subsystem to set all active measurements to single CON Tinous OF F trigger mode Related Topics DRAKA AKA AA AK A RK KE RAE AA AK A ARK AK RA EK AK AK oko ARK AK RK KK KKK OK INI Tiate Command Functions on page 353 What Happens When a Measurement is INITiated on page 353 Concurrent M easurements on page 122 DEAE EK AEA AER AE AK ACA AK AEA AK A RA EK A A AK EA ARK A RK EK RK RK EK 135 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_meas_synch fm Statistical Measurement Results Statistical Measurement Results Description Most measurements have a setup window that provides for the entry of a multi measurement count value This specifies how many measurements the test set will perform to obtain a set of values from which to calculate the following statistical measurement results Average arithmetic mean of measurement set Minimum value from measurement set e Maximum value from measurement set Standard Deviation of measurement set Operating Considerations The advantages of using the multi measurement feature to obtain statistical measurement data indude reduced time associated with GPIB bus traffic and reduced time configuring hardware This is because the number of measurements specified in the multi measurement count value are performed during one measurement cyde Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER SNUMBER 10
133. main signalling link is established before releasing the newly allocated channels 1 second T3103 Handover ti mer Timethe network waits after transmitting a HANDOVER COMMAND message until receiving HANDOVER COMPLETE or HANDOVER FAILURE or the MS re establishes the call before the old channels are released If the timer expires and the network has not received a correctly decoded L 2 format A or B or TCH frame then the newly allocated channels are released 2 seconds T3105 Physical information repetition timer Timethe network waits after sending the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message until receiving a correctly decoded L 2 format A or B or TCH frame This occur before re transmitting the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message or releasing the newly allocated channels 50 ms T3107 Channel assignment timer Timethe network waits after transmitting an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message until receiving the ASSESSMENT FAILURE message or theMS re establishes the call before releasing the old and the new channels 3 seconds T3109 Signalling disconnection timer Timethe network waits after sending the CHANNEL RELEASE message before disconnecting the signalling link 5 seconds T3111 Channel deactivation after disconnection ti mer Timethe network waits after disconnecting the signalling link before deactivating the channel 500 ms 579 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseWRefer
134. measurements Sets count state for both ORFS 413 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_orfspectrum fm SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum ICOunt MAXimum Function Queries the total number measurements made each time an ORF S measurement is initiated This number will vary depending on the number of offsets and number of multi measurements the user chooses Thetotal number of measurements is calculated using the following formula ICO MAX 1 M S Where M the number of modulation offsets x the number of multi measurements for ORFS due to modulation S thenumber of switching offsets x the number of multi measurements for ORFS dueto switching See Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 for a description of modulation and switching offsets Query Range 1 to 29971 Resolution 1 SETup ORFSpectrum MODulation COUNt SNUMber Function Sets queries the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation multi measurements the test set will make This command sets the count state to ON Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 20 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION COUNT SNUMBER 99 Sets the value to 99 Imulti measurements land the state to on 414 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Rele
135. mobile station in active cell mode Access RACH burst with mobile station in active cell mode Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in test mode Access RACH burst with mobile station in test mode Bursted signal with GMSK modulation without a valid midamble Input Signal Requirements The PFER measurement will complete and meet its accuracy specification of Frequency error measurement accuracy of 12 Hz timebase reference rms phase error measurement accuracy of less than 1 degree Peak phase error measurement accuracy of less than 4 degrees under these conditions Level is between 15 dBm and 443 dBm Level within 3 dB of the expected input level Frequency is within 100 kHz of expected input frequency Trigger Source Auto triggering is the recommended trigger source for each measurement allowing the test set may choose the preferred trigger source However the user may want to select the trigger source Immediate trigger source is not recommended for PF ER measurements Table 3 Recommended Trigger Source settings Input Signal Type Recommended Trigger Source Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile Midamble or Amplitude station in active cell mode RACH burst with mobile station in active Midamble or Amplitude cell mode Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile Amplitude station in test mode RACH burst with mobile station in test Amplitude mode Bursted signal with GMSK modulation
136. mode is manual not Auto the test set will use the frame delay value entered in the Speech Frames Delay field Refer to see SETup BE RRor MANual DELay on page 389 Refer also to the Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 for a description of frame delay and its usein the BER measurement Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 1 auto Related Topics SETup BERRor MANual DEL ay on page 389 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP B ERROR LDCONTROL AUTO OFF sets BER delay to manual the user must select the manual frame delay number 388 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup berror fm SETup BERRor SETup BERRor MANual DELay Function Sets queries the number of frames the test set will useto correlate uplink information bits with downlink information bits when loop delay control mode is manual AUTO OFF To set the delay mode to manual refer to SETup BERRor L DControl AUT O on page 388 This valueis displayed in the Speech Frames Delay field when Auto is not displayed If you want to display this value and Auto is currently displayed press the front panel key labeled OFF Refer to Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 for a description of frame delay and how it is used in this measurement Setting Range 1 to 15 Resolution 1 Query Range 1to 15 Resolution 1 RST Sett
137. new traffic channel within the currently active broadcast band Dual band handover assigning the mobile station to a traffic channel in a traffic band which is different from the currently active traffic band Performing an Intra Cell Handover An intra cell handover is accomplished using the CALL TCHannel command in conjunction with the SEQ synchronization command The recommended process for performing an intra cell handover is shown in the following figure Step 7 Figure 1 Process for Performing an Intra Cell Handover Change traffic channel with SEQ Call connected Yes Proceed with control program Invoke error handler 192 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step7 fm Step 7 Perform an Intra Cell Handover Example 1 Command Syntax CALL TCHannel ARFCn SELected SEQ numeric value OR CALL TCHannel ARFCn lt PGSM EGSM DCS PCS gt SEQ numeric value Example 2 Programming E xample The following example illustrates how to use these commands to perform an intra cell handover existing conditions a mobile station is connected to the test set operating mode is set to active cell and a call is in the connected state Step 1 Change the traffic channel number OUTPUT Test set CALL TCH SEQ 65 Starts process of handing over MS Ito new traffic channel 65 INO other commands will be processed
138. not off Query Range 10 mV to 20 Vims Resolution 0 1 mVrms FETCh AAUDio VOLTage SDEViation Function Queries the analog audio multi measurement standard deviation The value returned is displayed in the Analog Audio Std Dev field which is displayed when the Analog Audio multi measurement count is not off Query Range OV to 14 14214 V Resolution 0 01 mV 299 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_aaudio fm FETCh BERRor FETCh BERRor February 14 2000 FETCh s BERRor returns integrity bits tested bit error NETTE ratio bit error count L BITS gt returns the number of bits tested s TYPEIA returns the number of TypeIA bits tested gt gt TYPEIB returns the number of TypeIB bits tested TYPEII returns the number of TypeII bits tested DELay returns speech frame delay count FULL returns integrity bits tested for Type Ia bit error ratio for Type Ia bit error count for Type Ia bits tested for Type Ib bit error ratio for Type Ib bit error count for Type Ib bits tested for Type II bit error ratio for Type II bit error count for Type II gt m ICOunt returns intermediate count INTegrity returns integrity FETCh BERRor COUNt E retu
139. off the base station emulator uses only an updateto the SACCH header to signal the mobile to change to a new power level A FACCH channel assignment message is not sent This setting is useful if you want to update the SACCH header s TX Level field without performing a channel assignment Thesetting of TX Level FACCH Signaling can be changed in either of the test set s two operating modes Active Cell or Test mode Setting range 1 ON 0 OFF Query 1 0 RST Setting 1 ON Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL SIGNALING MS TXLEVEL FACCH 0 Related Topics DRAKA AK AK AA RK ER AE ok KEK oko ek ok RK EK AK oko SR oko ARK AK RK EK Kok ok Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 DRAKA KAA EA AK AEA eek RA AEE A AK AK AEA RK A RK EK AE A AK AEA ARK AK RK RK KKK 282 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_signaling fm CALL STATus CALL STATus J uly 12 1999 CALL gt STATus gt returns IDLE SREQ PROC ALER CONN DISC STATe gt TCHannel 7 gt ARFCn gt BAND gt ERRor gt TS LOE Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL STATus STATe Function Query returns the status of the call See Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Setting range IDLE SREQ PROC ALER CONN DISC Query range IDLE SREQ PROC ALER CONN DISC RST Se
140. one another when multiple response message unit elements are sent in a response message This condition would occur when combining multiple queries into a single GPIB transaction Query Response Data Types Used By Test Set The test set can return the following data types in response to queries e character data char ASCII characters A Z 65 90 decimal underscore 95 decimal digits 48 57 decimal e string data ASCII characters enclosed in quotes for example 5551212 or PGSM numeric response data nr1 numeric data in the form 47 dddddddd e numeric response data nr3 numeric data in the form ddd ddd E dddd Semicolon Separated Response Data Lists Containing Mixed Data Types Problems can occur when trying to enter semicolon separated response data lists containing mixed data types For example If the following command string is sent to the test set the test set will respond by constructing a response message which contains multiple response message unit elements that is one response message unit element for each query item contained in the command string Some response message unit elements are string data type some are character data type and some are nr3 data type OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REP IMSI PCL REV SBAN ONUM MCC MNC LAC An example response message generated by the test set in response to the above OUTPUT statement would be 001012345678901 4 00000000E 4000 PHAST
141. pulsed by the SY STem SY NChronized SYSTem SY NChronized command This will allow Command the status system to indicate that the input buffer is synchronized to the point where this command is parsed and that all prior sequential commands are completed and all prior overlapped commands have started 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 CALL Summary This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration CALL register 9 512 NM RReady N ew Measurement This bit is the summary bit for the Result Ready Summary OPE Ration N MRReady register 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 5 32 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 4 16 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 3 8 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 2 4 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 1 2 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 442 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus OPERation Program Examples STATus OPERation O O P 71 4 4 4 4 4 U 7 STATUS OPERATION EVENT Queries the Operation Event Register 7 STATUS OPERATION CONDITION
142. ra 40 ESUBEUTOUNS te oe hie hw shee Saws Eesha eee be eee a reed 42 Analog Audio Measurement Description How is an analog audio measurement made i 44 Trigger SONGS sis 44 ESSE 44 Programming an Analog Audio Measurement eras NS ne 45 RS kg CS ree ee 45 46 AAUDio Troubleshooting ee SAUP SES on Sac haere LIE ERES 0a Oke HAXCERA S DERE 47 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values 5 4 cece scan ead cowie hx RARE ERES 47 Bit Error Measurement Description Bit Error Measurements versus Fast Bit Error Measurements 000005 48 How is a bit error BER measurement made i 48 BER measurement results sis 49 ed TOD 50 Programming a Bit Error Measurement Contents Program EXIM UO dn 52 Returned values couscoolciiesrbciwheri cirak i Erdee E irske p REA eens 53 Feared TOC sairin es Ce eo oe ee ee eed oe eee edad 53 BERR Troubleshooting Psihe Setup ISSUES oo ry 54 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values es 54 Decoded Audio Measurement Description How is a decoded audio DAU DIO measurement made sss 55 0D 55 Pelee d De sabe Xia Posee Ed Su Cobra qan adus ins oua be 56 Programming a Decoded Audio M easurement ee 57 Returned Values lox vox EP EX ERG RPG 3X CERE aeq dd eee E px E 57 BHOUTAN ceca we ne b PUDE Da RE I ER HE oC I EEE R PHP RUE VR RUE URS 58 Decoded Audio DAU Dio Troubleshooting PO SetuP SSUES 1 gaa qa a xdi wd d do qc xd cR Ed Fo oa re Rc 59 Interpreting Integrity Indicat
143. range 512 to 810 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 9 91E 37 RST Setting entries 512 660 810 530 550 570 590 610 630 650 690 710 730 750 770 790 states 512 ON all others OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE PCS 660 710 790 Sets three BA table entries for the PCS broadcast band States of the remaining 13 entries are set to OFF OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE PCS Sets states of all table entries to OFF CALL CELL BA TABLe PGSM Function Sets queries theBA Table entries for thePGSM broadcast band Entries are set value entered into table and state set to ON using a comma separated list of 1 to 16 values States of table entries not included in setting list are set to OFF Sending a null list no values sets states of all table entries to OFF Query returns a comma separated list of the table entries that arein the ON state If states of all table entries are set to OFF query returns NAN 9 91E 437 Setting range 1to 124 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 9 91E 37 RST Setting entries 20 1 62 124 9 18 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 117 states 20 ON all others OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE PGSM 20 36 120 Sets three BA Table entries for Ithe PGSM broadcast band States lof the remaining 13 entries are set to OFF OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE PGSM Sets states of all BA Table
144. response to a single measurement request For example if a transmit power measurement with averaging is initiated there will be five measurement results available as follows 1 Measurement integrity value 2 Average value 3 Minimum value 4 Maximum value 5 Standard deviation value The test set has been designed with the capability to return the measurement results in a variety of formats to suit the needs of the measurement environment For example the transmitter power measurement results can be returned as Measurement integrity and average value OR Average value and minimum value and maximum value and standard deviation value OR Average value only OR Minimum value only OR e Maximum value only OR Standard deviation value only OR Measurement integrity value only The formats available for individual measurements can be found in the test set s FETCh subsystem s GPIB command syntax reference information 190 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersprog prog guide step6c fm Step 6c Obtain a Set of Measurement Results Overview TheFETCh subsystem is used to query measurement results The measurement results from each measurement in a test application can be queried using the FETCh subsystem The general hierarchy of the FETCh command structure is as follows FETCh meas mnemonic result format The following table shows the measurements availa
145. results 260 ENTER 714 Integrity Tx pwr Max swit 200 Max swit 400 Bw pwr Avg mod 200 270 END 78 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWprog orfs proc fm Programming an Output RF Spectrum Measurement Returned values The measurements returned by this program are e Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Tx pwr returns the transmit power in dBm e Max swit 200 Max swit 400 returns maximum ORFS power due to switching in dBm one maximum power level at a 200 kHz offset and one maximum power level at a 400 kHz offset Bw pwr returns the power level in a 30 kHz bandwidth at zero offset in dBm this is the reference level for ORFS power due to switching and ORFS power due to modulation Avg mod 200 returns the average ORF S power due to modulation in dBm one average power level at a 200 kHz offset Related Topics DEAR AK KK ARK ook xk KA AK ACK KE ok ek Kok oko ok EK ROK AK EA AA AK ARK ARK SK KA KK OK AK AK Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 SETup ORF Spectrum on page 412 IN Tiate on page 355 FETCh ORF Spectrum on page 322 Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200
146. sequential command Example 4 Command Syntax CALL OPERating MODE lt CELL TEST gt Example 5 Programming E xample 1 Step 1 Set Test Set Operating Mode To Active Cell 1 OUTPUT 714 CALL OPER MODE CELL 509 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_active fm Active Cell Operating Mode Setting the Active Cell Mode State The control of all signalling operations uplink demodulation and downlink BCH amp TCH generation on or off See CALL CELL ACTivated STATe on page 227 When cell activated state is on and the test set is in Operating Mode active cell burst type is determined by protocol When the cell activated state is off Operating M ode active cell or test the burst type is determined by the CALL BURSt TY PE on page 239 command Example 6 Command Syntax CALL CELL 1
147. set display Query the name of the all test applications installed in the test set OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG NAME Query the name of the selected test application running or not O UTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION SELECT NAME Query the name of the currently running test application OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CURRENT NAME t might be helpful to know the number of test applications installed in the test set This can be queried using the following GPI B command OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG NAME COUNT Manual User Thenames of test applications installed in the test set can be viewed from the Test Application Setup menu found in the SYSTEM CONFIG screen This menu shows you how each test application is spelled and should be used as a reference for GPIB commands Programming Example This program example assumes that the you want to switch to the GSM test application 1 Query the list of test application names to get exact spelling of the GSM test application This is not necessary if you already know the exact name 2 Query the test set to get a list of all revisions for GSM Mobile Test This is not necessary if you are not changing revisions 3 Select a revision of GSM Mobile Test This is not necessary if you are not changing revisions 4 Select the GSM test applic
148. signal simultaneously during a selected gate period At the end of this period the counting is stopped and the values of the signal and reference counters are read Theratio of these values is used to calculate the input signal frequency Audio Section Audio Analysis Path Externally applied audio signals can be analyzed through the test set s DSP module for such characteristics as AC level SINAD or distortion The audio signal to be analyzed is input to the test set using the front panel Audio IN High and Low connectors The signal is then routed to the Analog To Digital Converter module s measurement sampler for analysis by the DSP module The Audio In connector accepts signals from 20 Hz to 15 KHz at input levels from 10 mV to 20 Vpk Audio 1Path TheAudio 1 path provides analog baseband signals used for frequency modulation of the test Set s RF sources U p tofour separate audio sources may be summed together in any combination to providethe composite Audio 1 output These include the external FM input internal direct digital synthesis DDS regenerated SAT and audio echo input The external FM input accepts an externally supplied audio signal with a peak voltage between 0 25 and 2 Vpk Theinternal DDS generates low distortion audio signals from DC to 20 KHz with 0 1 Hz resolution One to four signals may be generated and internally summed with independent level control of each waveform The SAT regeneration circuit outputs a signa
149. speech frames delay measurements units trigger arm and measurement timeout values When a call is established on the TCH the loopback type corresponding to one of the BER measurement types must be sent to the mobile station The test set closes the loopback automatically and re opens it when the measurement is closed that is when INITiateBERRor is OFF The user must set the measurement type from one of the 6 measurement types available see SETup BERRor TY PE on page 387 If the user queries a residual result when a non residual measurement is initiated the test set returns 9 91 E 37 NAN Measurement type must be set before initiating a BER measurement See Measurements type on page 49 The loop must be closed before a BER test can start using the dose loop signalling delay time feature allows time for the loop to close See SETup BERRor CL SDelay STI Me on page 386 for more details Each mobile station may have a different time delay between receiving a speech frame and re sending it on the uplink By default the test set is configured to LDControl AUTO ON and the amount of delay needed is determined automatically when the test set has for two frames correctly received 8096 of the downlink bits back on the uplink The test set can be queried for the speech frames delay value 48 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters meas ber desc fm Bit Error Measurement Descriptio
150. switching measurement e Ifthe user wants to make multiple ORFS due to modulation measurements and no ORFS due to switching measurements a number must be entered in the multi measurement modulation count and all the switching offset frequencies must be off e In order to make multiple ORFS due to switching measurements and no ORFS due to modulation measurements a number must be entered in the multi measurement switching count and all modulation offset frequencies must be off Types of Signals ORFS can Measure ORFS measurements can be made on these types of input signals Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in active cell mode Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in test mode Non bursted signal including GMSK modulation with mobile station in test mode For a non bursted signal an ORFS due to switching measurement result is not useful Input Signal Requirements The ORFS measurement will complete and meet its accuracy specification under the following conditions Level is between 10 dBm and 43 dBm Level within 3 dB of the expected input level Frequency is within 200 Hz of expected input frequency 76 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_orfs_desc fm Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description Trigger Source Auto triggering is the recommended trigger source for each measurement allowing the test set to choose the preferred trigger source H o
151. test set before all processes associated with the failed call origination have been terminated it will not be ignored Note that if the test set is currently executing a call origination and it receives another call origination command it will beignored that is you aretelling the test set to do something it is already doing and hence it will accept the command but it will beignored 176 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Step 4 Figure 1 Process for Making a Base Station Originated Call state query command Enter response from call connected state query Call connected Yes Proceed with control program Send CALL END command Invoke error handler S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Example 5 Programming Example 1 Step 4 Establish Active Link with Mobile Station 1
152. the application Commands the test set to perform a pending operation flag for this operation traffic channel handover and to not execute any is false more commands until the pending operation flag assodated with the CALL TCH command is false 31 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters rog synch callproc fm Call Processing Event Synchronization Table 2 of 2 Command Purpose Of Command Example WAIT Forces the test set to wait until the associated command s pending operati on flag is false before executing any more commands 10 OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH 65 20 OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXP CONT OFF 30 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFER CONT OFF 40 OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH WAIT 50 OUTPUT 714 INIT TXP PFER 60 END The example shown is from the E 1960A GSM test application Commands the test set to perform a traffic channel handover and execute two setup commands After the two setup commands have finished the WAIT command is sent to prevent the test set from executing the I NI Tiate command until the handover is finished OP Complete Places a 1 in the test set s output queue when the associated command s pending operation flag goes false Controlling program hangs on this query until the Lis retrieved 10 OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH 65 20 OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXP CONT OFF 30 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFER CONT OFF 40 OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH OPC 50 ENTER 714 Op compl
153. the DCS band is made the MS TX level of 10 for DCS will already be set If the user does not specify a frequency band when setting frequency banded parameters settings to the parameter will be made in the currently selected band List of Frequency Banded Parameters You can control the frequency banded parameters with these six parameters For control of the broadcast channel channel number and BA table Broadcast channel see CALL BCH annel on page 236 e BA table broadcast allocation table and broadcast allocation table points see CALL BA on page 228 For control of the traffic band channel number and level e Traffic channel and traffic band see CALL TCHannel ARF Cn SE Lected on page 287 MSTX level mobile station transmit level see MS TX LEVEL NEW For manual control of the test set s receiver e Manual channel see RFANalyzer M ANual CHANnel SE Lected on page 375 Expected power see RFANalyzer E XPected P OWer SE L ected on page 372 Examples OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BCHANNEL ARFCN DCS 512 Sets broadcast channel to 512 for DCS OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE EGSM 20 37 124 975 986 1008 1019 Sets BA table to to 7 of 16 possible channels OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL ARFCN PGSM 124 Sets traffic channel to 124 for PGSM band OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXLEVEL PGSM 7 Sets the mobile station uplink power control level to 7 for PGSM band
154. the bottom of the screen Example OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY MODE FAST Selects fast mode Track Mode Thetrack display mode is used to allow users to see what the test set is doing whileit is being controlled remotely Track mode is the default mode of the test set Any changes made remotely will be updated on the screen if that screen is displayed Theerror message window will be displayed as required when an error occurs Example OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY MODE TRACK Selects track mode Related Topics DISPlay MODE on page 294 DRAKA AAA AK A RK KE RAE A AA AK AA ARK A RK EK RAE ARK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK 566 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_display_mode fm Obtaining Test Application Information Obtaining Test Application Information February 14 2000 Description Test application information may be manually viewed from the SYSTEM CONFIG screen or using GPIB queries You are able to query information about the current test application selected test application or any of test applications loaded on your test set Each test application has aname model number at least one revision and a license status Example 13 Test Application Name Query GSM Mobile
155. the default is S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING TIMEOUT STIME 3 Sets the timeout state to on and the timeout value to 3 seconds SETup IQTuning TIMeout TIMe Function Sets queries the time out valuein seconds that is used for thel Q Tuning measurements when rae state is ON The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then the default Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IOTUNING TIMEOUT TIME 4 Sets the timeout value to 4 seconds 410 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_iq fm SETup IQTuning SETup IQTuning TRIGger DELay Function Sets queries the trigger delay time in seconds for an 1 Q Tuning measurement The units S MS US NS are optional if no units are specified then the default is S Setting Range 2 31 ms to 2 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater Query Range 2 31 ms to 2 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater RST zero seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IOTUNING TRIGGER DELAY 1 2MS Sets the trigger delay time to 1 2 milli seconds SETup lQTuning TRIGger SOURce
156. the minimum maximum and average rms phase error measurement result in degrees Query Minimum rms Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Maximum rms Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Average rms Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Programming Example OUTPUT 714 F ETCH PFERROR rms ALL Returns minimum maximum and average rms phase error FETCh PFERror rms AVERage Function Queries the single or average from a multi measurement rms phase error measurement result in degrees Query Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees 334 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib fetch pferror fm FETCh PFERror FETCh PFERror rms MINimum Function Queries the minimum from a multi measurement rms phase error measurement result in degrees Query Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees 335 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pferror fm FETCh PVTime February 14 2000 FETCh PVTime returns Integrity Mask Pass Fail Avg TX FETCh s PVTim TXPower Latis gt
157. the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation points that are turned on indicating the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation average values to expect when you FETCh results Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 TX Carrier Power e Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB Output RF Spectrum Due to Switching Max e Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB 30 kHz Bandwidth Power e Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB Output RF Spectrum due to Modulation Average Range 200 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 437 Resolution 0 01 dB 323 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib fetch orfspectrum fm FETCh ORFSpectrum FETCh ORFSpectrum ICOunt Function Queries theintermediate count of ORFS multi measurements completed This number will dimb to the number returned by SETup ORF Spectrum COunt MAXi mum on page 414 Query Range 0 to 29971 Resolution 1 FETCh ORFSpectrum INTegrity Function Queries the integrity indicator for the output RF spectrum analyzer measurement Zero indicates a normal result See I ntegrity ndicator on page 125 for descriptions of non zero integrity indicators Query Range O to 16 Resolution 1 FETCh ORFSpectrum MODulation ALL Function Queries TX Carrier Power 30 kHz BW
158. triggering is selected a data capture is triggered by a protocol generated signal The test set s protocol engine knows when the DUT s signal should be present and generates a trigger signal for use by the measurement to trigger the data capture External Trigger Source When external triggering is selected the user supplies an external trigger signal via the rear panel TRIG IN connector in order totrigger data capture Thetrigger will occur on therising edge of this signal Immediate Trigger Source When immediate triggering selected the trigger occurs as soon as any pre trigger samples required by the measurement algorithm are taken Data capture is triggered when the measurement is initiated Auto Trigger Source When autotriggering is selected the test set automatically chooses the best trigger source for that measurement This trigger source setting is convenient because the measurement trigger doesn t need to be changed when switching parameters Auto trigger source is the best choice for most users 149 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_trig fm Triggering of Measurements Triggering Process Description The triggering process controls the present and future states of the test set during the measurement cycle Triggers are set up using the SETup commands and can be set up when a measurement is in the inactive state A measurement is activated selected with an INI Tiate com
159. type looback type A test and returns them as a percentage See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 The manual user must set the measurement s unit to 96 Query Range 0 to 100 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 FETCh BERRor RATio TYPEIA TYPEIB TYPEII Function Queries the number of bits in error to the number of bits tested This query allows you to select the bit type you want to query either Typela Typelbor Typell Theresult is returned asa percentage See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Query Range 0 to 100 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 307 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application VA 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_berror fm FETCh DAUDio FETCh DAUDio February 14 2000 FETCh s DAUDio returns Integrity Avg Decoded Audio Grag Level ICOunt returns Intermediate Count r INTegrity returns INTegrity Ls AMPLitud gt returns Avg Decoded b t AVERage Audio Level ALL returns Min Decoded Audio Level Max Decoded Audio Level Avg Decoded Audio Level Std Dev Decoded Audio Level gt gt MAXimum returns Max Decoded Audio Level gt gt MINimum returns Min Decoded Audio Level SDEViation returns Std Dev Decoded Level Diagram Conventions on page 213 308 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test App
160. user data saved by the PUD command has been lost see IEEE 488 2 10 27 313 Calibration memory lost Indicates that nonvolatile calibration data used by the CAL command has been lost see EEE 488 2 10 2 314 Save recall memory lost Indicates that the nonvolatile data saved by the SAV command has been lost see IEEE 488 2 10 33 315 Configuration memory lost Indicates that nonvolatile configuration data saved by the device has been lost 320 Storage fault Indicates that the firmware detected a fault when using data storage This is not an indication of physical damage or failure of any mass storage element 321 Out of memory An internal operation needed more memory than was available 330 Self test failed Indicates a problem with the devicethat is not covered by a specific error message The device may require service 340 Calibration failed Indicates a problem during calibration of the device that is not covered by a specific error 350 Queue overflow Indicates that there is no room in the queue and an error occurred but was not recorded This code is entered into the queue in lieu of the code that caused the error 360 Communication error This is the generic communication error for devices that cannot detect the more specific errors described for error 361 through 363 361 Parity error in program message Parity bit not correct when data received
161. when a problem occurs in one of the test set s hardware modules that is part of the test set s core instrument When one of these errors is generated the 400 errors bit in the questionable error status register is set Error Message 400 Hardware failure Hardware is not available 401 Hardware failure Protocol processor hardware is not responding 402 Hardware failure Demod receiver hardware is not responding 403 Hardware failure Measurement receiver hardware is not responding 404 Hardware failure RF source 1 hardware is not responding 405 Hardware failure RF source 1 digital modulation hardware is not responding 406 Hardware failure RF source 1 level hardware is not responding 407 Hardware failure DSP demod control hardware is not responding 408 Hardware failure 2nd demod receiver hardware is not responding 409 Hardware failure Base station emulator trigger hardware is not responding 410 Hardware failure Audio source hardware is not responding 411 Hardware failure RF source 2 hardware is not responding 412 Hardware failure Internal voltmeter hardware is not responding 413 Hardware failure Fixed timebase input is not responding 414 Hardware failure Fixed external reference output is not responding 415 Hardware failure Instrument reference is not responding 416 Hardware failure Bit dock A is not responding 417 Hardwa
162. will return 3 variables the first two must be ignored the value from the third new query is valid data Query range 0 to 7 and 9 91E 437 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 9 E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED RXQUALITY NEW NEW NEW The third result is valid CALL MS REPorted SBANd Function Query for the frequency band supported by the MS Query range PGSM EGSM DCS PCS RST Setting null string Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED SBAND 260 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL MS REPorted TADVance LAST Function Query the MS for the last TCH Timing Advance actually used by the MS Query range 0 to 63 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED TADVANCE LAST CALL MS REPorted TADVance NEW NEW NEW Function Queries the MS reported timing advance from the SACCH report Each time the NEW query is sent the test set hangs until report results from that measurement period are sent A hanging query that will not return until the MS reports a new SACCH message to test set This will return 3 variables the first two must be ignored the value from the third new query is valid data
163. you do not specify units of measure in your code the following table indicates the default units of measure that will be assumed Amplitude linear V Frequency HZ Power logarithmic dBm Time S 214 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib Syntax Book Diagr Convent fm ABORt Subsystem ABORt Subsystem Description The ABORt command causes a measurement cycle in progress to stop If the measurement is not being continuously armed single trigger the measurement will remain in the idle state after this event If the measurement is being continuously armed a new measurement cyde will begin after ABORt If an ABORt command is issued from any measurement state other than measuring the command is ignored Other Commands that Execute an ABORt Action INI Tiate lt meas gt will execute an ABORt meas as part of theINITiate meas command READ lt meas gt will execute an ABORt lt meas gt action that aborts just one trigger sequence and then combines the INITiate and F ETCh commands Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions ABORt 215 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_abort_description fm ABORt ABORt February 14 2000 ABORt Ls ALL gt AAUDio BERROr Ls DAUDio gt DPOWer gt FBI Ls Rror gt I
164. 0 PRINT Offset kHz Level dB 1050 PRINT Wo Se eeseseres ii ERI 5 1060 FOR J 1 TO Points 1070 PRINT USING Orfs image Orfs mod offs J 1 E 3 O0rfs mod res J 1080 EXT J 1090 DEALLOCATE Orfs mod res Orfs mod offs 1100 END IF 1110 ELS i120 GOSUB Bad measurement 1130 END IF 1140 END SELECT 1150 EXIT IF Meas done NONE 1160 END LOOP 1170 NEXT Ms pwr lvl 1180 EXT Traf chan 1190 OUTPUT Test set CALL END CONN STAT 1200 ENTER Test set Call connected 1210 IF Call connected THEN 1220 BEEP 1230 PRINT Unable to complete BS termination Program terminated 1240 STOP 1250 END IF 1260 PRINT Program completed 1270 STOP 1280 1290 Bad measurement 1300 PRINT Measurement error amp Meas done 1310 PRINT Measurement Integrity value Integrity 1320 RETURN 1330 1340 END 1350 4 1360 SUB Chk err msg que 1370 COM Address Test set 1380 DIM Error message 255 1390 Error flag 0 1400 LOOP 410 OUTPUT Test set SYST ERR 420 ENTER Test set Error number Error message 430 EXIT IF Error number 0 1440 IF Error number 350 THEN 450 Error flag 1 460 PRINT Error ssage Queue overflow Error messages have been lost 470 ELSE 1480 Error_flag 1 1490 PRI Error number Error message 1500 END IF T5160 END LOOP 1520 IF NOT Error fla
165. 01 317 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_fberror fm FETCh IQTuning FETCh IQTuning FETCh IQTuning gt gt returns integrity signal level relative to gt ALL the desired signal at 9 different frequencies t gt ICOunt returns Intermediate Count INTegrity returns Integrity POWer returns the relative power at Ls SALL 9 frequencies REFerenc FREQuency returns reference frequency SPUR POWer returns power level of J spur frequency Diagram Conventions on page 213 318 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_iq fm FETCh IQTuning FETCh IQTuning ALL Function Queries the I Q Tuning measurement results Query returns the integrity indicator and the relative power level at the following offset frequencies carrier frequency 367 7083 kHz 135 417 kHz 2 203 125 kHz 3270 833 kHz The spur measurement result is also returned Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Signal level relative to the desired signal at 9 different frequencies e Range 100 to 100 dB and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB The order of the signal level results are e 270 833 kHz e 203 125 kHz 135 417 kHz e 67 7083 kHz e carrier frequency 467 7083 kHz
166. 126 execution error 587 Expected Audio Amplitude 380 Expected Burst 239 526 Expected Peak Audio Amplitude 380 Expected Power 371 501 520 External Trigger Bit 515 External trigger Bit Position 490 external trigger source 149 External Trigger State 515 External trigger state 490 External Trigger Timeslot 515 External trigger Timeslot 490 external trigger timeslot 515 Index 611 Index F fast bit error rate FBER measurement programming example 72 fast bit error rate measurement 69 fatal errors 126 FBER Setup 391 flowchart for control programs 546 frame trigger bit 515 external 515 parameters 515 timeslot 515 frames allowed 522 frames maximum allowable 522 Frequency 220 frequency selecting manually 518 frequency band selecting manually 518 frequency banded parameters 501 frequency bands DCS 501 EGSM 501 PCS 501 PGSM 501 frequency error 82 frequency error measurement 85 full preset 536 G Get IMEI at Call Setup 250 Get IMEI at Setup 513 GSM standards adherence to 110 H handover dualband 502 handover dualband 119 hardware error 599 HP IB Address 481 HP IB address 557 1 Q Tuning measurement 63 programming example 65 1 Q Tuning Setup 406 idle measurement state 151 IMEI request 513 immediate trigger source 149 IMSI paging 513 612 inactive measurement state 150 instrument error 602 integrity indicator programming example 12
167. 135 417 kHz 67 7083 kHz Carrier Frequency 467 7083 kHz 4135 417 kHz 4203 125 kHz 4270 833 kHz 66 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog iq proc fm Programming an I Q Tuning Measurement Related Topics Q Tuning Measurement Description on page 63 SETup I QTuning on page 406 IN Tiate on page 355 FETCh IQTuning on page 318 DRAKA KA AK AK A RK AE RAE ok EK oko ARK A RR EK RAE oko ook ARK AK kkk kkk kk 67 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_iq_proc fm 1 Q Tuning Troubleshooting I Q Tuning Troubleshooting Possible Setup Issues On most occasions the test set will be able to select the correct reference frequency when SETup I QTuning REFerence F REQuency is set to AUTO However if thel Q Modulator is very badly calibrated it is possible that the test set selects the wrong offset This could be confirmed by using the SETup I QTuning REFerence F REQuency query If your measurement results are invalid or look as if they are centered around the wrong frequency it may be that the carrier frequency is not correctly specified You must input the carrier frequency into the test set Invalid mea
168. 1MHZ 1MHZ 180 OUTPU est set SET ORFS SWIT FREO amp Swit offs amp SET ORFS MOD FREQ amp Mod offs 190 OUTPU est set SET TXP COUN 3 CONT OFF TIM 20 TRIG SOUR RISE QUAL ON 200 OUTPU est set SET PFER COUN 8 CONT OFF TIM 30 BSYN MID TRIG SOUR PROT QUAL ON 210 OUTPU est set CALL PAG REP OFF IMSI 001012345678901 220 Tries 1 230 LOOP 240 OUTPU est set CALL ORIG CONN STAT 250 ENTER Test set Call connected 260 EXIT IF Call connected 270 OUTPU est set CALL END 280 IF Tries 50 THEN 290 BEEP 300 DISP 310 PRINT Call did not connect after Tries Program terminated 320 STOP 330 END IF 340 DISP Call has not connected after Tries attempts Trying again 350 Tries Triestl 360 END LOOP 370 DISP 380 OUTPUT Test set CALL MS DTX OFF 390 FOR Traf chan 120 TO 124 STEP 2 400 OUTPUT Test set CALL TCH SEQ Traf chan CALL STAT STAT 410 ENTER Test set Call status 420 IF Call status CONN THEN 430 PRINT Call handover failed New channel assignment Traf chan 440 PRINT Program terminated 450 STOP 460 END IF 470 FOR Ms pwr lvl 5 TO 15 STEP 5 206 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chapters prog prog guide comprehensive prog example fm 48 49 50 51 52 5 3 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 T2 73 74 75 76 77 78 T9 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 9I 92 93 94 95 96 9
169. 234 Cell Power OUTPUT 714 CALL POW 85 DBM would set the cell s RF transmitter power to 85 dBm See CALL CELL P OWer SAMPlitude on page 273 Cell Power State OUTPUT 714 CALL POW STAT ON would turn on the cell s RF transmitter on See CALL CELL J POWer STATe on page 274 511 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen bse bch fm Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH Broadcast Chan OUTPUT 714 CALL BCH 50 would set the broadcast channel to 50 for the selected active cell band See CALL CELL BCH annel ARF Cn SE Lected on page 236 OUTPUT 714 CALL BCH DCS 556 would set the broadcast channel to 556 for the DCS cell band See CALL CELL BCHannel ARF Cn DCS on page 237 Mobile Country Code OUTPUT 714 CALL MCC 5 would set the cell s mobile country code to 5 See CALL M CCode on page 252 NOTE Can only be set when Cell Activated State OF F Mobile Network Code OUTPUT 714 CALL MNC 3 would set the cell s mobile network code to 5 See CALL M NCode on page 253 NOTE Can only be set when Cell Activated State OFF Location Area Code OUTPUT 714 CALL LAC 4 would set the cell s location area code to 4 See CALL L ACode on page 251 NOTE Can only be set when Cell Activated State OF F Network Color Code OUTPUT 714 CALL NCC 1 would set the cell s network color code to 1 See CALL N CCode on page 265 NOTE Can only b
170. 4 CALL OPERATING MODE TEST 2 Select PGSM asthe broadcast band the TCH will automatically be set to this band OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BAND PGSM 3 Select BCH TCH as the test function OUTPU 714 CALL FUNCTION DOWNLINK BCHTCH 4 Set the BCH to channel 21 OUTPU 714 CALL BCH PGSM 21 5 Set the TCH to channel 31 OUTPU 714 CALL TCH PGSM 31 6 Configurethe receiver control to manual OUTPU 714 RFPANALYZER CONTROL AUTO OFF 7 Configure the test set s receiver frequency to 895 MHz OUTPU 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL FREQUENCY 895 MHZ If tuning by channel number see RFANalyzer MANual CHANnel SE L ected on page 375 8 Set the receivers expected power level to 14 dBm OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER 14 DBM 9 To make the measurement set up the mobile station to transmit at 895 MHz and at a power level of 14 dBm 530 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersygen bse test fm Test Mode Operating Mode CW Test Function Behavior When the test set s downlink function is set to CW the test set operates like a signal generator with level and frequency controls The Call Parms selections change from Cell Power to RF Gen Power from Cell Band to RF Gen Band from Broadcast Chan to RF Gen Channel The CW setting also gives the user the opportunity to set output frequency using the RF Gen Freq parameter Thetest set generates an unmodulated CW downlink signal TheRF generator s powe
171. 5 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_iq_proc fm Programming an I Q Tuning Measurement 320 UNTIL Meas complete IQT 330 OUTPUT 714 FETCH IQTUNING ALL Fetches the measurement integrity 340 value and the relative power levels at the offset frequencies 350 ENTER 714 Integrity N270 N203 N135 N67 Carrier P67 P135 P203 P270 Sr 360 PRINT I Q Tuning Measurement Results 370 PRINT Integrity Integrity 380 PRINT Spur Power Sr 390 PRINT Offset kHz Level dB 400 PRINT Me x 0 0 nu t 410 PRINT 270 334 SN2ZTO 420 PRINT 203 125 N203 430 PRINT 135 417 SENLIS 440 PRINT 67 708 N67 450 PRINT 0 000 Carrier 460 PRINT 67 708 P67 470 PRINT 135 417 wa PL 3D 480 PRINT 203 125 P203 490 PRINT 270 334 P270 500 END Returned Values The measurements returned by this program are Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Thesignal level of the following offsets are measured relative to the signal level at the reference offset either Fc 4 67 7083 kHz for all Os or Fc 67 7083 kHz for all 1s Note if the TX I Q Tuning measurement multi measurement command is set to ON the average of all the individual results at each offset are returned 270 833 kHz 203 125 kHz
172. 6 Input Signal Requirements i 107 POG BOUE eia ch eae PA CUP ID An chet d APP ad p DERE Ca dis 107 ESTIS aie a dolor aca te r E PR VIAUASQIRGA IAN LEE T 107 Programming a Transmit Power M easurement Example Prog aM soni 108 Returned VANES se on 108 Raa 0 Losesse let eu RP ECRIRE P RES RS P RC PES PEE Das 108 Transmit Power Troubleshooting Possible SetuP SUES Locas quad ERE Xa nC EEG EGG NN Gd Ab Boake ewes 109 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values i 109 Test Adherence to Standards Frequency Error and Phase Error ETSI GSM 11 10 section 13 1 110 Transmitter Output Power and Burst Timing Error ETSI GSM 11 10 section 13 3 110 Output RF Spectrum Testing Method of Test ETSI GSM 11 10 section 13 4 4 110 Reference Sensitivity ETSI GSM 11 10 section 14 2 0 ccc eee eee 111 HO Tuning eae AVE i 111 Dynamic Power Measurement i 111 Burst Synchronization of Measurements Measurement Synchronization uude sake een wi Ra er ER ICROR LARA CER CR CR dE 115 ESSE ek a ws oe ee eae era ase tees eee ae fa 116 Programming a Channel Mode Change EEC 117 Returned VON ocixccuseiveiiceeecncssacewhadendesslcesdesnksenicunaaes 118 Raated TGS 118 Programming a Dualband H andover How the Test Set Performs a Dualband Handover 0 0 cece eee 119 Fra SPD WEB EMP ee 119 119 13 Contents Dealing With Semicolon Separated Response Data Lists Bl i 1 he ln 120 Concurrent Measurements B
173. 60A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos800 fm Error Message Log Error Message Log Description When an error message is displayed it is also logged in the error message log This log is only accessible manually it is not available through GPIB The error message log can have two pages it can be displayed by pressing the F7 menu key from the SYSTEM CONFIG screen Next Page and Previous Page controls are provided All errors and events that are generated are displayed in the error message log When the log is full a new message is sent to the log and the oldest message is removed from the log The log is cleared when the test set powers up or when the user presses F 10 Clear Error Message Log Related Topics DRAKA AAA AA AK AA RK AE RA AE A AA AA AK AEA ARK A RAR EK RAK AK A ARK AK RK KK KKK Error Messages on page 575 DEAR AKA AK ARK ARK AC AK EK OK ACK A AK ook EK OK AEA AEA KE EK OK AK EA AKA AK ARK ARK A KA KK OK KOK AK 605 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_aids_msg_log fm Revision Information Revision Information February 14 2000 This document describes features and functionality that are part of the E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application releases This document contains the original features as well as enhancements that have been added over time Select the appropriate link below to view the required rele
174. 7 98 99 10 CO C UO O03 OD C Oo C9 0 OO CO 169 OC OO O10 C9 Or OC OO CO OC OO Or OC E O9 OO OO Or OOr OO OO CO 569 OF OOO Comprehensive Program Example OUTPUT Test_set CALL MS TXL SEQ Ms pwr lvl1 INIT TXP PFER ORFS LOOP OUTPUT Test set INIT DONE ENTER st set Meas done SELECT Meas_dones CASE TXP OUTPUT Test set FETC TXP INT POW ALL ENTER Test set Integrity Txpower IF Integrity 0 THEN PRINT TX Power results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl PRINT USING 5Xx Minimum M2D 2D dBm Txpower 1 PRINT USING 5x Maximum M2D 2D dBm Txpower 2 PRINT USING 5X Average M2D 2D dBm Txpower 3 PRINT USING 5X Std Dev M2D 2D dB Txpower 4 ELS GOSUB Bad measurement END IF CASE PFER OUTPUT Test set FETC PFER ALL ENTER Test set Integrity Rms phas err Peak phas err Worst freq err IF Integrity 0 THEN PRINT PFERror results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl PRINT USING 5X RMS Phase Error M2D 2D geg Rms phas err PRINT USING 5X Peak Phase Error M2D 2D geg Peak phas err PRINT USING 5X Worst Freq Error M3D 2D Hz Worst fr
175. 7 timeout 128 values 0 16 explained 125 versus error message 126 L LAC 512 LAC Location Area Code 251 LAN address 560 LAN IP Address 481 level mobile station transmit 501 517 link control error 598 location area code 512 loopback mode 521 M make a base station originated call 28 make a call 541 make a measurement 541 make a mobile station originated call 29 Manual Band 371 501 518 Manual Channel 371 501 518 Manual Freq 518 Manual Frequency 371 manufacturer 558 Max Frames Allowed for Assignment 243 522 maximum frames 522 maximum value 136 MCC 512 MCC Mobile Country Code 252 measurement averaging 136 measurement error 604 Measurement Log 488 Measurement Offsets PVT 426 measurement progress report 131 measurement statistics 136 544 Measurement Timeout AAUD 380 BERR 385 DAUD 398 FBER 391 1 Q Tuning 406 ORFS 413 PFER 421 PVT 426 TXP 432 measurement triggering 149 Measurement Type 385 Measurement Unit 308 314 measurements active versus inactive 150 analog audio AAUDIO programming example 45 analog audio description 44 concurrent 122 decoded audio DAU DIO programming example 57 decoded audio description 55 fast bit error rate FBER programming example 72 fast bit error rate description 69 how to change measurement setup 543 how to make a measurement 541 how to select a measurement 542 how to turn off measurements 545 1 Q Tu
176. 7 kHz Simultaneous BER results An enhancement to the BER measurement now allows all types of BER measurement results to be returned at the same time if required Dynamic Power A new feature that performs a series of rapid power measurements on a mobile station This is only available via the test set s remote user interface Other Remote clear of error messages on screen A new command can be sent over the GPIB to clear error messages from the screen to enhance use of the test set in a remote situation Previously error messages on the screen could only be cleared through manual intervention by pressing a key on the front panel For further information on this command refer to DISPlay WINDow ERRor CL E ar on page 294 Status field indication of external or internal reference A status field has been implemented on the screen to indicate whether the test set has locked to an external or an internal reference Beeper ON OFF setting is non volatile The ON OFF setting of the beeper is now maintained through power off Previously a power cyde would reset the beeper to its default state of OFF 607 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseReference ManualChapters secure features fm Revision Information Enhanced status subsystem for multi format capability The status subsystem has been enhanced with radio system nodes where necessary for future multi format capability This will cause some status subsystem commands t
177. 8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib fetch pvtime fm FETCh TXPower FETCh TXPower February 14 2000 FETCh gt TXPower Zz returns Integrity Avg TX Power ALL ICOunt returns Intermediate Count INTegrity returns Integrity POWer returns Avg TX Power gt AVERage J ALL returns Min TX Power Max TX Power Avg TX Power Std Dev TX Power gt 5 MAXimum returns Max TX Power r MINimum returns Min TX Power gt SDEViation returns Std Dev TX Power Diagram Conventions on page 213 349 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib fetch txpower fm FETCh TXPower FETCh TXPower ALL Function Queries integrity indicator and average transmit power A value of zero for the integrity indicator is normal See Integrity Indicator on page 125 for non zero integrity indicators Query Integrity e Range Oto 16 Resolution 1 Transmit power Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh TXPower ICOunt Function Queries the intermediate count of transmit power measurements completed Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 FETCh TXPower INTegrity Function Queries the integrity indi
178. 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 1 ns Power versus time lower limit margin worst case result Range 100 dB to 0 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 341 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime MASK FAIL Function Queries power versus time measurement mask pass fail indicator Query Range 0 pass or 1 fail and 9 91 E 37 NAN FETCh PVTime MASK UPPer MARGin Function Queries the power versus time measurement upper limit margin worst case result The upper limit margin worst case result is the power versus time measurement with the least difference between measured power and the power level boundary specified by the power versus time mask See the Typical GSM PvT Measurement on page 91 Query Range 100 dB to 0 dB and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh PVTime MASK UPPer TIME Function Queries the power versus time measurement s upper limit margin time worst case result The upper limit margin time result is the point in time relative to bit O in the GSM burst that corresponds with the worst case measurement result the measurement with the least difference between measured power and the upper power level boundary specified by the power versus time mask See the Typical GSM PvT Measurement on page 91 Query Range 50 us to 593 us and 9 91 E 437 N
179. 960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step4 fm Step 5 Set the Mobile Station s Operating Conditions Step 5 Set the Mobile Station s Operating Conditions Overview The mobile station s operating conditions are set using the CALL processing subsystem commands shown in the following table Settable Mobile Station Operating Conditions Parameter Command Syntax Table Footnotes Timing Advance CALL MS TADVance numeric value gt Transmit Level CALL M S TXL evel SE Lected numeric value gt 1 OR CALL MS TXLevel lt PGSM EGSM DCS PCS numeric value gt Discontinuous CALL MS DTX STATe ON 1 OFF 0 gt Transmission Table Footnotes 1 TheTCH band setting becomes the selected band Example 1 Programming E xample 1 Step 5 Set Mobile Station Operating Conditions 1 OUTPU est set CALL MS DTX OFF
180. A TABLE DCS 512 612 787 would set the first three DCS base allocation table entries to 512 612 787 The remaining 13 would be turned off See CALL CELL BA TABL e DCS on page 230 3 Digit MNC for PCS OUTPUT 714 CALL PMNCODE STATE ON configures the PCS BCCH tousethe PCS 3 digit MNC when the current cell band is PCS See CALL CELL PMNCode STATe on page 272 NOTE Can only be set when Cell Activated State OFF 513 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen bse bch fm Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH Operating Considerations There are a number of parameters for the broadcast channel and the traffic channel see Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 that can be configured however the test set s default parameters should allow a properly functioning mobile station to successfully camp on the cell and make a call under most circumstances Parameters can be queried from the test set regardless of the state of the test set If thetest set is in active cell operating mode parameters MCC MNC LAC NCC and BCC can not be set unless the Cell Activated State is OFF See CALL ACTivated on page 227 If thetest set is in test mode see Test Mode Operating Mode on page 524 operating mode any BCH parameter can be set at any time The3 Digit MNC for PCS parameter defines if the PCS BCCH should be configured using the standard 2 digit M
181. ABLe POINts EGSM Function Queries the number of entries that arein theON stateintheEGSM broadcast band BA Table This is the number of values that will be returned from the CALL CELL BA TABLe E GSM query A return value of zero indicates that there are no table entries in the ON state Query range 0 to 16 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE POINTS EGSM Programming Example Queries the number of entries that lare in the ON state in the EGSM Ibroadcast band BA Table CALL CELL BA TABLe POINts PCS Function Queries the number of entries that arein the ON statein the PCS cellband BA Table Thisisthe number of values that will be returned from the CALL CELL BA TABLePCS query A return value of zero indicates that there are notable entries in the ON state Query range 0 to 16 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE POINTS PCS Programming Example Queries the number of entries that lare in the ON state in the PCS broadcast band BA Table CALL CELL BA TABLe POINts PGSM Function Queries the number of entries that arein the ON statein the PGSM broadcast band BA Table This is the number of values that will be returned from the CALL CELL BA TABLe PGSM query A return value of zero indicates that there are notable entries in the ON state Query range 0 to 16 resolution 1
182. ACCH data from the MS results are reported to the user in the SACCH Report window Call Setup screen and the Neighbour Cell Report window Cell Info screen The results are reported remotely with the CALL MS REPORTED commands No mechanism is provided to turn off SACCH data reports The SACCH reports are delayed they reflect what the MS is actually experiencing It is possible for SACCH reported MS TX level results to be different than the cell power level due to limitations of the MS The SACCH reported TCH timing advance should eventually match the valuein the Timing Advance field oncethe MS has time to react SACCH data will report any time there is a downlink TCH and the MS is synchronized to the test set transmitting a valid SACCH on the uplink NEW and LAST Queries NEW queries hang until a new SACCH message is received by the test set TheMS issues data updates on the SACCH every 480 ms 4 frames Measurements made during this four frame period are averaged and the result of these averaged measurements are reported by the MS during the next period Measurements must be stable in order to give valid stable results for a NEW query Therefore it may take up to three SACCH reports before a reported value accurately reflects a change to any of its parameters See Figure 1 After changing measurement parameters you must send three consecutive N EW queries to obtain stable accurate results By querying NEW three times t
183. ACTivated STATe ON 1 OFF 0 Example 7 Programming E xample OUTPUT 714 CALL ACT ON Related Topics SEAR KAKA KK ARK A AK KK AK AK ACK AE EK EK OK AC OK AE AK KE EK EK OK A OK AEA KE EAE OK AK AEA AEA AE OK AK AEA AEA AE OK ARK A AEA KA OK ARK ARK A KA KK OK KOK AK Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 CALL OPE Rating on page 266 Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 TEAK AA AK A A A RA AA A AA AA AK AEA ARK A RA EA A AE A A AA ARK A RK EA AE A AA AA AK AA ARK A RAK EK RAE RK A ARK AK RK KE 510 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_active fm Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH The broadcast channel parameters are configured using the following call processing subsystem commands For complete command syntax refer to CALL BCHannel on page 236 for GPIB commands BCH Parameters Cell Band Cell Power Cell Power State e Broadcast Chan ARF CN Mobile Country Code MCC MobileNetwork Code MNC Location Area Code LAC Network Color Code NCC BaseStation Color Code BCC e PagingIMSI Repeat Paging Paging Mode Paging Multiframes Ge IMEI at Call Setup TX Level FACCH Signaling BA Table 3Digit MNC for PCS Examples Cell Band OUTPUT 714 CALL BAND PGSM would set the cell to the PGSM band See CALL CELL BAND on page
184. AG IMSI 001012345678901 Set paging IMSI OUTPUT Test set CALL PAG REP OFF Set paging repeat state to off H a This example uses a BSE originated call The MS must be camped to the BSE in order for the BSE to originate a call The following code will try to originate a call 50 times and then STOP the program This should give adequate time for the MS to camp to the BSE LH E NOTE This technique will cause the following error to be displayed on the test set s display and be put in th rror message queu ach time that the call fails to connect This is normal for this technique GSM call disconnected No response to page Timer T3113 expiry Tries 1 LOOP OUTPUT Test set CALL ORIG Originate a call OUTPUT Test set CALL CONN STAT CALL CONNected hanging GPIB query ENTER Test set Call connected Program will hang here until origination process completes If successful and the call is connected the query will return a 1 If unsuccessful and the call is not connected the query returns O0 EXIT IF Call connected OUTPUT Test set CALL END IF Tries 50 THEN BEEP DISP wn PRINT Call did not connect after Tries Program terminated STOP END IF DISP Call has not connected after Tries attempts Trying again Tries Tries 1 END LOOP DISP NY 1 1
185. ALL MS TADV 5 would set the timing advance of the mobile station to 5 See CALL M S TADVance on page 262 Mobile DTX State OUTPUT 714 CALL MS DTX ON would set the discontinuous transmission state in the mobile station to on See CALL MS DTX STATe on page 256 Operating Considerations There are a number of parameters for the broadcast channel see Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 and thetraffic channel see Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 that can be configured however the test set s default parameters should allow a properly functioning mobile station to successfully camp on the cell and make a call under most circumstances When Operating Mode Active Cell if a call is connected changes to these parameters including a change to the value of the parameter s current setting causes signaling on the downlink to automatically initiate the change No separate command is necessary to initiate the change If a call is not connected changes to the parameter are stored for when the next call is established The MS TX Level parameter besides informing the mobile station what uplink power to transmit to the test set also updates the E xpected Power parameter See RFANalyzer E XPected P OWer SEL ected on page 372 517 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_mobile_op fm Receiver Control Receiver Control The user may want
186. AN Resolution 1 ns FETCh PVTime MASK LOWer MARGin Function Queries the power versus time measurement s lower limit margin worst case result The lower limit margin worst case result is the power versus time measurement with the least difference between measured power and the lower power level boundary specified by the power versus time mask See the Typical GSM PvT Measurement on page 91 Query Range 100 dB to 0 dB and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 342 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib fetch pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime MASK LOWer TIME Function Queries the power versus time measurement s lower limit margin time worst case result The lower limit margin time result is the point in time relative to bit 0 in the GSM burst that corresponds with the worst case measurement the measurement with the least difference between measured power and the lower power level boundary specified by the power versus time mask See the Typical GSM PvT Measurement on page 91 Query Range 50 us to 593 us and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 1 ns FETCh PVTime POWer ALL MINimum Function Queries the minimum power levels from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset that is currently turned on Power levels are relative to the power versus time carrier power measurement The SETup PVTim
187. ANUAL CHANNEL PGSM 124 Sets ARFCN for PGSM in manual receiver mode 377 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_rfanalyzer fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer MANual FREQuency Function Sets queries the frequency that the mobile station is expected to transmit on See Receiver Control on page 518 The units HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ are optional if no units are specified then units default to HZ Setting the manual frequency changes the receiver control to manual see RFANalyzer CONTrol AUTO on page 372 Range Range 292 5 MHZ to 2700 MHZ Resolution 01 HZ Query Range 292 5 MHZ to 2700 MHZ Resolution 01 HZ RST setting 896 MHZ Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL FREQUENCY 942 6MHZ Sets th xpected frequency Ito 942 6 MHZ in manual receiver mode 378 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib rfanalyzer fm SETup Subsystem SETup Subsystem Description The SETup subsystem is used to configure the test set for each measurement Typical settings include Specifying whether a measurement will run continuously or need to be NI Tiated How a measurement is triggered How many measurements will be made each time a measurement is INITiated NOTE Trigger arming for each measurement is controlled in the SETup subsyst
188. ATUS STATE is idle or connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 for examples Setting range Oto 124 975 to 1023 default 30 resolution 1 Query range Oto 124 975 to 1023 resolution 1 RST Setting 30 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL ARFCN EGSM 124 CALL TCHannel ARFCN PCS Function Sets queries channel number for downlink and uplink TCH for PCS band See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 TCH ARFCN may be set and queried when the CALL STATUS STATE is idle or connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 for examples Setting range 512 to 810 default 698 resolution 1 Query range 512 to 810 resolution 1 RST Setting 30 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL ARFCN PCS 512 288 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib call tchannel fm CALL TCHannel CALL TCHannel ARFCn PGSM Function Set channel number for downlink and uplink TCH fo
189. ATe Function Selects queries the Decoded Audio bandpass filter state see Decoded Audio Measurement Description on page 55 Setting 1 ON O OFF Query 1 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 ABORT ALL Aborts all active measurements in progress Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DAUDIO FILTER STATE OFF Sets bandpass filter state to off SETup DAUDio TIMeout STIMe Function Selects queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for Decoded Audio measurements This command sets the timeout state to ON The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DAUDIO TIMEOUT STIME 6 Sets the value to 6 seconds and the state to on SETup DAUDio TIMeout TIME Function Selects queries the timeout value used for Decoded Audio measurements when the ti meout state is ON The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DAUDIO TIMEOUT TIME 15 Sets timeout value to 15 seconds 401 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release R
190. ATus OPE Ration NMRReady GSM bit for the measurement desired e STATus OPE Ration NMRReady bit 4 for GSM for the required system See STAT us Subsystem Description on page 437 or Status Subsystem Overview on page 137 e STATus OPE Ration bit 512 for NMRReady Service Request Enabling SRE 128 for NMRReady See The STATus OPERation N MRReady GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 451 status register provides status reporting on the following measurement completions TX Power Power vs Time Phase Frequency Error Output RF Spectrum Analog Audio Decoded Audio Fast Bit Error Bit Error Q Tuning Dynamic Power 134 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersiprog meas synch fm Measurement Event Synchronization Example 1 Generating a Service Request SRQ Interrupt Bit Error Rate NMRR The following example illustrates the use of the STATus subsystem to generate a service request when a BERR measurement has completed This code assumes a call is already connected and the BERR measurement is setup mobile station must be in loopback type A or B 10 20 30 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 ce AANA Ob w D H CX C3 C C CO CX OO Cj OO O CO O 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 714 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY GSM PTR 256 Enable positive transition filter on fast BER bit 714 S
191. Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 E5515A B Wireless Communications Test Set Agilent Technologies E 1960A GSM Mobile Test Application Reference Manual Test Application Revision A 04 Copyright Agilent Technologies 1998 1999 Printed in U S A March 2000 Agilent Part Number E 1960 90001 Revison H http www agilent com find 8960support Se Agilent Technologies Notice Information contained in this document is subject to change without notice All Rights Reserved Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws This material may be reproduced by or for the U S Government pursuant to the Copyright License under the clause at DFARS 52 227 7013 APR 1988 Agilent Technologies Inc Learning Products Department 24001 E Mission Liberty Lake WA 99019 9599 U S A Ive Agilent Technologies Legal Information Legal Information Manufacturers Declaration This statement is provided to comply with the requirements of the German Sound Emission Directive from 18 J anuary 1991 This product has a sound pressure emission at the operator position lt 70 dB A Sound Pressure Lp lt 70 dB A At Operator Position Normal Operation e According to ISO 7779 1988 EN 27779 1991 Type Test Herstellerbescheinigung Schalldruckpegel Lp 70 dB A Dieselnformation steht im Zusammenhang mit den Anforderungen der Maschinenl
192. Audio AAUDio 1 Q Tuning IQTuning Dynamic Power DPOWer 165 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step3 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Configuring Measurement Averaging Parameters Multi Measurement Count State Parameter The Multi Measurement Count State parameter is used to turn measurement averaging on and off Example 1 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic COUNt STATe lt ON 1 OFF 0 gt Example 2 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET PVT COUN STATe ON would turn measurement averaging ON for the power versus time measurement Multi Measurement Count Number Parameter The Multi M easurement Count Number parameter sets the number of measurement samples taken during each measurement cycle when the COU Nt STATe parameter is set to ON Example 3 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic COUNt NUMBer numeric value Example 4 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET TXP COUN NUMB 10 would set the number of averages to 10 for the transmit power measurement Configuring Multi Measurement Count State and Count Number Simultaneously The multi measurement count state can be set to ON and the multi measurement count number can be set to some value using a single complex command Example 5 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic COUNt SNUMber numeric value Example 6 Programm
193. BERRor TY PE command A similar query READ BERRor FULL on page 362 returns the same results but for all bit types simultaneously The F ETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See FETCh BERRor on page 300 Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Bits tested Range 0 to RX bits to test 131 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Bit error count Range 0 to RX bits to test 131 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 361 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm READ READ BERRor FULL Function Queries initiates and fetches one RX bit error measurement as a sequential operation Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 Bits Tested Bit Error Ratio and Bit Error Count for Typela Typelb and Typell A similar query READ BERRor ALL on page 361 returns the same results but only for the bit type previously set using the SETup BERRor TY PE command The FETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See FETCh BERRor on page 300 Query Integrity indicator e Range Oto 16 Resolution 1 Typela Bits tested Range 0 to 999000 and 9 91E 437 NAN Resolution 1 Typela Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN
194. Bit Error Measurement Programming a Fast Bit Error Measurement This section provides an example of how to make the fast bit error FBER measurement via GPIB The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Set the cell power to a good level Configure FBER measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem Set the cell power to a low level for a FBER measurement Start the FBER measurement using the INITiate subsystem UsethelNITiate DONE command to find out if the FBER measurement results are available Usethe FETCh command to obtain FBER measurement results Set the cell power to a good level Program Example 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 oO ce OF CO PO S NONNNNNNNN ND 1 000 1001 CQ IN IP OW OOS C3 3 O X OVS CO C3 C O3 CO 3 CO C9 C OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR TIMEOUT TIME 5 BER measurement times out after 5 seconds OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER AMPLITUDE 85 DBM Sets the cell power level to a good level OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR CONTINUOUS OFF Configures a BER measurement to Single Trigger OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR COUNT 10000 Sets the number of bits to measure at 10 000 OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR CLSDELAY STIME 500 MS Sets the Close Loop Delay to 500 ms OUTPUT 714
195. CALL PAGing REPeat STATe ON 1 OFF 0 Example 11 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set CALL PAG REP OFF would turn on paging repeat 178 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Process for Making a Mobile Station Originated Call The recommended process for making a mobile station originated call is shown in Step 4 Figure 2 Process For Making A Mobile Station Originated Call on page 180 There is no facility in the test set to initiate a call connect from the mobile station This must be accomplished manually or through a test bus built into the mobile station If the call origination process fails it is necessary to send the CALL END command to the test set to force immediate termination of all processes associated with the current call origination This ensures that if the mobile station attempts another originate before all processes associated with the failed call origination have been terminated it will not be ignored Note that if the test set is currently executing a call origination and it receives another call origination command it will be ignored that is you are telling the test set to do something it is already doing and hence it will accept the command but it will be ignored For mobile station originated calls where the call is originated by physically dialing a number as opposed t
196. CONVERTER RF POWER DETECTORS REFERENCE MODULE SYNTH DOUBLER 1 SYNTH DOUBLER 2 TIMING REF MOMENTUM INSTRUMENT RF MOTHER BOARD j UMPER BOARD DIGITAL MOTHER BOARD FLAT PANEL ADAPTER REAR PANEL BOARD EEPROM board ID names nstrument Eeprom ID State Atten 1 Eeprom ID State Atten 2 Eeprom ID State Audio E eprom ID State BaseBandGen 1 Eeprom ID State BaseBandGen 2 Eeprom I D State Demod DC E eprom ID State Digital Mother Board E eprom ID State Q Output 1 E eprom ID State Q Output 2 Eeprom ID State IVF Meas E eprom ID State J umper Board Eeprom ID State Meas DC Eeprom ID State RF Mother Board Eeprom ID State RF Interface E eprom ID State Ref Mod Eeprom ID State Sig Gen 1 Eeprom ID State Sig Gen 2 Eeprom ID State Time Ref Eeprom ID State Display Interface Eeprom ID State Rear Panel Eeprom ID State Related Topics DRAKA RAE A KK EA AK AA A AE RAKE K AK AA AK AEA AK KKK AEA KKK AK AEA ARK AK RAK EK KKK Standard Event Status Register on page 470 DRAKA AEA RK AA AK AA RK KE RA AE A AA AEA AK A ARK A RR EK AE AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK ok 600 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos400 fm 500 to 599 Test Application Hardware Device Specific Error 500 to 599 Test Application Hardware Device Specific Error Description These errors are generated when a problem occurs with a hardware module that is required for a p
197. Cell Band 234 511 Cal Band parameter 502 cell parameters 539 Cell Parms 539 Cell Power 273 511 Cell Power State 273 511 channel selecting manually 518 channel number selecting broadcast channel 512 selecting manually 501 selecting traffic channel 521 codeware version 558 command error 583 commands call processing 30 39 overlapped 30 39 synchronization call processing events 30 39 synchronization call processing states 35 compound queries 120 concurrent measurements 122 restrictions 122 Configuring the Test Set s LAN 560 connected idle query 35 continuous triggering 151 Corrupted Bursts 243 CW test function 531 D data types mixed problems with 120 query response 120 Decode Errors 243 decoded audio DAUDIO measurement 55 programming example 57 Decoded Audio Setup 398 default setti ngs full preset 536 measurement ti meouts 128 partial preset 535 status preset 536 delay trigger 151 device specific error 590 593 discontinuous transmission 517 Display Brightness 555 Display mode 293 downlink BCH 526 BCH TCH 529 CW 531 downlink speech source 521 downlink speech source control of 122 dualband handover 119 502 E End Call 246 error message log how to access 605 error messages types of 126 errors asserts 126 exceptions 126 fatal 126 non persistent 126 persistent 126 establish an active link 28 ETSI standards adherence to 110 exceptions
198. Condition Register Bit Assignment The STATus QU EStionable CALL GSM registers will contain information about which event s occurred during GSM call processing that indicate why the call processing procedure failed Assignment Failure Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Call disconnected Channel Mode This bit is a 1 if the mobile station is not capable of not supported supporting the selected channel mode 8 256 Identification failure This bit is a 1 if the identity request timer T3270 has expired Thetimer expires if the mobile does not respond to identity request message within 5 seconds 7 128 Channel Assignment exceeded This bit is a 1 if the channel assignment exceeded specified number of frames the specified number of frames 6 64 Call disconnected No Responseto This bit is a 1 if the paging timer T3113 has Page expired The timer expires if the mobile does not respond to a paging request message within 5 seconds 5 32 Call disconnected H andover This bit is a 1 if the physical infor
199. D IN Not functional for this release ETHERNET TO FRONT PANEL This RJ 45 connector is used with a separate LAN jumper cable to connect the front panel DATA connector to the rear panel LAN PORT TheETHERNET TO FRONT PANEL connector on the rear panel is connected to the DATA connector on the front panel internally as a convenience to the user the LAN connection to the test set may be routed to the front panel DATA connector for access The user must connect the rear panel LAN PORT tothe rear panel ETHERNET TO FRONT PANEL connector with the LAN jumper cable in order to usethe front panel DATA connector The LAN jumper cable part number E 5515 61160 is supplied with the test set EXT INTERFACE CONTROL Not functional for this release EXT SIG GEN FRAME SYNCH Not functional for this release FM MOD IN This BNC connector let s you use an external signal to frequency modulate the test set s RF generator It has a fixed sensitivity of 20 KHz volt and a frequency range of 100Hz to 20 KHz GPIB The GPIB connector allows communications with compatible devices 548 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersYgen rearpanel con fm Rear Panel Connectors LAN PORT This RJ 45 connector provides for LAN communication between the test set and the network PRINTER Not functional for this release SERIAL 1 Not functional for this release SERIAL 2 Not functional for this release
200. DAUDio measurement is not supported in this channel mode 59 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_daud fm Decoded Audio DAUDio Troubleshooting 60 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_daud fm Dynamic Power Measurement Description Dynamic Power Measurement Description How is a Dynamic Power Measurement Made The Dynamic Power measurement performs a series of consecutive power measurements on a mobile station returning a power measurement and an integrity value for each burst measured Dynamic Power is only available via the test set s remote user interface Dynamic Power is not an ETSI specified measurement The signal is measured at the RF IN OUT port Single or Multi Measurements The Dynamic Power measurement does not use the multi measurement state parameter Instead you specify the number of bursts that you want to measure using the Number of Bursts parameter see SETup DPOWer COUNt NUM Ber on page 404 Types of Signals Dynamic Power can Measure Dynamic Power measurements can be made on these types of input signals Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in active cell mode Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in test mode no protocol Input Signal Requirements The Dynamic Power measurement will complete and meet its measurement accuracy specifications when the signal meets the following inpu
201. DRAKA RAE AKA EA AK AA RK AE RA AE A RK AA AK AEA RK A RA AEA RAKE ke AK AA ARK A RAK KK KKK 56 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_daud_desc fm Programming a Decoded Audio Measurement Programming a Decoded Audio Measurement J une 2 1999 This section provides an example of how to make a Decoded Audio DAU Dio measurement The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 vu BUwNMHD Programming Example Configure decoded audio measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem Setup the audio source to stimulate the MS with a pulsed audio signal Start the decoded audio measurement using the INITiate subsystem UsetheINITiate DONE command to find out if decoded audio measurement results are available Usethe FETCh command to obtain decoded audio measurement results UOUS OFF Configures the decoded audio measurement to single trigger mod STATE ON Audio signal must be pulsed SAMPLITUDE 100MV CY 2 07KHZA R SFREQUENCY 2 1KHZ Specifies the tunable bandpass filter frequency and set the filter state to on Check to see if measurement don
202. ED Indicates the test set has been interrupted by a new program message before it finishes sending a RESPONSE MESSAGE see1EEE 488 2 6 3 2 3 420 Query UNTERMINATED Indicates an incomplete Query in the program see IEEE 488 2 6 3 2 2 430 Query DEADLOCKED Indicates that the Input Buffer and Output Queue are full see EEE 488 2 6 3 1 7 440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response Indicates that a query was received in the same program message after a query requesting an indefinite response was executed see IEEE 488 2 6 5 7 5 592 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg400 fm 100 to 199 Core Device Specific Error 100 to 199 Core Device Specific Error Description A device specific error indicates that the instrument has detected an error that occurred because some operations did not properly complete possibly due to an abnormal hardware or firmware condition For example an attempt by the user to set an out of range value will generate a device specific error These are general errors generated by the core instrument When one of these errors is generated the 100 errors bit in the questionable error status register is set Error Message Description 101 Assert Cycle power Assert message lt messagel gt messagel will appear as If the DSP generated the assert P DSP T ask ID E error cod
203. EK KKK 536 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_inst_states fm Instrument Status Area Instrument Status Area Description Thelnstrument status area is found on the bottom center of the test set s display Figure l Status Area of the Test Set Display 2 ae W WW jJ smit Etre oreet Rims jj Background Users are able to initiate more than one measurement at a time with the test set The test set s display will show a maximum of 2 measurements When 3 or more measurements are initiated or the MEASUREMENT screen is not displayed the Background annunciator reminds the user that measurements are active but not displayed Operating Mode Status The call processing status and the operating modes are displayed in this area This area may change depending on the TA that is active in order to provide TA specific information Shift This annunciator indicates that the blue SHIFT key has been pressed and that the next key you press will perform the shifted function indicated also in blue Ext Ref When a suitable external time base is connected to the rear panel 10M Hz REF IN connector this annunciator will turn on Offset Indicates that the Amplitude Offset state is set to On RLTS This annunciator indicates the state of four different conditions of the test set Remote annunciator R turns on when the test set is operated remotely
204. ETup ORFSpectrum TRIGer DELay Function Sets queries the trigger delay for output RF spectrum measurements The units S MS US NS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S Range Range 2 31 ms to 42 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 nanoseconds whichever is greater Query Range 2 31 ms to 42 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 nanoseconds whichever is greater RST Setting 0 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP ORFSPI ECTRUM TRIGGE R DELAY 1MS Sets the trigger delay value Ito 1 millisecond SETup ORFSpectrum TRIGger SOURce Function Selects queries the trigger source for output RF spectrum measurements See Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Setting Range AUTO IMMediate PROTocol RISE See Triggering of Measurements on page 149 Query Range AUTO IMM PROT RISE RST Setting AUTO Programming Ex ample OUTPUT 714 S ETUP ORFSPI ECTRUM TRIGGI ER SOURCE AUTO Sets trigger source 420 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup orfspectrum fm SETup PFERror SETup PFERror J uly 7 1999 a SETup 5 PFERror BSYNC lt sp gt AMPLitude MIDamble NONE gt
205. GGER SOURCE AUTO Sets trigger source to AUTO SETup PFERror TRIGger QUALifier Function Selects queries the trigger qualifier for phase frequency measurements See Trigger Qualifier Description on page 152 Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 1 on Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFERROR TRIGGER QUALIFIER OFF Sets trigger qualifier state Ito off 425 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_pferror fm SETup PVTime SETup PVTime J uly 7 1999 SETup PVTime BSYNc ____ lt sp gt AMPLitude MIDamble NONE Ds CONTiInuous lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 L gt COUNt lt sp gt lt num value gt Leena 21 Complex Command r NUMBer 5 sp num value 1 gt STATe gt lt sp gt 1 0ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 SETup PVTime TIM EH lt sp gt lt num value S MS US NS z j gt POINts returns number of Offsets turned On remotely L TIMeout lt sp gt lt numvalue gt S MS STIMe j Sh Complex Command gt TIME gt sp numvalue S MS L gt STATe gt lt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 s TRIGger
206. GSM BER with Frame Erasure or Residual BER when the mobile station has been configured to loopback Type A BER without Frame Erasure or Non residual BER when the mobile station has been configured to loopback Type B BER using burst by burst loopback when the mobile station has been configured to loopback Type C The test set allows the user to select between Loopback Type A or B and the fast bit error measurement which uses Loopback Type C Refer alsoto Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 NOTE If thetest set has codeware version A 02 00 or above unnecessary loopback commands and delays can be eliminated by taking advantage of enhancements available Previous versions of the test set required the user to set the loopback type and did not have a feature that allowed time for the loop to dose How is a bit error BER measurement made During BER measurements the test set generates a downlink TCH with pseudo random binary sequence PRBS 15 data at a known level The mobile station receives the data loops it back to its transmitter and returns the data to the test set The test set compares data sent to data received and BER is calculated SETup subsystem commands are sent to the test set to specify the time taken to close it s loopback path whether to open or close a loop during downlink signaling operations for example channel assignment the number of bits to test measurement type
207. GSM base station emulator BSE The BSE s primary purpose is to provide the GSM call processing necessary for parametric measurements on the RF and audio signals of aGSM mobile station MS An important characteristic of the test set s BSE is its operating mode The operating mode sets the way in which the BSE interacts with the mobile station The BSE has two operating modes active cell mode and test mode Active cell mode is used when emulating a normal GSM cell Test mode is used when it is not possible or not desired to communicate with the MS via over the air signaling but downlink stimulus and uplink measurements are still needed This Programming Guide focuses on programming the test set s BSE in active cell operating mode Overview of Active Cell Operating Mode Active cell is the default operating mode of the test set s BSE and is used when emulating a normal GSM cell that is active signaling between the MS and the BSE Active Cell Features The basic features provided by the BSE when the operating mode is set to active cell are Generation of a BCH broadcast channel without TCH traffic channel e Support for location updating Call setup both MS and BSE originated Changing TCH parameters during a call using over the air signaling BSEinitiated and MS initiated call disconnection All measurements supported in the test application are available TheBSE automatically controls the test set s demodulat
208. H and TCH parameters to ensure that the settings have not been corrupted by someone setting a parameter s value through the test set s front panel 159 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step2 fm Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE Configuring the Broadcast Channel Parameters The broadcast channel parameters are configured using the CALL processing subsystem commands shown in the following table Broadcast Channel Settable Parameters Parameter Command Syntax Footnote Broadcast Band CALL CELL 1 BAND lt PGSM EGSM DCS PCS gt 1 Cell Power CALL CELL 1 P OWer AM Plitude numeric value suffi x2 Cell Power State CALL CELL 1 POWer STATe lt ON 1 OF F 0 gt Cell Power and State CALL CELL 1 P OWer SAM Plitude lt numeric value lt suffix gt 2 Cell BCH Number CALL CELL 1 BCHannel ARF Cn SELected lt numeric value gt 3 OR CALL CELLI1 BCHannel ARFCn lt PGSM EGSM DCS PCS gt lt numericvalue gt Mobile Country Code CALL CELL 1 M CCode numeric value gt 4 PCS Mobile Country Code CALL CELL 1 PMNCode VALue lt numeric value gt 4 Use PCS MNC CALL CELL 1 PMNCode STATe lt ON 1 OFF 0 gt 4 PCS Mobile Country Code CALL CELL 1 PMNCode SVALue numeric value gt 4 5 and Use PCS NMC State Mobile Network Code CALL CELL 1 MNCode numeric value gt 4
209. Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pferror fm FETCh PFERror FETCh PFERror FERRor MINimum Function Queries the minimum from a multi measurement frequency error measurement result in Hz Query Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz FETCh PFERror ICOunt Function Queries the intermediate count of phase and frequency multi measurements completed This number will increase to the value returned by SE Tup PFERror COU Nt NUM Ber on page 423 Query Range 0 to 999 Resolution 1 FETCh PFERror INTegrity Function Queries the integrity indicator for the phase and frequency error measurement Zero indicates a normal result See I ntegrity ndicator on page 125 for descriptions of non zero integrity indicators Query Range O to 16 Resolution 1 FETCh PFERror PEAK MAXimum Function Queries the maximum from a multi measurement peak phase error result in degrees Query Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees 332 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pferror fm FETCh PFERror FETCh PFERror PEAK ALL Function Queries the minimum maximum and average peak phase error measurement result in degrees Query Minimum Peak Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 deg
210. K able STATe on page 294 ntegrity Indicator on page 125 FETCh Subsystem on page 295 DRAKA RAK AK EA AK AEA eek AEA A AK ACK EA AK A RR AEA ook oe oko ARK A RK KK KKK 577 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg fm Fixed Timer Messages Description Fixed Timer Messages This is the list of fixed timers with a brief explanation and their values A timer expiry message appears in its own window on the test set display The user has no access to these values and can not change them None of the fixed timers are active when operating mode is Test Mode Timer Name Description Value T100 RADIO LINK TIMEOUT Detects the presence of the radio link by detecting SACCH frames every 480 ms 4 SACCH multiframes That is 1 92 seconds if the SACCH is completely absent T200 Data link timer Used for re transmission on the data link The value varies depending on the message type 155 ms for FACCH T301 Alerting ringing timer Timer used to limit the amount of time a user has to answer a call 20 seconds T303 Mobility Management connection timer Time the network waits after sending a CM SERVICE REQUEST until receiving a response This occurs before initiating call dearing procedures towards the MS 10 seconds T305 Release timer Timethe network waits after transmitting a DISCONNECT message until receiving a RELEASE messa
211. Location Area Code CALL CELL 1 LACode numeric value gt 4 Network Color Code CALL CELL 1 NCCode numeric value 4 Base Station Color Code CALL CELL 1 B CCode numeric value 4 Paging IMSI CALL PAGing IMSI lt string gt Repeat Paging State CALL PAGing RE Peat STATe lt ON 1 OF F 0 gt Paging Mode CALL PAGing MODE NORMal REORg gt 7 Paging Multiframes CALL PAGing MF Rames lt numeric value gt Auto IMEI Request CALL IMEI AUTO lt ON 1 OFF 0 gt BA Table Entries CALL CELL 1 BA TABle SE L ected lt numeric value gt lt numeric 6 value gt OR CALL CELL 1 BA TABle lt PGSM EGSM DCS PCS gt lt numeric value numeric value gt S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step2 fm Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE Table Footnotes 1 The broadcast band setting becomes the selected SE Lected band see note 3 2 Sets amplitude to numeric value and state to ON in one command 3 Sets the BCH channel for the broadcast band selected with the broadcast band command see note 1 4 Can only be set when Cell Activated State OF F See Things That Can Go Wrong on page 163 5 Sets PCS mobile country code to numeric value and state to ON in one command 6 Sets the BA table entries for the broadcast band selected with the broadcast band command see note 1 7 Setting Paging Mode to Normal causes the MS to use discontinuous
212. M Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_connected fm CALL CONNected Related Topics Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Call Processing Event Synchronization on page 30 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED TIMEOUT 3 Sets the CALL CONNected STATe query timeout time to 3 seconds OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED TIMEOUT 500 MS Sets the CALL CONNected STATe query timeout time to 500 ms 242 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib call connected fm CALL COUNt CALL COUNt CALL COUNt 4 CBURst gt SCDRRTOr gt gt CLEar s BAERror S gt MBURst gt PAGE L gt RACH l gt TDMA FRAMes gt lt sp gt lt num value gt gt gt V Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL COUNt CBURst Function Queries the corrupt burst counter The corrupt burst counter keeps track of the number of uplink bursts where power was detected but the expected midamble could not be found Query Range 0 to 99999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT CBURST Queries the corrupt burst counter CALL COUNt CDERror Function Queries the channel decode error counter
213. M ode and Downlink F unction 2 CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 The units Hz KHz MHz GHz are optional if no units are specified then units default to Hz Setting range 292 MHz to 2700 MHz resolution 1 Query range 292 MHz to 2700 MHz resolution 1 RST Setting 939 MHz Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR FREQUENCY 896 2MHZ CALL CELL RFGenerator POWer SAMPLitude Function Sets queries the value for RF Gen Power and turns the state to ON The suffix dBm is optional Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink F unction 2 CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 The RF Gen Power field is affected when there is an amplitude offset see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Setting range 10 to 100 dBm resolution 01 dBm Query range 10 to 100 dBm resolution 01 dBm RST Setting 85 dBm Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR POWER SAMPLITUDE 50DBM 280 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib call rfgenerator fm CALL RFGenerator CALL CELL RFGenerator POWer AMPLItude Function Set queries Rf Gen Power The suffix dBm is optional Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink Function CW see CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 The RF Gen Power
214. Measurement Downconverter module is a part of the receiver it provides high quality wide dynamic range spurious free signals to the Analog To Digital Converter module s measurement sampler input These signals are e 10 KHz 6 MHz Intermediate Frequency signal e detected envelope of the Intermediate Frequency signal The Measurement Downconverter module is designed for very high performance operation to ensure accurate and repeatable measurement results The M easurement Downconverter module contains two downconversion stages two local oscillators and a logarithmic IF envelope detector Both first and second LO synthesizers are tunable The first LO is used when tuning to the RF input frequency and the second LO is used when setting second IF frequency which is fed to the measurement sampler on the Analog To Digital Converter module Demodulation Downconverter Module The Demodulation Downconverter module is used as part of the demodulation receiver to maintain the radio link of a given TA The IF signal from the Demodulation Downconverter is sent to the Analog to Digital Converter the digital data then goes to the protocol subsystem That data allows the Protocol Processor module to set up a call with the DUT so that testing can be performed on the radio The Demodulation Downconverter module is also used as part of the BER testing path For bit error ratio measurements the bits tested by the Protocol Processor module are taken from this path
215. Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_remote_local fm Installation C onfiguration 7 Installation Configuration 553 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_configure fm Installation Configuration 554 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_configure fm Display Brightness Display Brightness Description This parameter allows the user to adjust the brightness of the test set s display The test set s display screen has two brightness settings medium brightness high brightness Example OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS MEDIUM sets screen brightness to medium Related Topics DRAKA AK AA AK AK RA AE RA AE AA AA oko ARK AK RK EK ok oko oko oko ARK AK RK RK KKK DISPlay BRI Ghtness on page 293 555 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_brightness fm Test Set Beeper Test Set Beeper Description This parameter allows the user to change the beeper state to on or off A beep will indicate error conditions caused during manual or remote operation of the test set A 100 ms 1 24 kHz audible tone beep is generated when an error message
216. NATE CALL CONNECTED STATE INITIALIZE TXPOWER i Test Set External Controller GPIB Input Buffer t pj Fao i J C C3 CJ a OO t in O08 a Hg S 8058 B oo eo m a a 1 Mobile Station RS 232 E i sys synch eps Sequential versus overlapped commands The test set uses both sequential and overlapped commands Sequential commands are easiest to synchronize 39 SAHp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_synch_gen fm Test System Synchronization Overview to because subsequent commands are not executed until the previous sequential command is finished Once the test set has begun execution of an overlapped command however another command or commands may begin executing allowing the test set to use its internal resources as efficiently as possible Overlapped commands are more difficult to synchronize to because an overlapped operation that started several commands earlier may still be executing as subsequent commands are being parsed out from the input buffer and executed This can present a problem unless the external controller is properly synchronized to the test set s execution of commands The test set s GPIB command set supports the following methods to achieve synchronization n some cases combinations of these methods will provide t
217. NC J STD 007 coding or the PCS 3 digit MNC J STD 007A coding section 2 10 5 1 3 The PCS 3 digit MNC is used on the PCS BCCH instead of the 2 digit MNC only when the current cell band is PCS and the 3 Digit MNC for PCS parameter is set to on When TX Level FACCH Signaling is set to on measurements are aborted and restarted as a result of mobile TX power level changes However when TX Level FACCH Signaling is set to off measurements are not aborted and restarted This may cause the integrity result for some measurements to indicate an under range or over range condition until the mobile s TX power level is within the specified measurement range For more information about measurement integrity see I ntegrity Indicator on page 125 Related Topics DRAKA ARK AA AK AA RK KE RA AE ok KEKE oko ARK A RR EK RAE kk oko ARK AK RK KK KKK OK Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 DRAKA RAE AK AEA AK AA KE A AE A AK AK AEA AK A RR EAE AE ok AK AA ARK A RAK KK KKK 514 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_bch fm Setting Frame Trigger Parameters Setting FrameTrigger Parameters Frame Trigger Parameters The frame trigger is a positive going TTL compatible pulse that is one GSM bit wide it is aligned to the downlink TDMA frame timing The test set provides a frame trigger for synchronizing other test equipment to a measurement it is available at the rear panel TRIG OUT connect
218. O 92 Raelated Ker o ss 92 Programming a Power versus Time Measurement EX pe Fro I GS ike 4 9 Pur Eta Is a oe da or PER AQ EPur Edda oda AGERE I RR 93 Ret ltied values 3 che en eed ee Lee KR eR AER Lk wee aw Ed 93 94 PVT Troubleshooting Possible Setup S5U6S 6 sss 95 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values cca eee ee n n re 96 RACH Measurement Descri ption 97 Measurements that can be performed on a RACH 97 TINS ETTITSTTTTTITTTITOTTLLTTITTTTTTTOTTUOTTTTETCSUUETETEMTY 97 Overview of Measurement Procedure in Active Cell Mode 97 Overview of Measurement Procedurein Test Mode ii 98 Earle Proe E LLLI HRPETCAAKRENE OH APO a iuda aA ed EDICR CE ID HR 98 Relsked To snes 98 Programming a RACH Measurement Overview of Measurement Procedure i 99 Example PION shi cekcdetceetien steneeesbdeeniesewbiivessaxgasesivnad 100 Keate TS os acd eetaen biwhn beens ean beseteecneniiwhere wet ecewe ations 101 RACH Troubleshooting Possible S amp up SSUES si 102 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values i 102 SACCH Report M easurement Descriptions 12 Contents When are SACCH Report Measurements Made ii 103 SACCH Report Measurement Results i 104 Neighbour Report Measurement Results i 105 Peer TS mb 105 Transmit Power Measurement Description How is a transmit power TXP measurement madey 106 Types of Signals TX Power can Measure i 10
219. ONTinuous Function Selects queries the trigger state for Q Tuning measurements Setting Continuous trigger mode 1 ON Single trigger mode 0 OFF Query 1 0 RST 1 ON Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING CONTINUOUS OFF Sets trigger mode to single for an I Q Tuning measurement SETup IQTuning COUNt STATe Function Sets queries the 1 Q Tuning multi measurement count state Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING COUNT STATE ON Turns on the multi measurement mode for I Q Tuning measurements SETup IQTuning COUNt NUMBer Function Sets queries the number of Q Tuning multi measurements the test set makes when the multi measurement count state is on See Q Tuning Measurement Description on page 63 Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING COUNT NUMBER 80 Sets the multi measurement count number for I Q Tuning measurements to 80 407 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_ig fm SETup IQTuning SETup IQTuning COUNt SNUMBer Function Sets queries the number of Q Tuning multi measurements the test set makes This command sets the count stateto ON Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Qu
220. OPERATION CALL Extension Bit STANDARD EVENT STATUS REGISTER Operation Complete Query Error STATUS BYTE Device Dependent Error Execution Error Command Error Power On No BWNO STATUS OPERATION 9 COMMon Summary GSM Summary AMPS Summary DIGital136 Summary TA136 Summary aFop to 138 10 Processing SYST SYNC 12 command S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_status_reg fm REGISTER 2 3 4 MAV 5 6 RQS 7 Status Subsystem Overview Status Reporting Structure For The GSM Test Application STATUS QUESTIONABLE CALL GSM STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS GSM Extension Bit 0 Data Link Failure 1 d ERAS Radio Link Failure 2 a s Immediate Assignment Failure 3 Bit 2 4300 cba 3 Channel Assignment Failure 4 STATUS 4400 M s 4 Bit 2 Handover Failure 5 QUESTIONABLE 9 No Response to Page 6 990 Meserdes S STATUS Channel Assignment gt Frames 7 ee QUESTIONABLE Identification 8 00 Messages ERRORS 800 Messages 8 Channel Mode Not Supported 9 900 Messages 9 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY GSM STATUS OPERATION CALL GSM Extension Bit 0 Extension Bit 0 TX Power 1 Idle 1 Power vs Time 2 Connected 2 Phase Freq Error 3 Bi Alerting 3 it 2 Bit 2 Output RF Spectrum 4 BCH Changing 4 Analog Au
221. OSCillator on page 495 Configuring the Test Set s GPIB Address on page 557 Configuring the Test Set s LAN on page 560 okelerekeox ebook AK OK AK A AK A AK EK OK ACK A AK A KOK EK OK A AK KKK ROK ROK AK RK KK OK OK 550 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_rearpanel_con fm Remote Local Mode Remote L ocal Mode Description Remote Mode When the test set is operated remotely all of the keys on the front panel of the test set are disabled except the LOCAL key and the power switch During remote operation the test set is controlled by the Remote User Interface RUI Any open menus will be closed and any manual entries will be aborted when the test set transitions from local mode to remote mode The user will need to press the LOCAL key on the front panel in order to gain manual control of the test set if the test set is in remote mode The remote annunciator R will appear on the test set s display to indicate that the test set is in remote mode Local Mode During local mode all front panel keys and the knob are enabled During local operation the test set is controlled by the Manual User Interface MUI The remote annunciator R is turned off when the test set is operated in local mode 551 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen remote local fm Remote Local Mode 552 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM
222. Obtain Measurement Results i SELECT Meas_dones CASE TXP UTPU est set FETC TXP POW NTER Test set Avg tx power CASE PFER do OUTPU est set FETC PFER RMS ENTER Test set Max rms phas er END SELEC EXIT IF Meas done NONE END LOOP 185 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step6 fm Step 6 Make Measurements Things That Can Go Wrong Measurement Integrity Always Returns a Value of 6 Background A measurement integrity value of 6 indicates that some characteristic of the input signal is under range Typically this will be the amplitude power of the DUT signal This low amplitude will cause the level of the DSP sampler to be below a threshold required by the measurement algorithm to produce results of specified accuracy Possible Cause One of the most likely causes of a measurement underrange condition is DUT signal loss caused by fixture loss or cable loss Suggested Workaround Fixture loss or cable loss can be compensated for by using the RF IN OUT port s amplitude offset parameter Example 2 Command Syntax SYS SYS Tem COR Tem COR Complex for SYS Example 3 Tem COR OUTPUT Tes would set the RF IN OUT port s amplitude offset to 6 dB and set the correction state to ON 186 Rection GAIN lt numeric value gt lt suffix gt Rection
223. P AAUDIO TIMEOUT TIME 5 Sets timeout value to 5 seconds 384 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup aaudio fm SETup BERRor SETup BERRor February 14 2000 SETup BERRor lt sp gt TYPEIA TYPEII TYPEIB RESTYPEIA LS E TYPE 1 RESTYPEII RESTYPEIB CLSDelay lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS s STIMe 2 Ne Complex Command gt TIME lt sp gt lt num Value gt S 1MS gt STATe Sp 1 ON OJ JOFF L gt returns 110 gt r CONTinuous lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 Ms COUNT lt sp gt lt num value gt SETup_ gt BERRor gt LDCont rol AUTO lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt _ gt returns 1 0 5 MANual DELay sp num value s I 5 S5LControl gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 TIMeout sp num value 34 Em STIMe Ij rad 5 TIMI sp num value STATe sp 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 385 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersMpib setup berror fm SETup BERRor SETup
224. P B ERR TIM Sets BER measurement timeout to 8 seconds and the state to on SETup BERRor TIMeout TIME Function Sets queries the timeout value in seconds for the trigger state during BER measurements The units S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S seconds Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example EOUT TIME 8 ETUP B ERR TIM Sets BER measurement timeout to 8 seconds SETup BERRor TIMeout STATe Function Sets queries the timeout state for BER measurements Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP B ERROR TIMEOUT STATE ON Sets the timeout state to on 390 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup berror fm SETup FBERror SETup FBERror J uly 8 1999 SETup FBERror CLSDelay lt sp gt lt num value S MS s4 i L gt STIMe li e Complex Command gt TIME sp num value gt S MS WW s gt STATe X Ssp 1 ON OJ OFF L gt returns 1 0 Ms r CONTi
225. PGSM 5551212 9 91E 37 9 91E 37 9 91E 37 Since the programmer knows that the control program should expect multiple responses to the above command string he or she might construct the following data entry statement ENTER 714 Imsi Pcl Rev Sban Onum Mcc Mnc Lac 120 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_compound fm Dealing With Semicolon Separated Response Data Lists In theRocky Mountain Basic programming environment the aboveENTER statement will fail with an Insufficient data for ENTER error Some programming languages Rocky Mountain Basic for example cannot use the semicolon character as a data item terminator for string variables In this example Rocky Mountain Basic will attempt to enter data into msi until it sees an LF line feed data item terminator The test set does not send the LF until all the data has been sent Consequently when Rocky Mountain Basic sees the LF it terminates entry of data into msi and starts to look for data to enter into Pcl Since the test set is no longer sending any data the error message Insufficient data for ENTER is generated One possible workaround is to enter all the data into a single string variable replace all semicolons with line feeds and then enter the data from the string into the individual data items For example DIM Response 500 1 OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REP IMSI PCL REV SBAN ONUM MCC
226. PUT 714 SETUP DAUDIO COUNT STATE OFF Sets trigger state for IDAUDIO measurement SETup DAUDio FILTer SFREquency Function Sets queries the center frequency for the 100 Hz bandpass filter applied to Decoded Audio measurements This command sets the count state to ON The units HZ KHZ are optional if no units are specified then units default to KHZ see Decoded Audio M easurement Descri ption on page 55 Setting Range 200 Hz to 3 6 kHz Resolution 1 HZ Query Range 200 Hz to 3 6 kHz Resolution 1 HZ RST setting 1000 HZ Programming Ex OUTPUT 714 S ample ETUP DAUDIO FILTER SFREQUENCY 2 2KHZ This is a complex command that sets the value and the state to on SETup DAUDio FILTer FREQuency Function Sets queries the center frequency for the 100 Hz bandpass filter applied to Decoded Audio measurements The units HZ KHZ are optional if no units are specified then units default to KHZ see Decoded Audio Measurement Description on page 55 Setting Range 200 Hz to 3 6 kHz Resolution 1 HZ Query Range 200 Hz to 3 6 kHz Resolution 1 HZ RST setting 1000 HZ Programming Example OUTPUT 714 DAUDIO FILTER FREQUENCY 217HZ Sets bandpass filter frequency 400 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup daudio fm SETup DAUDio SETup DAUDio FILTer ST
227. PUT 714 OUTPUT 714 450 j STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY CO 14 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY CO 14 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY CO 14 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY CO 14 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY CO ON O EV ENT Queries the New Measurement CO Results Ready Common Event Register DITION Queries the New Measurement Results Ready Common Condition Register ENABLE 2 Sets New Measurement Results TR 2 Ready Common Negative Transition Register for bit 2 PTR 2 Results Ready Common Positive Transition Register for bit 2 Ready Common Enable Regigter Lforcobrt 25 Sets the New Measurement Results Sets the New Measurement S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapterspib status operation fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation NMRReady GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment TheSTATus OPERation NMRReady GSM register bits indicate when a GSM measurement has been completed and new measurement results are available Result Ready Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0
228. Persistent Errors These messages are generated when a condition occurs that is incorrect but has no serious or long lasting effect on the test set s operation Examples could include an out of range value toa parameter or an invalid GPIB mnemonic The message window is deared when any front panel key is pressed Persistent Errors Theseerrors are generated when a non transitory error condition exists Persistent errors occur when a hardware failure is found or when damage or injury to a person or the test set may occur The test set displays these errors in the error message window and as a prompt at the bottom of the display screen where it remains until the error condition no longer exists Fatal Errors When these errors occur no further operation of the test set is possible without cycling the power switch Fatal errors are not saved in the error message log The test set display will provide the user with information about what to do next and some details about what the test set was doing when the fatal error occurred Maskable Messages These messages are intended to inform the user of a condition within the test set They are generally meant to provide information to the user The user will need to decide if this condition is undesirable and if they want the message to appear 576 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapterss err msg fm Error Messages Maskable Message Display State The Maskable Mes
229. Power Power vs Time Phase amp Frequency Error Output RF Spectrum Fast Bit Error A Decoded Audio A Downlink Speech Source A gt w w w uo u Audio Source AudioLevel Meas M obileSACCH info Transmit Power Level change C 123 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_concurrent fm Concurrent Measurements Table Key Empty cell No concurrency considerations A Cannot operate concurrently Whichever measurement is activated most recently will cause all other conflicting measurements to be deactivated B These measurements share a sampler path If multiple measurements are initiated at same time the measurements will execute sequentially If multiple measurements are configured to operate off of the same trigger event and only a single occurrence of that event happens only one measurement will complete the first measurement in the sequence of measurements C The test set will not prevent the user from changing the TCH ARF CN or transmit power level while the measurement is in progress However changing the TCH ARFCN or transmit power level while the measurement is in progress will cause the measurement to start over which will cause the measurement to take longer to execute The only absolute restriction regarding concurrency is that the downlink speech source cannot be used when the
230. Power and up to 22 comma separated output RF spectrum due to modulation average results The SETup ORF Spectrum M ODulation F RE Quency OF F Set command sets up the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation offsets that areturned on and their frequency values The SETup ORF Spectrum M ODulation F RE Quency POI Nts command queries the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation points that are turned on indicating the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation average values to expect when you FETCh output RF spectrum due to modulation results Query TX Carrier Power e Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB 30 kHz Bandwidth Power e Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB Output RF Spectrum due to Modulation Average e Range 200 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB 324 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib fetch orfspectrum fm FETCh ORFSpectrum FETCh ORFSpectrum MODulation FREQuency OFFSet Function Queries the ORFS due to modulation measurement allowing frequency offset values to be appended to the command Returns ORFS due to modulation average measurements at the frequencies listed in the order they are listed Frequencies must havea one to one correspondence to ORFS due to modulation frequency offsets that are currently turned on Frequencies must be separated by co
231. Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR SLCONTROL ON Sets the Signal Loop Control state to on 395 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_fberror fm SETup FBERror SETup FBERror TIMeout STIMe Function Selects queries the timeout value in seconds for the trigger state during Fast Bit Error measurements and sets the timeout state to ON The units S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR TIMEOUT STIME 20 Sets the time out value to 20 seconds and the state to on SETup FBERror TIMeout TIME Function Selects queries the timeout value in seconds for the trigger state during Fast Bit Error measurements The units S MS are optional if nounits are specified than units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 seconds OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP FB ERROR TIMEOUT TIME 20 Sets the time out value to 120 seconds SETup FBERror TiMeout STATe Function Sets queries the timeout state for Fast BER measurements Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query Range 0 1 RST 0 OFF OUTPUT 714
232. QTuning ORF Spectrum gt tPPERror PVTime gt TXPower Diagram Conventions on page 213 216 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_abort fm ABORt ALL ABORt Function Stops any and all measurements that are active See Measurement States on page 150 If the trigger arm is set to single see Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 the measurements will go to the idle state If the trigger arm is set to continuous the measurements will re arm and initiate again Setting Range AAUDio BERRor DAU Dio DPOWer FBERror IQTuning ORF Spectrum PFERror PVTime TXPower Programming Example OUTPUT 714 ABORT ALL Aborts all active measurements in progress 217 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersWhpib abort fm ABORt ABORt lt meas mnemonic gt Function Stops the selected measurement if it is active See Measurement States on page 150 If the trigger arm is set to single see Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151the measurements will go to the idle state If the trigger arm is set to continuous the measurements will re arm and initiate again Setting Range AAUDio BERRor DAUDio DPOWer FBERror ORFSpectrum e QTuning PFERror PVTime TXPower
233. RACH even if two measurements are initiated 99 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog rach proc fm Programming a RACH Measurement Example Procedure The following example details how to make a power versus time RACH measurement on a mobile originated call in Active Cell mode Alternatively the same measurement could be made on a base station originated call by replacing lines 160 and 170 with the CALL ORIGinate command EL SELECTED 20 Configures the ct a transmission on ARFCN 20 ER SELECTED 10 DBM Configures xpect a power level of 10 dBm OFF Configures trigger E OFF Configures the URCE AUTO Configures the trigger source to AUTO st Set and initiate a call 10 T EGER Int 20 DIM Results 11 30 REAL Mask Power 40 OUTPUT 714 RST 50 OUTPU 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL CHANN 60 test set to exp 70 OUTPU 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POW 80 Ithe test set to 90 OUTPU 714 SETUP PVTIME CONTINUOUS 100 mode to single for a pvt measurement 110 OUTPU 714 SETUP PVTIME COUNT STATI 120 Imulti measurement state to OFF 130 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME TRIGGER SO 140 150 UTPUT 714 INITIATE PVTIME Start a pvt measurement 160 PRINT
234. RAKA RAE A AK AEA AK AK eek A KE A RK AK AEA AK A RK AEE A A AK AA ARK A RK RK KKK Programming a Phase and Frequency Error Measurement on page 85 Programming a Transmit Power Measurement on page 108 Programming an Output RF Spectrum Measurement on page 78 Programming a Power versus Time Measurement on page 93 Programming a Fast Bit Error Measurement on page 72 Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 DEAK AA AK AA AK AA RK AE RA AE A AA AA AK AEA ARK A RR EK ok ARE AR AK AA ARK AK RK EK KKK OK Step 6 Make Measurements Yes Step 6c Obtain Set Of Measurement Results 546 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_prog_op fm Rear Panel Connectors Rear Panel Connectors Description PRINTER p ETHERNET TO TIMEBASE EXT INTERFACE FRONT FANEL CONTROL ADJUST EJ OUT Ey PORT EXT SIG GEN FRAME SYNCH eum vo TEST SET TEST SET SYNCHIN SYNCH OUT SERIAL 1 SERIAL 2 SERIA OUT DATAIN CLKIN DATA VALID IN pue 10 MHz REF MOD IN COUNTER IN MAX 12 V Pk Xo O BER 547 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersgen rearpanel con fm Rear Panel Connectors BASEBAND 1 0 Not functional for this release CLK IN Not functional for this release COUNTER IN Not functional for this release DATA IN Not functional for this release DATA VALI
235. RBose returns model number p serial number revision number board ID and Cal file information gt l Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem CONFigure INFormation HARDware VERBose Function Queries the manufacturer model number model number of the test application running serial number revision board ID and cal file information The information provided by the query represents the configuration that existed when the test set was powered up For an example of how to use this command see Hardware Configuration Report on page 562 RST Setting Resets have no effect on this information The information is gathered during the power up cycle Related Topics DEAR KARA AK AK ARK A AK ook EEEE OK ACK AC AK Ekk kkk AEA kk HK AK AK EA EA HK OK ARK kkk kkk kk ARK SK kk KK OK KK AK Hardware Configuration Report on page 562 SY STem CU RRent TA on page 487 Obtaining Test Application Information on page 567 Obtaining Identification Information I DN on page 558 DRAKA AK AK ARK A AK ok OK AK A AK A EK EK OK ACK AE AK KE EK EK OK ACA EA KE RAK kk AK AEA AA A OK E AEA EA HK OK ARK A KA AA AK CK ARK A KA KK OK KK AK 484 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_system_conf fm SYSTem CORRection SYSTem gt CORRection T gt lt sp gt lt num value DB s SGAin Complex Command SYSTem CO
236. REQuency S 0FFSet St Maximum returns Max Switching Results at Specified offsets gt c AVERage lt sp gt lt num value returns Avg Switching Results at Specified Offsets SDEViation sp num value returns Std Dev Switching Results at Specified Offsets gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 322 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_orfspectrum fm FETCh ORFSpectrum FETCh ORFSpectrum ALL Function Queries integrity indicator TX carrier power up to eight comma separated output RF spectrum due to switching max results 30 kHz bandwidth power and up to 22 output RF spectrum due to modulation average results The SE Tup ORF Spectrum SWIT ching F RE Quency OF F Set command sets up the number of output RF spectrum due to switching offsets that are turned on and their frequency values The SETup ORF Spectrum SWI Tching F RE Quency POI Nts queries the number of output RF spectrum due to switching points that are turned on indicating the number of output RF spectrum due to switching max values to expect when you FETCh results The SETup ORF Spectrum M ODulation F RE Quency OF F Set command sets up the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation offsets that areturned on and their frequency values The SETup ORF Spectrum M ODulation F RE Quency POI Nts command queries
237. RFS SWIT FREQ Swit offs OUTPU est set USING Mod img SET ORFS MOD FREQ Mod offs 170 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step3 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Example 23 Programming E xample The following example illustrates configuring the measurement execution parameters for the output RF spectrum transmit power and phase and frequency error measurements 1 Step 3 Configur Measurement Execution Parameters 1 Configure ORFS Measurement l OUTPU OUTPU OUTP OUTP U OUTPU U t Rut est set SE ORFS SWIT COUN 5 Examples of using complex est set SE ORFS MOD COUN 10 commands to set multi meas state and count at same time e
238. RRection Ls GAIN T gt lt sp gt lt num value gt DB gt STATe gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 s Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem CORRection SGAin Function Sets queries the amplitude offset value in dB used to correct for RF path loss and also turns the STATeON See Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 The units dB are optional if no units are specified then units default to dB Setting Range 100 to 100 Resolution 1 Query Range 100 to 100 Resolution 0 1 RST Setting OdB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 6 Sets an amplitude offset of 6 dB 485 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_correction fm SYSTem CORRection SYSTem CORRection GAIN Function Sets queries the amplitude offset value in DB used to correct for RF path loss when the correction state is on See Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 The units DB are optional if no units are specified then units default to DB Setting Range 100 to 100 Resolution 1 Query Range 100 to 100 Resolution 1 RST Setting OdB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION GAIN 6 Sets an amplitude offset of 6 dB SYSTem CORRection STATe Function Sets queries the amplitude offset state See Measurem
239. Ration N MRReady DI Gital136 register 3 8 AMPS Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration NM RReady AMPS register 2 4 GSM Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration NMRReady GSM register 1 2 COMMon Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration NM RReady COMMon register 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 448 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus OPERation Program Examples STATus OPERation NMRReady O O P P T 71 4 n 7S n m PUS n m 77S it iS sm pS ATUS OPERATIO ATUS OPERATIO ATUS OPERATIO ATUS OPERATIO ATUS OPERATION DN RREADY EVENT Queries th w Measurement Results Ready Event Register RREADY CONDITION Queries the New Measurement RREADY ENABLE RREADY NTR 2 RREADY PTR 4 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Results Ready Condition Register 16 Sets New asurement Results Ready Enable Regigter for bit 16 Sets the New asurement Results Ready Negative Transition Register for bit 4 Sets the New asurement Results Ready Positive Transition Register for bit 4 449 Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib status operation
240. Reference ManualChapters hpib call ms fm CALL MS REPorted LACode CALL MS Function Query of the last Location Area Code the MS was camped on Range 0 to 65535 default NAN Data Type Real Query range 0 to 65535 and 9 91E 437 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED LACODE CALL MS REPorted MCCode Function Query of the last Mobile Country Code the MS was camped on Query range 0 to 999 and 9 91E 437 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED MCCODE CALL MS REPorted MNCode Function Query of the last Mobile Network Code the MS was camped on Query range 0 to 99 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED MNCODE 257 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL MS REPorted NEIGhbour 1 Function This query will return 4 data items separated by commas for neighbour cell one ARFCN RFLEVEL NCC BCC arereturned in that order Query range 1 to 1023 and 9 91E 437 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED NEIGHBOUR Ret
241. Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_comprehensive_prog_example fm 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 ONO O Gr OO OO O O Or CO OO OO OC O05 OO OO C919 CO E OC Or OO OC C909 70 0969 9 OC e Comprehensive Program Example Set RF IN OUT port s amplitude offset to compensate for fixture loss of MS After setting offset cell power settings reflect RF power at the MS antenna input OUTPUT Test set SYST CORR SGA 6 MS has a 6 dB fixture loss 1 OUTPUT Test_set CALL CELL BAND PGSM Set active broadcast band to PGSM OUTPUT Test set CALL ACT OFF Deactivate cell to set network parms OUTPUT Test set CALL CELL MCC 1 LAC 1 MNC 1 NCC 1 BCC 5 Set network parms OUTPUT Test set CALL ACT ON Reactivate the cell OUTPUT Test set CALL BCH 20 Set broadcast channel to 20 OUTPUT Test set CALL POW SAMP 85 Set cell power to 85 dBm and cell power state to ON with complex command OUTPUT Test set CALL TCH 45 Set traffic channel to 45 OUTPUT Test set CALL TCH TSL 4 Set timeslot to 4 1 1
242. S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersMpib afgenerator fm AFGenerator AFGenerator VOLTage AMPlitude Function Sets queries the amplitude for the audio generator when the audio generator state is on The units V MV are optional if no units are specified then units default to V Setting Range 0 9 v pk Resolution 5mv pk lt 1v pk output 5mv pk gt 1v pk output Query Range 0 9 v pk Resolution 5mv pk lt 1v pk output 5mv pk gt 1v pk output RST setting zero volts Programming Example OUTPUT 714 AFGENERATOR VOLTAGE AMPLITUDE 1 414 Sets the audio generator output voltage to 1 414 volts peak AFGenerator VOLTage STATe Function Sets queries the audio generator state Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query o 1 RST setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 AFGENERATOR VOLTAGE STATE ON Set the audio generator state to ON 222 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib afgenerator fm CALibration Subsystem CALibration Subsystem Description The only user calibration that can be performed is for the IQ modulator This calibration is required if the Baseband Generator or the Vector Output modules are serviced or swapped The CALibration l Q subsystem should not be used as part of frequent i e daily weekly or monthly test s
243. SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be O 5 32 TA136 Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable CALL TA136 register 4 16 DIGITAL 136 Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable CALL DIGital 136 register 3 8 AMPS Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable CALL AMPS register 2 4 GSM Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable CALL GSM register 1 2 COMMON Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUE Stionable CALL COM Mon register 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Example STATus QUEStionable CALL Condition Register Bit Assignment OUTPUT 714 STATUS QUESTIONABLE CALL CONDITION Queries the Questionable 460 Call Condition Register S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable STATus QUEStionable CALL GSM
244. STem APPLication SYSTem gt APPLication gt returns string lL CURRent Ig NAME 4 REVision returns string gt CATalog returns string 3 k NAME L COUNt returns num value gt LICense returns LIC NLIC FLO UNKN gt REVision returns string nee returns num value gt SELect gt lt sp gt lt application gt c NAME returns string gt REVision gt lt sp gt lt application gt lt revision gt gt returns string Diagram Conventions on page 213 475 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_system_app fm SYSTem APPLication SYSTem APPLication CATalog LICense Function Query the license status for a selected revision The query must include two strings separated by a comma The test application name and revision must be entered as they appear in the test application Setup menu with the exception that the string is not case sensitive and can be entered in any combination of upper and lower case letters The returned values are e LIC indicates this is a licensed test application NLIC indicates this is not a licensed test application e UNKN indicates that license status is unknown Query Range LIC NLIC UNKN Programming Exampl
245. Setup Issues During remote operation of the Phase and Frequency Error measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SETup PFERror CONTinuous on page 422 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 The Manual Frequency must be offset by H 67 7083 kHz in order to measure non bursted or non GMSK modulated signals If theTrigger Sourceis set to RF Rise and the signal measured is not burst modulated the measurement will wait until aborted or timed out If theinput signal is morethan 10 dB below the Expected Power see E xpected Power on page 520 or if the input signal is below 30 dBm there is not enough power to generate an RF Rise trigger so the measurement will hang Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 If the signal has both over range 5 and under range 6 conditions only the over range 5 will be indicated Syn Not Found 11 will be returned if the measurement Burst Synchronization is set to Midamble synchronized and Expected Burst pattern is not set to TSCO through TSC7 or RACH see CALL BURSt on page 239 87 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Man
246. TATUS OPERATION NMRR E Gl ADY GSM EVENT Results Ready Event Register ADY GSM CONDITION Queries the GSM New Measurement OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY GSM ENABL RATION NMRRI Di D E OUTPUT 714 STATUS OP OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION NMRR D E DY GSM NTR 2 Ready Negative Transition Register for bit 4 DY GSM PTR 4 Queries the GSM New Measurement Results Ready Condition Register 16 Sets the GSM New Measurement Results Ready Enable Regigter Ifor bit 16 Sets the GSM New Measurement Results Sets the GSM New Measurement Results Ready Positive Transition Register for bit 4 452 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib status operation fm STATus OPERation Related Topics DRAKA KAA EK EA AK AEA A AE AEE A AK AA AK AEA AK A RK EK AE ke AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK Triggering of Measurements on page 149 DEAR AKA KA AK AK ARK A AK KK AK AK A AK KOK kk OK AK EA KE EK OK AK EA AKA KE ARK ARK A KA KK OK KOK AK 453 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus PRESet STATus PRE Set J uly 12 1999 STATUS gt PRESet Diagram Conventions on page 213 STATus PRESet Function Pr
247. TATUS OPERATION NMRREADY GSM ENABLE 256 Enable the fast BER Bit to generate a summary message 714 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY ENABLE 4 Enable the GSM summary bit 714 STATUS OPERATION ENABLE 512 Enable the Operation summary bit to generate a summary message 714 SRE 128 Enable the service request enable register to generate SRQ 714 CLS Clear all status data structures INTR 7 15 CALL Meas complete Define interrupt initiated branch with a priority lof 15 highest OUTPU OUTPU OUTPU OUTPU OUTPU OUTPU ON ENABLE LOO P INTR 7 2 Enable interrupt on interface card 7 with a bit mask for interface s interrupt enable register of 2 OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBER CONTINUOUS OFF INITIATE FBERROR Initiate a single fast BER test DISP Waiting for BERR test to complete WAI END T Dummy loop END LOOP Instead of a dummy loop controlling application could be performing setups making measurements GOs SUB Meas_complete DISP BER test complete OK to FETCh results now Clear_interrupt SPOLL 714 Clear the RQS message in the status byte register STO SUBI P END Operating Considerations Only one indicator is returned per query To ensure that when a measurement completes it will remain in a state that qualifies
248. TATe on page 240 SEAR EK EA RK RK AE A AK ACA ook AK AE RA EK A AE AK EA RK A RK EK KK RK AK EEK 503 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_band_params_test fm Block Diagram Block Diagram Thehardware architecture of the test set provides anumber of parallel signal paths through the instrument This parallel architecture allows the measurement hardware to run some measurements concurrently See Concurrent Measurements on page 122 RF Source 1 Baseband Audio Section Generator RF Interface RE Since S Bagohan Protocol see Processor Optional aw Processor L LAN Analog Digital Converter Digital Signal VME Power Processor Bus Detector Description Measurement Downconverter Demodulation Downconverter Voltmeter Counter DVM Hi DVM Lo Counter Demodulated FM RF Interface Module Input and output signals are routed through the RF Interface module The RF Interface module consists of a directional bridge for sampling incoming power and hybrid power splitters which create 4 bidirectional ports two receiver ports and two source ports RF amplifiers video gain circuits and fast and slow power detectors The sampled input power from the directional bridge is routed to a fast power detector or a slow detector The fast power detector has a respo
249. TE i er ee Cae 273 eee ae a eee ee eee ee eee ee ee oy cree ee ids Test Mode Operating Mode Te Mee OC 0 mL TT Expeded UE evi BCH Test Function Behavior 2 05 2 ccks hr rx de eR cm Exe xs BCH TCH Test Function Behavior i CW Test Function Behavior snes ole oe fe os 222422222213 eee ee ree er re ee ewe eee ee ee ye ee es ee Testing a Mobile for Enhanced Full Rate Speech Channel Mode Raated TOC CCP Preset Descriptions es 21 Contents 536 Instrument Status Area as eam eo eee ee eee eer eee ere kee ee ee ee eee 537 How Dol Change Call Parameters How Dol Change Cell Parameters A Select the cell parameters menu i 539 B SU ace PA Ae mney 540 How Dol Make Measurements on a Mobile MEDI EIE a Bh a px ye QE PRX rea das vx died Co OSS Gas 541 B Select measurements i 542 How Dol Change Measurement Setup A SOE a Meuran renin 543 B Set up the measurement sei 544 How Dol Turn Off a Measurement Programming Overview 546 Rear Panel Connectors eI emi 547 OE DUEB ee RACE ERR EHE ee eer rT re er eee rer ee 550 Remote L ocal Mode 551 Display Brightness t 2 1 0 MEMMIUS 555 555 Test Set Beeper 556 ee en 556 Configuring the Test Set s GPIB Address eo agi ee eae lo i POR CE aces 33 EA RACEW eee RC M E 557 E m 557 Obtaining Identification Information l DN 22 Contents Di a le baer Sa eels baat LL TITEL IT I5 IT e
250. TPUT 714 AFGENERATOR FREQUENCY 1000 Sets the audio generator frequency to 1000 Hz 220 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_afgenerator fm AFGenerator AFGenerator PULSe STATe Function Sets queries the audio generator pulse state The pulse state must be on when the test set s audio generator is used for audio stimulation during a decoded audio measurement When the state is on the audio signal from the test set is pulsed at a 10 Hz rate with a 50 duty cycle The amplitude and frequency of the pulse is set with afgenerator commands See AF Generator on page 220 Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query Range 0 1 RST setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 AFGENERATOR PULSE ON Sets the audio generator pulse to ON AFGenerator VOLTage SAMPlitude Function Sets queries the amplitude of the audio generator in volts and turns the state to on The units V MV are optional if no units are specified then units default to V Setting Range 0 9 v pk Resolution 5mv pk lt 1v pk output 5mv pk gt 1v pk output Query Range 0 9 v pk Resolution 5mv pk lt 1v pk output 5mv pk gt 1v pk output RST setting zero volts Programming Example OUTPUT 714 AFGENERATOR VOLTAGE 2 1 Sets the state to on and the output voltage to 2 1 volts 221
251. TPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION GAIN 6DB Set amplitude offset to 6 dB gain in network OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 2DB Set amplitude offset to ON and a 2 dB loss lin the network Measurements reflect the actual power at the connection to the device under test known as the DUT plane The test set cell power indicates a change to compensate for loss or gain in the network however the expected power setting remains unchanged See CALL POWer on page 273 for cell power or RF ANalyzer E XPected P OWer SE L ected on page 372 for expected power details Transmitter example Cell power reflects the actual power at the device under test including any gain or loss entered as an amplitude offset If the cell power setting is 85 dBm and the SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 3DB command is sent the cell power setting indicates 88 dBm which represents the cell power at the mobile station after a 3 dB loss in the network When you set Cell Power level the test set uses the amplitude offset value to adjust the actual power so that power at the devise under test will match the Cell Power setting Thefollowing figure shows a transmitter example Transmit power is the combination of the cell power and the amplitude offset values 563 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_meas fm Measurement Related Configuratio
252. TYPEIA TYPEIB TYPEII Function Queries the number of bits in error This query allows you to select the bit type you want to query either Typela Typelb or Typell See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Query Range for Type la 0 to 999 000 and 9 91 E 437 NAN Range for Type b 0 to 2 637 369 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Range for Typell 0 to 1 558 440 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 FETCh BERRor DELay Function Queries the delay in speech frames that thetest set used duringthe last bit error measurement tocorrelate uplink information bits with downlink information bits This valueis displayed in the Speech Frames Delay field This value can be determined automatically or manually set by the user See SETup BERRor MAN ual DE Lay on page 389 and SETup BERRor L DControl AU TO on page 388 Refer also to the Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 for a description of frame delay and how it is used in the bit error measurement Query Range 0 to 15 and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 1 RST Setting Auto 304 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib fetch berror fm FETCh BERRor FETCh BERRor FULL Function Queries the bit error measurement Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 Bits Tested Bit Error Ratio and Bit Error Count for Type la Type Ib and Typell bits A simi
253. Test Example 14 Model Number Query E1960A Example 15 Revision Query A 01 04 Example 16 License Status Query LIC indicates the status is licensed for use Related Topics DRAKA KKK AK ARK A KK ok OK A AK ACK KE ook ek OK AE OK AEA ok EK OK AK AEA EA AK ROK ARK A KA KK OK AK AK SY STem APP Lication on page 475 Obtaining Identification Information I DN on page 558 Hardware Configuration Report on page 562 SY STem COM M unicate on page 481 CALibration DATE on page 225 SY STem CU RRent TA on page 487 DEAR AKA KA KK ARK A AK EK AK ACK A AK A KK EK OK ACK EA KE EK ROK AK EA AKA AK ARK ARK A KK KK OK KOK AK 567 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_obtaining fm Timebase Description Configuration Timebase Description Configuration February 14 2000 Description The time base source is selected by the test set either an internal time base or an external source if a suitable signal is detected is used as the reference oscillator If a 10 MHz 47 100 ppm signal that has an input level from 0 to 13 dBm is connected to the 10 MHz REF IN connector on the rear panel the test set will automatically select the external timebase The user can read the status window at the bottom of the test set display for the EXT REF indicator or query the test set to verify if it is using an external time base or an internal time base The user may also quer
254. Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_iq fm FETCh IQTuning FETCh IQTuning REFerence FREQuency Function Queries the offset frequency being used as the reference for the measurement Query NEG67KHZ ZEROKHZ POS67KHZ UNKNOWN FETCh IQTuning SPUR POWer Function Queries the relative power level of the spur frequency Query Range 100 to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 321 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib fetch iq fm FETCh ORFSpectrum FETCh ORFSpectrum February 14 2000 FETCh ORFSpectrum returns Integrity TX Power Max Switching nmm Offset Results 30 kHz BW Power Avg Mod Offset Results ICOunt returns Intermediate Count gt INTegrity returns Integrity gt MODulation returns 30 kHz BW MN Power Avg Mod Offset Results gt FREQuency lt sp gt lt num value E ream returns Avg Mod Results at Specified Offset POWer returns TX Power borse gt BWIDth returns 30 kHz BW Power gt returns Max Switching FETChs ORFSpectrum SWITching ALL MAXimum Offset Results gt AVERage returns Avg Switching Offset Results SDEViation returns Std Dev Switching Offset Results lt sp gt lt num value F
255. Therefore the behavior of a GSM Phase 1 mobile which does support enhanced full rate speech vocoder may be manufacturer dependent when used with the channel mode function If you switch the channel mode between enhanced full rate speech and full rate speech when the downlink speech source is set to Echo see CALL TCHannel DOWNIlink SPE ech on page 290 you may hear momentary unpleasant audio bursts from the mobile Related Topics FEKK KEK EKKE K KK KKK KKK ok KK KKK oko oe kok e Kokok Kokeok oko SR okok seo SKK oKOK CK oKoK KEK KKK KKK KEK Kk kk ECKE kkk kkk kkk Programming a Channel M ode Change on page 117 SRK RAE AK AEA K KK eek RA EAE KKK KKK KKK A RA KKK KK A AK AEA AK A RAK AE AEE KE A KKK AEA AK KK EK kkk kkk ARK AK KK 533 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_chmode_change fm Testing a Mobile for Enhanced Full Rate Speech Channel Mode 534 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_chmode_change fm Preset Descriptions Preset Descriptions Description The test set is capable of accepting several different preset commands At no time during a preset operation will transmit power exceed the last user setting of the transmit power Theinput power will not be set to any value lower than the last user setting of the input power This is to avoid power spikes on the output and possible receiver damage on the input d
256. US OPE ATUS OPE ATUS OPE ATUS OPE RATION CALL GSM NTR 4 Sets the GSM Negative Transition Register for bit 4 RATION CALL GSM PTR 256 Sets the GSM Positive Transition Register for bit 256 447 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation NMRReady Condition Register Bit Assignment TheSTATus OPERation NMRReady register bits indicate when a measurement has been completed and new measurement results are available Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be O 5 32 TA136 Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration NM RReady TA 136 register 4 16 DIGital136 Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE
257. VERage lt sp gt lt num value lt num value gt returns Avg Results at Specified Offsets MINimum lt sp gt lt num value lt num value gt returns Min Results at Specified Offsets L SDEViation sp num value lt num value gt returns Std Dev Results at Specified Offsets Diagram Conventions on page 213 337 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime ALL Function Queries integrity indicator mask pass fail indicator power versus time PvT transmit power average and PvT power maximum at up to 12 time offsets The number of PvT measurement offsets that will be returned can be queried using the SETup PVTime TIME POINts on page 430 The time offsets are set up using the command SETup PVTimeTIME OFFSet on page 429 Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Power versus time mask pass fail Range 0 pass or 1 fail and 9 91 E 37 NAN Power versus time TX carrier power Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Power versus time power maximum Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 338 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime TXPower ALL FETCh PVTime Function Queri
258. XLEVEL DCS 8 CALL MS TXLevel EGSM Function Selects the MS uplink power control level for the EGSM band See Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 Setting range 0 to 31 default 15 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 31 resolution 1 RST Setting Band PGSM TXLevel 15 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXLEVEL EGSM 20 263 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL MS TXLevel PCS Function Selects the MS uplink power control level for the PCS band See Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 Setting range 0 to 31 default 10 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 31 resolution 1 RST Setting Band PGSM TXL evel 15 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXLEVEL PCS 31 CALL MS TXLevel PGSM Function Selects the MS uplink power control level for the PGSM band See Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization S
259. _daudio fm FETCh DAUDio FETCh DAUDio AMPLitude ALL Function Queries the decoded audio multi measurement minimum maximum average and standard deviation Values are returned in a comma separated list The values returned are displayed in the Minimum Maximum Average and Std Dev fields which are displayed when the decoded audio multi measurement count is not off Query Minimum Range 0 to 100 Resolution 0 01 FS Maximum Range 0 to 100 Resolution 0 01 FS Average Range 0 to 100 Resolution 0 01 FS Standard deviation Range 0 to 71 Resolution 0 001 FS FETCh DAUDio AMPLitude MAXimum Function Queries the decoded audio multi measurement maximum decoded audio voltage The value returned is displayed in the Decoded Audio Maximum field which is displayed when the decoded audio multi measurement count is not off Query Range 0 to 100 Resolution 0 01 FS FETCh DAUDio AMPLitude MINimum Function Queries the decoded audio multi measurement minimum decoded audio voltage The value returned is displayed in the Decoded Audio Minimum field which is displayed when the decoded audio multi measurement count is not off Query Range 0 to 100 Resolution 0 01 FS 310 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_daudio fm FETCh DAUDio FETCh DAUDio AMPLitude SDEVi
260. a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See Measurement States on page 150 451 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus OPERation Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 4 16 ORF Spectrum New Measurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See M easurement States on page 150 3 8 PFERror New Measurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See M easurement States on page 150 2 4 PVTime New Measurement This bit will bea 1if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See M easurement States on page 150 1 2 TXPower New Measurement This bit will bea 1 if the measurement has been Result Ready initiated This bit will be a zero at power on after a preset and while a measurement is in Measuring States See M easurement States on page 150 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Examples STATus OPERation NMRReady GSM OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION NMRR ral OUTPUT 714 S
261. abled menu items that are a standard black text Currently there are no GSM Test Application menu items that usethis feature 606 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters secure_features fm Revision Information Measurement time out resolution increased The measurement time out resolution has been increased from 1 second to 0 1 seconds The minimum time out has also been reduced from 1 second to 0 1 seconds Warning messages can be masked from the display A new command is available in the DI SPlay subsystem which allows you to set whether or not the test set displays and beeps warning messages For further information on this command refer to DI SPlay MESSage MASK able STATe on page 294 This feature is also available over the manual interface the Maskable Messages Display State field is available in the Instrument Setup menu in the System Configuration screen A 03 Release December 1999 Call Processing EFS The Enhanced F ull rate Speech EFS feature provides the ability to set up a call in EFS mode SACCH Tx Level Signalling The mobile can now be commanded to use a different Tx level by signalling using the SACCH header alone In previous releases a FACCH assignment as well as the updated SACCH header was used Measurements 1 Q Tuning A new measurement that can be used to determine the quality of an Q modulator by measuring the power of spurious signals at harmonics of 67
262. adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product Do not proceed beyond an CAUTION noteuntil the indicated conditions are fully understood and met WARNING Legal Information This product is a Safety Class I instrument provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside of the product is likely to make the product dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited Whenever it is likely that the protection has been impaired the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation If this instrument is to be energized via an autotransformer for voltage reduction make sure the common terminal is connected to the earth terminal of the power source If this product is not used as specified the protection provided by the equipment could be impaired This product must be used in a normal condition in which all means for protection are intact only No operator serviceable parts in this product Refer servicing to qualified personnel To prevent electrical shock do not remove covers Servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid electrical shock do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to
263. al Chapters hpib_call_tchannel fm CALL TCHannel CALL TCHannel CMODe Function Sets queries which channel modethe mobile station should use for speech data This setting is either full rate speech FRSPeech or enhanced full rate speech EF RSpeech See Programming a Channel Mode Change on page 117 Setting range FRSPeech EF RSpeech Query range FRSP EFRS RST Setting FRSPeech Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL CMODE EFRSPEECH CALL TCHannel DOWNlink SPEech Function Set which kind of Speech data is transmitted on the downlink TCH See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 or Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 or Test Mode Operating M ode on page 524 Setting range ECHO NONE PRBS15 SIN 300 SIN 1000 SIN 3000 Query range ECHO NONE PRBS15 SIN 300 SIN 1000 SI N 3000 RST Setting ECHO Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL DOWNLINK SPEECH ECHO 290 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib call tchannel fm CALL TCHannel CALL TCHannel LOOPback Function Sets traffic channel loopback state and type for the MS The loopback type must be set before a Fast Bit Error or a Bit Error measurement will function The test set will automatically set the correct loopback type if the signalling loopback control
264. al measurement results are available Measurement event synchronization is accomplished using the INITiate subsystem s command INITiate DONE or the STATus OPERation NMRReady status registers INITiate DONE ThelNITiate DONE query returns a string that indicates what if any measurements are ready to be fetched This query should be used inside a loop checking each measurement that was initiated See IN Tiate DONE on page 357 for more details about this query ThelNITiate DONE query returns at least one of the following indicators for each pass through the loop TXP Thetransmit power measurement results are available PVT The power versus time measurement results are available PFER The phase and frequency error measurement results are available FBER Thefast bit error measurement results are available BERR The bit error measurement results are available e AAUD The analog audio measurement results are available e DAUD The decoded audio measurement results are available e ORFS The output RF spectrum measurement results are available DPOW The dynamic power measurement results are available IQT Thel Q Tuning measurement results are available WAIT There are one or more measurements which are in the measuring state which are not excluded from the query See INITiateDONE FLAG measurement mnemonic gt on page 358 When WAIT is returned at least one measurement is not
265. al or expected value for a TMSI Temporary Mobile Subscriber dentity 260 GSM RR Cause cause identifier The cause identifier gt is a 4 digit hexadecimal number 261 GSM MM Cause lt cause identifier gt The cause identifier gt is a 4 digit hexadecimal number 262 GSM CC Cause lt cause identifier gt The cause identifier gt is a 4 digit hexadecimal number 597 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos200 fm 300 to 399 Link Control Device Specific Error 300 to 399 Link Control Device Specific Error J uly 12 1999 These errors are generated when a problem occurs in maintaining the link between the test set and a DUT These errors generally occur when a message is received from the DUT that is unexpected When one of these errors is generated the 300 errors bit in the questionable error status register is set Refer to Standard Event Status Register on page 470 for information on this register Error Message 303 GSM data link failure Unsolicited DM response multiple frame established state 309 GSM data link failure N R sequence error 598 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos300 fm 400 to 499 Core Hardware Device Specific Error 400 to 499 Core Hardware Device Specific Error Description These errors are generated
266. all_paging fm CALL PMNCode CALL PMNCode J uly 1 1999 CALL T gt PMNCode sp num value CELL 1 gt SVALue EN 22 N Complex Command Ls VALue lt sp gt lt num value gt Ls STATe gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL PMNCode SVALue Function Sets queries the 3 digit mobile network code This command is used for the PCS band only This command sets the PMN Code state to ON See 3 Digit MNC for PCS on page 513 Setting range 0 to 999 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 999 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL PMNCODE SVALUE 798 Sets the value to 798 and the state to ON Only used for PCS 1900 band 271 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_PMNCode fm CALL PMNCode CALL CELL PMNCode VALue Function Sets queries the3 digit mobile network code value This command is used for PCS band only See 3 Digit MNC for PCS on page 513 Setting range 0 to 999 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 999 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL PMNCODE 798 Sets the 3 digit MNCode for PCS 1900 to 798 CALL CELL PMNCode STATe Function Sets queries the MNC state This c
267. also used to activate a measurement See INITiate Programming Examples how INIT commands are used on page 353 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 INITIATE TXPOWER ON Initiates a TX Power measurement OUTPUT 714 INITIATE TXPOWER PFERROR ON Initiates TX Power and Iphase and frequency error measurements OUTPUT 714 INITIATE PVTIME ORFSPECTRUM FBERROR ON Initiates power versus time output RF spectrum and fast bit error rate measurements INITiate lt measurement mnemonic gt OFF Function Deactivates the selected measurement See Measurement States on page 150 Only one measurement can be deactivated at a time to stop one or more measurements and leave them in the active state see ABORt on page 216 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 INITIATE TXPOWER OFF Deactivates TX power measurement INITiate COUNt Function Queries the number of measurements that have been initiated that are activate See Measurement States on page 150 Query Range 0 to 10 Resolution 1 356 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_initiate fm INITiate INITiate DONE Function Queries one at a time which measurements if any are available or have timed out See M easurement E vent Synchronization on page 132 for how to use this command See Measurement States on page 150
268. am Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL BCCode Function Sets queries the value of the Base Station Colour Code BCC Setting range 0 to7 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 7 resolution 1 RST Setting 5 Related Topics See Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BCCODE 4 Sets the cell s base station color code to 4 235 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_bccode fm CALL BCHannel CALL BCHannel MEE pore l m gt lt sp gt lt num value gt CELL 1 S ARFCn L SELected NW p DCS Im PONEN 0PComplete E SEQuential lt sp gt gt EGSM num value L gt WAIT gt IPES gt PGSM Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL BCHannel ARFCn SELected Function Sets queries the Broadcast Channel number for the currently active that is the selected broadcast band Seting Depends upon the selected broadcast band range e PGSM broadcast band range 1 to 124 e EGSM broadcast band range 0 to 124 975 to 1023 DCS broadcast band range 512 to 885 PCS broadcast band range 512 to 810 resolution 1 Query Depends upon the selected broadcast band range PGSM broadcast band range 1to 124 e EGSM broadcast band range 0 to 124 975 to 1023 DCS broadcast band ran
269. ameters OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL BAND PCS Sets the frequency band to PCS Manual Freq Manual frequency is used to tune the test set s measuring receiver None of the Manual Channel on page 518 parameters are affected by changes to manual frequency OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL FREQUENCY 942 6MHZ Sets the input frequency to 942 6 MHz Manual Channel Manual channel is used to tune the test set s measuring receiver Manual Freq on page 518 is affected by changes to manual channel OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL CHANNEL EGSM 24 Sets the EGSM channel to 24 518 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_rcvr_test fm Receiver Control Manual Receiver Control If the receiver control parameter is set to manual the test set s receiver frequency is set using the parameters in the following table See RFANalyzer MANual BAND on page 375 for manual band or manual frequency details Table 1 Test Set Receiver Frequencies Manual Operating Cell Measurement Band Measurement Frequency Measurement Channel Mode Activated State Active Cell ON or OFF Manual Band Manual Frequency Manual Channel Test Mode ON or OFF Manual Band Manual Frequency Manual Channel Auto Receiver Control If the receiver control parameter is set to auto the test set s receiver frequency is set using the parameters in the fol
270. and channels 1 to 124 Query range resolution 1 DCS band channels 512 to 885 EGSM band channels 975 to 1023 and 0 to 124 PCS band channels 512 to 810 PGSM band channels 1 to 124 RST setting 30 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL ARFCN SELECTED 512 Selects ARFCN of 512 on the test set CALL TCHannel ARFCn DCS Function examples Sets queries the channel number for downlink and uplink TCH for DCS band See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 TCH ARFCN may beset and queried when the CALL STATUS STATE is idle or connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 for Setting range 512 to 885 default 698 resolution 1 Query range 512 to 885 resolution 1 RST setting 30 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL ARFCN DCS 512 287 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_tchannel fm CALL TCHannel CALL TCHannel ARFCn EGSM Function Sets queries channel number for downlink and uplink TCH for EGSM band See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 TCH ARFCN may beset and queried when the CALL ST
271. ansmission DT X on or off Query form returns a 1 state on or a 0 state off See Configuring Mobile Station Operating Parameters on page 517 Setting range 1 ON 0 OFF Query range 0 1 RST Setting 0 state ZOFF OUTPUT 714 CALL MS DTX OFF Programming Example Turns mobile station discontinuous Itransmission OFF CALL MS REPorted CLEar Function Clears the mobile station SAACH reported items The values of the four mobile reported items that is Timing Adv Tx Level Rx Level and Rx Qual are set to 9 91E 437 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED CLEAR CALL MS REPorted IMEI Function Query of the International Mobile Equipment Identity of the ME ME is an MS without a SIM This parameter is reported if the IMEI AUTO state is ON see CALL IMEI on page 250 or the MS has no SIM Query range up to 15 decimal digits and resolution 1 RST Setting null string Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED IMEI CALL MS REPorted IMSI Function Query of the International Mobile Subscriber Identity of the SIM in theMS Query range up to 15 decimal digits and resolution 1 RST Setting null string Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED IMSI 256 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release
272. arameter is not affected by any reset operation setting Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM COMMUNICATE LAN SELF DGATEWAY 15 2 6 200 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN SELF SMASk Function Sets queries the subnet mask of the test set based on the LAN IP address selected The subnet mask changes according to the value of A used for the LAN IP address If A isless than or equal to 127 the subnet mask is 255 0 0 0 If A is greater than 127 and less or equal to 191 the subnet mask is 222 255 0 0 If A is grater than 191 the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 If the LAN address is changed the subnet mask should be checked to insure that it is set to the proper class for that LAN address Setting Range 15 characters formatted as follows A B C D whereA B C D are between 0 to 255 no embedded spaces Query Range 15 characters formatted as follows A B C D where A B C D are between 0 to 255 no embedded spaces Factory setting 0 0 0 0 this parameter is not affected by any reset operation and can only be changed by direct user access Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM COMMUNICATE LAN SELF SMASK 15 2 6 200 483 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_communicate fm SYSTem CONFigure SYSTem CONFigure SYSTem s CONFigure gt INFormation gt HARDware VE
273. are Error Indicates that a hardware failure has occurred These include failures such as a phase lock loop out of lock defective DSP samplers or power detectors that can not be calibrated 5 Over Range Indicates that the input signal is over range The amplitude of the device under test s DUT s signal is causing the voltage at a DSP sampler to be above its maximum input level or the frequency is too high or the voltage measured is beyond the maximum voltmeter range either positive or negative 6 Under Range Indicates that the input signal is under range The amplitude of the DUT s signal is not high enough for the DSP sampler to produce accurate results with the measurement algorithm 7 Burst Short Indicates that the burst duration is too short or part of the burst was not sampled due to improper triggering 8 Trigger Early or Fall Early Indicates that the DUT s burst amplitude fell prematurely or dueto an early trigger early relative to a transmitted burst the measurement sampling operation terminated before the falling edge of the burst 9 Trigger Late or Rise Late Indicates that either the rising edge of the DUT s burst was late or due to a late 125 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseWReference ManualNChapters prog gen integ fm Integrity Indicator trigger late relative to a transmitted burst the measurement sampling operation didn t start until after the rising edge of the transmitte
274. articular test application When one of these errors is generated the 500 errors bit in the questionable error status register is set Table 4 Test Application Hardware Device Specific Errors Error Message 500 to 599 Noerrors currently defined Related Topics DRAKA KAA AK EA AK AA eek RA AE A AK AA AK AEA AK A RA EAE AK A AK AEA ARK AK RK RK KKK Standard Event Status Register on page 470 DRAKA A KK AA AK AK RK KE RA AE ok AA AA AK AA ARK A RK EK RAE A AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK OK 601 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos500 fm 600 to 699 Instrument Device Specific Error 600 to 699 Instrument Device Specific Error Description These errors are generated when a problem occurs that is specific to one of the test set s instruments These errors are part of the test set s core Note that these measurements may not be present in every test application and therefore these errors may not be present in every test application There is no plan at present to support test application specific instruments An instrument in this context refers to the measurement like functionality such as the audio generator and not to the test set as a whole When one of these errors is generated the 600 errors bit in the questionable error status register is set Error Message Description 601 Instrument failure Audio generator ha
275. ary QUE Stionable H ARD ware register 10 1024 QUEStionable CALL summary This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable CALL register 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be O 5 32 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 4 16 Reserved for future use This bit will always be O 3 8 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 2 4 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 1 2 QUEStionable ERRors summary This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable E RRors register 0 1 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 Program Example STATus QUEStionable Condition Register Bit Assignment OUTPUT 714 STATUS QUESTIONABLE EVENT Queries the Questionable Event Register 459 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable STATus QUEStionable CALL Condition Register Bit Assignment The STATus QUE Stionable CALL registers will contain information about which event s occurred during call processing that indicate why the call processing procedure failed Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by
276. as successful 70 ELSE 80 PRINT Measurement integrity questionable integrity value Integrity 90 If integrity not zero then print 100 lintegrity value 110 END IF 120 END Related Topics Classes of Errors on page 576 DKK KK KK AK KK KK aK aK KKK KK aK OK OK KK KK aK KK KK OK KK KK aK KK KK aK KK KK OK KK KK aK KK OK 127 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_integ fm Measurement Timeouts Measurement Timeouts Description The primary use of measurement timeouts is to regain control of the test set s GPIB in cases where the bus could potentially hang The time normally required for a measurement to complete may vary greatly depending on the individual measurement its settings it s multiple measurement count value and so forth Because of this you may need to set the timeout longer than the default for measurements where a large number of multiple measurements are requested or where measurement triggers may be infrequent Be careful when setting a timeout that is shorter than the default It is possible to specify a timeout that is so short the measurement does not even have a chance to begin Measurement timeouts should always be at least several seconds lon
277. ase e A 04 Release March 2000 on page 606 A 03 Release December 1999 on page 607 e A 02 Release J uly 1999 on page 608 e A 01 Release March 1999 on page 609 e A 00Initial Release J anuary 1999 on page 609 A 04 Release March 2000 Call Processing No new features in this release Measurements No new measurements in this release Other Test Application selection for multi format operation Menus have been added to the System Configuration screen which allow you to select between different Test Applications that are installed in the test set This feature can also be accessed remotely within the SY STem subsystem using the command SY STem APPLication SEL ect N AM E on page 478 NOTE It is not recommended that you switch to a GSM Test Application that has a revision earlier than A 04 Earlier revisions did not have the capability to select Test Applications There may be up to a three second delay between the time the Test Application is selected and it being implemented in the test set Options installed display is now active The Options Installed display on the System Configuration screen has been activated to allow for the optional second source Although the second source has been optional since the A 03 release the Options Installed display has remained blank until this current release Usability enhanced through gray fields Non enabled menu items are now denoted as gray text versus en
278. ase Reference ManualChapters hpib setup orfspectrum fm SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum MODulation COUNt NUMBer Function Sets queries the number of output RF spectrum due to modulation multi measurements the test set will make when the multi measurement count state is on see Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 20 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION COUNT NUMBER 75 Sets the Imulti measurement count number for ORFS due to modulation measurements to 75 415 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_orfspectrum fm SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum MODulation FREQuency OFFSet Function Specifies queries the list of output RF spectrum due to modulation frequency offsets Each offset listed in the command is turned on by default If no frequency offsets null list are sent the output RF spectrum due to modulation measurement will not be made The units GHZ MHZ KHZ HZ are optional if no units are specified than units default to HZ see Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Setting Range 0 to 22 comma separated values ranging from 1 8 MHz to 10 Hz and 10 Hz to 1 8 MHz Resolution 10 Hz Query Range 0 to 22 comma separated values ranging from
279. at can be used to configure these measurement specific execution parameters Sending Comma Separated Parameter Configuration Lists to the Test Set High level measurements in the test application may require numerous parameters to configure the measurement For example the output RF spectrum measurement can require up to 22 frequency offsets for the modulation part of the measurement and up to 8 frequency offsets for the switching part of the measurement The offsets are sent as comma separated lists There are a variety of techniques that can be used to send these lists Some of these techniques are shown below 1 Include each individual parameter in the command itself For example OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS SWIT FREO 4MHZ 6MHZ 4MHZ 6MHZ 2 Store the parameter values in a data structure and send the command with the data structure appended to it For example e Using a string variable DIM Swit_offs 255 Swit offs 4MHZ 6MHZ 4MHZ 6MHZ 1 2MHZ 1 2MHZ OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS SWIT FREQ amp Swit offs sing numeric arrays U OPTION BASE 1 REAL Swit offs 8 Mod offs 22 DATA 400 400 600 600 1200 1200 1800 1800 DATA l L 25 42 2549 255 5 4 9 425 0 0065 5 94 48 DATA l l 1 2 1 2 1 4 1 4 1 6 1 6 1 8 1 8 READ Swit offs READ Mod offs Swit img IMAGE K 7 K KHZ K KHZ Mod img IMAGE K 21 K MHZ K MHZ OUTPU est set USING Swit img SET O
280. at the frequencies listed in the order they are listed Frequencies must have a one to one correspondence to ORFS due to switching frequency offsets that are currently turned on Frequencies must be separated by commas See SETup ORF Spectrum SWI T ching F RE Quency OF F Set for the command that turns on frequency offsets Each valueis optionally followed by HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ Thedefault units are HZ hertz Query Range 0 dB to 150 dB and 9 91 E 437 Resolution 0 001 dB Programming Example IReturns the res loff OUTPUT 714 FETCH ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING FREQUENCY OFFSET STDEVIATION 200 KHZ 400 KHZ ORFS due to switching standard deviation measurement ults at the 200 kHz and 400 kHz offsets only assuming these sets are turned on FETCh ORFSpectrum SWITChing ALL SDEViation Function Queries output RF spectrum due to switching standard deviation measurement results at all frequency offsets currently turned on there can be up to eight The SE Tup ORF Spectrum SWIT ching F RE Quency OF F Set command sets up the number of output RF spectrum due to switching offsets that are turned on and their frequency values The SETup ORF Spectrum SWI Tching F RE Quency POI Nts queries the number of output RF spectrum due to switching points that are turned on indicating the number of output RF spectrum due to switching values to expect when you FETCh results
281. ate LAN SELF DGATeway on page 483 SY STem COMMunicateLAN SELF SMASk on page 483 DRAKA KAA AK EA AK AEA eek AE A A AA AK AA AK A RR EK Koo koe oko ARK A RK RK KKK 561 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_lan fm Hardware Configuration Report Hardware Configuration Report Description You can generate a list of the test set s hardware configuration over the LAN or GPIB The report includes model number serial number revision number board 1D and cal file information LAN Query Connect the test set to the LAN and determine the LAN IP address It can be found in the SYSTEM CONFIG screen Open a WEB browser In the address field enter the test set s LAN IP address followed by the iconfig command LAN Example 15 2 2 147 iconfig GPIB Query Data from the GPIB query must be saved as html and then read with a WEB browser in order for the information to be presented in the same format as the LAN query GPIB Example 10 DIM Buf1 20000 Buf2 20000 This is the minimum space for the arrays 20 OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CONFIGURE INFORMATION HARDWARE VERBOSE 30 ENTER 714 Buf1S Buf2 40 CREATE HW htm 1 Create an HTML file 50 ASSIGN File TO HW htm 60 OUTPUT GFile Buf1 Buf2 70 END In the future the hardware configuration report may increase in length More space would then need to be a
282. ation Function Queries the decoded audio multi measurement standard deviation The value returned is displayed in the Decoded Audio Std Dev field which is displayed when the Decoded Audio multi measurement count is not off Query Range 0 to 71 Resolution 0 001 FS 311 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_daudio fm FETCh DPOWer FETCh DPOWer FETCh gt DPOWer I gt returns N Integrity indicators N Avg TX TNR Power levels where N is the number of bursts measured gt INTegrity gt returns N Integrity indicators where N is the number of bursts measured gt POWer gt returns N Avg TX Power levels where N is the number of bursts measured Diagram Conventions on page 213 FETCh DPOWer ALL Function Queries the Dynamic Power measurement results Query returns N integrity indicators and N average TX power levels where N is the number of bursts measured To set the number of bursts you want to measure use SETup DPOWer COU Nt NUM Ber on page 404 Query Integrity indicators for each individual burst e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Average TX power levels for each individual burst e Range 100 to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dBm FETCh DPOWer INTegrity Function Returns N integrity indicators where N is the number of bursts measured
283. ation This will switch test applications and cause the test set to reboot 571 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualNChapters conf radio personality fm Selecting a Radio Personality The revisions for the GSM Mobile test application REVISION EM APPLICATION CATALOG NAM EM APPLICA EM APPLICA 10 OUTPUT 714 SYSTI 20 30 ENTER 714 Name 40 50 OUTPUT 714 SYSTI 60 70 80 90 ENTER 714 Cat_rev 100 PRINT 110 OUTPUT 714 SYS 120 130 OUTPUT 714 SYS 140 150 160 END Related Topics ION S ELEC EVISION ION S ELEC NAM m LA E Queries all of the test lapplication names PRINT The list of test application names is Name EM APPLICATION CATALOG R GSM MOBIL GSM MOBILE GSM MOBI H ST Queries all Irevisions of GSM Mobile Test are Cat rev E TEST A 04 00 Selects la revision EST This will switch DEAK EK AEA ook RK AE A AEA ACA AK AEA RK A RA EK AE AK AA ARK A RK EK KKK kkk kkk SY STem APP Lication on page 475 DK KARE ARK A KK RAK OK ARK kkk KK KK OK ACK kkk EK RAK OK AK EA AK EK ROK AK EA KA AK RK ARK AK KK 572 Ithe test application to GSM S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters conf radio personality fm E
284. atus command or queries Summary Message Bit The Summary Message is a single bit message which indicates whether or not one or more of the enabled events have occurred since the last reading or clearing of the Event Register The test set logically AN Ds corresponding bits in the Event and Enable registers and then performs an inclusive OR on all the resulting bits to generate the Summary Message By use of the enable bits the application program can direct the test set to set the Summary Message to the 1 or TRUE state for a single event or an inclusive OR of any group of events The Summary Message is TRUE when an enabled event in the E vent Register is set TRUE Conversely the Summary Message is FALSE when no enabled events are TRUE Summary M essages are always seen as bits in another register Status Data Structure Queue Model The generalized status queue model is the basis upon which all the status queues in the test set are built A queue is a data structure containing a sequential list of information The queue is empty when all information has been read from the list The associated Summary Message is TRUE logic 1 if the queue contains some information and FALSE logic 0 if the queue is empty Queues can be cleared by reading all the informationfrom the queue Queues except the Output Queue can also be cleared using the CL S dear status command Summary Message Bit Queue Empty 0 Queue Not Empty 1 Queue
285. avior on page 529 e CW continuous wave see CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 See CALL FUNCtion on page 249 for test function GPIB syntax Test Mode Operation When the test set s operating mode is test mode e Noover the air signaling is available Nocapability to demodulate and decode uplink RACH bursts is available Test mode features are determined by the test function BCH BCH TCH or CW When the operating mode is set to test mode autotriggering sets the trigger sourceto RF Rise See RF Rise Trigger Source on page 149 The test set s receiver remains on the uplink frequency determined by the broadcast channel see CALL CELL BCH annel ARF Cn SE Lected on page 236 as long as receiver control is set to auto If the user needs manual control of the receiver parameters receiver control should be set to manual This gives access to the receiver parameters of manual band manual channel and manual frequency See Receiver Control on page 518 NOTE Setting the Active Cell Mode State on page 510 has no effect whilethe test set is in test mode 524 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters gen bse test fm Test Mode Operating Mode Receiver Control Auto If the receiver control field is set to auto see RFANalyzer CONTrol AUTO on page 372 the test set s receiver frequency is set according to the fields or GPI B commands in the following ta
286. be stored Query Range 0 through 30 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG NAME COUNT SYSTem APPLication CURRent NAME Function Query the test set for the name of the currently running test application Query Range Any string up to 25 characters including null AMPS 136 Mobile Test GSM Mobile Test Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CURRENT NAME SYSTem APPLication CURRent REVision Function Query the test set for the currently running test application revision number Query Range Any string up to 20 characters including null A typical example would be A 01 01 for a licensed version Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CURRENT REVISION 477 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_system_app fm SYSTem APPLication SYSTem APPLication SELect NAME Function Selects a test application and reboots the test set This will switch the test application to the revision already selected There is no need to re select the revision before switching The reboot process takes about 1 minute Queries the test set for the test application that is selected and will run after the next reboot of the test set NOTE Selecting the correct name and the desired revision of a test application is importa
287. bile for Enhanced Full Rate Speech Channel Mode The channel mode function allows you to command a mobile to switch between full rate speech and enhanced full rate speech either before a call is originated or during a call connected state with any or all of the supported measurements running The following measurements are supported in enhanced full rate speech mode e Analog Audio AAU Dio Bit Error Rate BERRor e Fast Bit Error Rate F BERror Dynamic Power DPOWer Q Tuning IQTuning Output RF Spectrum ORF Spectrum Phaseand Frequency Error PFERror Power versus Time PVTime Transmitter Power TXPower You can initiate a Decoded Audio DAU Dio measurement in enhanced full rate speech mode H owever this measurement is not supported in this channel mode and the integrity indicator will report that the results are questionable see Decoded Audio DAU Dio Troubleshooting on page 59 If you change the channel mode when no call is connected the mobile is requested to go into the selected channel mode the next time a mobile originated or mobile terminated call is initiated If you change the channel mode when a call is connected the mobile is requested to go into the selected channel mode immediately The channel mode should only be changed when the test set is in active cell operating mode not test operating mode NOTE GSM Phase 1 mobiles are not required to support enhanced full rate speech vocoder
288. bit is the summary bit for the QUE Stionable E RRors DIGital 136 register 3 8 AMPS Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable ERRors AMPS register 2 4 GSM Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUEStionable ERRors GSM register 1 2 COMMON Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUE Stionable E RRors COM Mon register 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Example STATus QUEStionable ERRors Condition Register Bit Assignment OUTPUT 714 STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS EVENT Queries the Questionable Errors Event Register 463 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable STATus QUEStionable ERRors COMMon Condition Register Bit Assignment The STATus QUE Stionable E RRors COMMon register bits will be used to indicate information about test set device specific errors positive error numbers Bit Binary Condition Number Weighting Description 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0
289. ble Table 1 Test Set Receiver Frequencies Receiver Control Auto Test Function Receiver Frequency Fields GPIB Command BCH Broadcast Chan 1 CALL CELL BCHannel ARF Cn SELected on page 236 BCH TCH Traffic Channel 2 CALL TCHannel ARF Cn SE L ected on page 287 CW RF Gen Channel CALL CELL BCHannel ARF Cn SELected on page 236 Table Footnotes 1 Actual frequency depends on current broadcast band PGSM EGSM PCS or DCS and is defined in GSM as the uplink frequency 2 Actual frequency depends on current traffic channel band PGSM EGSM PCS or DCS and is defined in GSM as the uplink frequency Receiver Control Manual If the Receiver Control field is set to Manual see RFANalyzer CONTrol AUTO on page 372 the test set s receiver frequency is set according to the fields or GPI B commands in the following table Table 2 Test Set Receiver Frequencies Receiver Control Manual Test Function Receiver Frequency Fields GPIB Command Don t Care Manual Channel 1 RFANalyzer M ANual CHANnel SE Lected on page 375 Manual Frequency RFANalyzer MANual F RE Quency on page 378 Table Footnotes 1 Actual frequency is defined in GSM as the uplink frequency 525 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_test fm Test Mode Operating Mode Expected Burst This parameter is only used when the t
290. ble in the Agilent Technologies E 1960A GSM mobile test application and their associated lt meas mnemonic gt used in the FETCh command syntax The command syntax used to obtain the various measurement result formats result format for each measurement can be found in the test set s F ETCh subsystem s GPIB command syntax reference information Measurement Mnemonics Used In The FETCh Subsystem Example 1 Comma Measurement lt meas mnemonic gt Transmit Power TXPower Power vs Time PVTime Phase amp Frequency Error PFERror Output RF Spectrum ORF Spectrum Bit Error BERRor Fast Bit Error FBERror Decoded Audio DAU Dio Analog Audio AAU Dio 1 Q Tuning IQTuning DynamicPower DPOWer nd Syntax FETCh meas mnemonic result format Example 2 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set Fl would return the minimum value from the set of samples taken during the transmit power measurement ETCh TXP POW MIN when averaging is turned on and number of samples taken gt 1 191 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWrog prog guide step6c fm Step 7 Perform an Intra Cell Handover Step 7 Perform an Intra Cell Handover Background A handover is defined as assigning the mobile station to a new traffic channel The test set is capable of performing two types of handovers ntra cell handover assigning the mobile station to a
291. but Amplitude no valid midamble Non bursted non GM SK signals with a Immediate manual frequency offset of 67 7083 kHz 83 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_pfer_desc fm Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description Burst Synchronization ThePFER measurement provides the user a choice for the time reference burst synchronization see Burst Synchronization of Measurements on page 115 Table 4 Burst Synchronization Description Midamble References measurement timing to the midamble transmitted within a timeslot RF Amplitude The amplitude rise and fall of a transmitted burst determines the measurement time reference None No edge of the burst will be detected the measurement will be made using the first 87 or 147 bits of data found centered around the middle of the expected burst position For may be used when measuring non bursted signals Related Topics DRAKA RAK AKA AEA AK AEA AK AE AE A AK AA AK EAE AK A RR EK AK A AK AEA ARK AK RAK RK KKK Programming a Phase and Frequency Error Measurement on page 85 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110 DRAKA AK AA AK AK RK A RAE A AK AK AA ARK AK RR EK RAKE A AK oko ARK AK RK EK KKK OK 84 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_pfer_desc fm Programming a Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Programming a
292. c value gt lt suffix gt Using the Call State Change Detector Time out for Call Connect Synchronization The call state change detector time out mechanism allows the test set to disarm the call state change detector which releases the call connected state query if it is currently hanging Thetime out timer is started whenever the call state change detector is armed or gets rearmed when already armed The duration of the time out is set using the call connected time out command and should be set to the maximum amount of time the control program should wait between arming and the connect process to begin Oncethe process starts and the call state has moved into one of thetransitory states the GSM defined protocol timers take over and prevent the call state from staying in a transitory state forever If thetimer expires whilethe call is in theldle or Connected state the call state change detector is disarmed which releases the call connected state query if it is currently hanging If the timer expires while the call is in one of the transitory states it is ignored as once in any transitory state the GSM defined protocol timers limit the amount of time that can be spent in any transitory state Call state change detector Auto Arming As a programming convenience the test set automatically arms the call state change detector using a fixed time out value of 60 seconds whenever a BS originate or BS disconnect is requested Because of this there i
293. call_count fm CALL END CALL END CALL END DONE returns 1 or 0 OPComplete returns 1 SEQuential WAIT yy x Diagram Conventions on page 213 246 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_end fm CALL END CALL END Function Overlapped command used to terminate the active call Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL END Terminate the active call CALL END DONE Function Query only command which returns a 1 if the previously issued overlapped CALL END command is done or a 0 if the previously issued overlapped CALL END command is not done This command does not terminate the active call This command is used to determine if a previously issued overlapped command is done or not Query range 0 1 RST Setting 1 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL END Send command to terminate active call LOOP OUTPUT 714 CALL END DONE Send query to see if CALL END command is done Returns 1 if CALL END command is finished Returns 0 if CALL END command is not finished F ER 714 Callend_is_done EXIT IF Callend is done END LOOP CALL END OPComplete Function Query only command which places a 1 in the output queue when the previously issued overlapped CALL END command is done This com
294. carrier power Seealso power versus time measurement 88 103 transmitter power 511 trigger frame 515 frame bit 515 frame timeslot 515 frame external 515 Trigger Arm AAUD 380 BERR 385 DAUD 398 FBER 391 1 Q Tuning 406 ORFS 412 PFER 421 PVT 426 TXP 432 Trigger Delay 1 Q Tuning 406 ORFS 413 TXP 432 Trigger Qualifier PFER 421 TXP 432 Trigger Source 1 Q Tuning 406 ORFS 413 PFER 421 PVT 426 TXP 432 trigger source 149 analog audio measurement 44 decoded audio measurement 55 ORFS measurement 77 PFER measurement 83 power versus time measurement 90 transmit power measurement 107 614 triggering arming 151 continuous 151 delay 151 qualifier 152 SETup command 150 single 151 turn off measurements 545 TX Power Setup 432 U uplink speech level measurement See decoded audio measurement Use 3 Digit MNC for PCS 1900 271 V version codeware 558 Ww waiting for trigger measurement state 151 Index
295. cation A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersts err msg mui fm 100 to 199 Command Errors Description 100to 199 Command Errors A command error indicates that the test set s GPIB parser has detected an IEEE 488 2 syntax error When one of these errors is generated the command error bit in the event status register is set Error Message Description 100 Command error This event bit Bit 5 indicates a syntax error or a semantic error or aGET command was entered see IEEE 488 2 11 5 1 1 4 101 Invalid character Indicates a syntactic elements contains a character which is invalid for that type 102 Syntax error Indicates that an unrecognized command or data type was encountered For example a string was received when the device does not accept strings 103 Invalid separator The parser was expecting a separator and encountered an illegal character For example the semicolon was omitted after a program message unit 104 Data type error The parser recognized a data element different than one allowed For example numeric or string data was expected but block data was encountered 105 Get not allowed Indicates a Group Execute Trigger was received within a program message Correct the program so that the GET does not occur within the program code 108 Parameter not allowed Indicates that more parameters were received than expected for the header For example ESE c
296. cator Zero indicates normal For non zero integrity indicators refer to Integrity Indicator on page 125 Query Range O to 16 Resolution 1 FETCh TXPower POWer AV ERage Function Queries average transmit power Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 350 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_txpower fm FETCh TXPower POWer ALL FETCh TXPower Function Queries average minimum maximum and standard deviation of transmit power multi measurement results Query Average Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Minimum Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Maximum Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Standard deviation Range 0 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 001 dB FETCh TXPower POWer MAXimum Function Queries maximum transmit power results from a multi measurement Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh TXPower MINimum Function Queries minimum transmit power results from a multi measurement Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 351 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chap
297. cator value for the last bit error measurement performed Zero indicates a normal result See Integrity ndicator on page 125 for descriptions of non zero integrity indicators Query Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 FETCh BERRor RATio BITS Function Queries the ratio of bits in error to the number of bits tested during the last bit error test and returns it as a percentage See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 The manual user must set the measurement unit to 96 Query Range 1 to 100 and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 FETCh BERRor RATio CRC Function Queries the ratio of bad cyclic redundancy checks CRCs to the total number of CRCs received for a non residual measurement type looback type B test and returns it as a percentage See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 The mobile station re transmits the CRC it received from the test set on the uplink A bad CRC occurs when the CRC transmitted by the test set does not match what is received back from the mobile station The manual user must set the measurement s unit to 96 Query Range 0 to 100 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 306 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_berror fm FETCh BERRor FETCh BERRor RATio FE Function Queries the ratio of erased frames to thetotal number of frames received for a residual measurement
298. ccessible through easy to use GPIB programming commands The purpose of this Programming Guide is to teach you how to write a basic control program using the test set s GPIB command set This program will perform fundamental manufacturing tests on a GSM mobile station with the test set operating in active cell mode How This Programming Guide Is Organized The Programming Guide is organized around a typical set of tasks a control program would normally perform when testing a GSM mobile station in a manufacturing environment The set of tasks is shown in Figure 1 Typical Flow of Tasks Performed by Control Program on page 155 Typically in a manufacturing environment steps 1 2 and 3 are done once each time a production run is started steps 4 and 8 are done once for each mobile station tested during the production run and steps 5 6 and 7 are done iteratively for each mobile station tested during the production run The number of iterations for steps 5 6 and 7 is dependent upon how many mobile station operating conditions are being tested that is number of channels number of power levels and so fourth 154 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide intro fm Programming the Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 for GSM Mobile Testing in Active Cell Operating Mode Introduction Figure 1 Typical Flow of Tasks Performed by Control Program Step 1 Set test set s operating mod
299. ching a measurement s results once it is reported as being done Responses Returned from INI Tiate DONE Query Response Meaning TXP Thetransmit power measurement is done PVT The power versus time measurement is done PFER The phase and frequency error measurement is done ORFS The output RF spectrum measurement is done AAUD The analog audio measurement is done DAUD The decoded audio measurement is done BERR The bit error measurement is done FBER The fast bit error measurement is done DPOW The dynamic power measurement is done IQT Thel Q Tuning measurement is done WAIT There are one or more measurements that are in progress but none of those measurements are done yet NONE No measurements are in progress 188 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step6b fm Step 6b Determine if a Measurement Is Done Example 1 Command Syntax INITiate DONE Example 2 Programming E xample See Programming E xample on page 185 189 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualNChaptersWrog prog guide step6b fm Step 6c Obtain a Set of Measurement Results Step 6c Obtain a Set of Measurement Results Background In order to minimize bus traffic in the manufacturing environment the test set s high level measurements have been designed to return multiple measured values in
300. comma sep arated num vales gt GHZ MHZ KHZ HZ gt returns the number turned On 412 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_orfspectrum fm 2 Diagram Conventions on page 213 SETup ORFSpecturm CONTinuous SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum gt TIMeout gt sp num value S MS STIMe gt N Complex Command gt TIME gt lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS enl STATe gt lt sp gt 1 0N 0 OFF returns 1 0 gt TRIGger DELay gt lt sp gt lt num value S MS US NS x SOURCe 2XSp AUTO IMMediate PROTocol RISI Gl Function Selects queries the trigger state for output RF spectrum measurements Range Continuous trigger mode 1 ON Single trigger mode 0 OFF Query Setting 1 0 RST 1 on OUTPUT 714 ABORT ALL OUTPUT 714 SETUP CONTINUOUS OFF Programming Example Aborts all active measurements in progress Sets trigger mode to single for an ORFS measurement SETup ORFSpectrum COUNt STATe Function Selects queries output RF spectrum due to switching and modulation multi measurement count state Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query Setting O 1 RST 1 on Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP ORFSPECTRUM COUNT STATE ON due to switching and modulation
301. command is used to start measurements INITiate commands allow multiple measurements to be started without waiting for other measurement processes to complete For example the following code starts the Transmit Power and PFER measurements and then uses the INI Tiate DONE command in a loop to query the status of these measurements see Measurement E vent Synchronization on page 132 When the measurements are done the F ETCh command is used to acquire the results and the results are entered into variables in the controlling application The program ends when the I NITiate DON E command returns the string NONE indicating that all initiated measurements have gone through the measuring state see Measurement States on page 150 NOTE Trigger arming for each measurement is controlled in the SETup subsystem The choices are single or continuous The best practice during remote operation is to use single measurement mode This simplifies the tasks of starting concurrent measurements then using the INIT subsystem commands to determine which measurements are ready to be FETChed 353 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_initiate_description fm INITiate Subsystem 10 OUTPUT 714 SETup ALL CONTinuous OFF selects single measurement mod 20 OUTPUT 714 INITiate TXPower PFERror starts TX power phase frequency error measurement 30 LOOP 40 OUTPUT
302. command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values Measurements will be returned by this query in the same order they are listed in the command Query Power levels Range 100 dBc to 10 dBc and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Time offsets e Range Up to 12 time offset values corresponding to entries in the Power vs Time table of user defined time offsets currently turned on The default units are s seconds Resolution Rounded tothe same value as displayed in the Power vs Time table and returned by the SETup PVTimeTIME OFFSet query Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH PVTIME POWER TIME OFFSET MINIMUM 0 US 570 8 US Returns the minimum of power versus time measurements at the 0 0 ms and 1570 8 ms offsets 345 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime POWer TIME OFFSet MAXimum Function Queries the maximum power levels from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset appended to this command Specified time values must correspond to user settable time offsets that are currently turned on and must be rounded to the same values 9 91 E 37 NAN will be returned for specified offsets that do not correspond to offsets currently turned on Power levels are relative to the power versus time carrier power measurement
303. ctor arm commands These commands are unnecessary since the change detector is armed automatically by the CALL ORIGINATE command and the timeout timer value is never applicable since a base station originated call guarantees a state change 10 OUTPUT 714 CALL ORIGINATE Begin the BS originated call 35 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_synch_callstate fm Call Processing State Synchronization 20 OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED STATE The connect idle query 30 ENTER 714 Call_connected Program will hang here until state 40 change or protocol timer expires 50 1 60 If mobile is not set to auto answer answer the call 70 V 80 IF NOT Call_connected THEN 90 DISP CALL NOT CONNECTED 100 ELSE 110 DISP CALL IS CONNECTED 120 END IF 3 0 END Call State Change Detector This method provides the advantage of indicati
304. d burst 10 Signal Too Noisy Indicates that the measurement algorithm has found the signal measured to be too noisy to provide accurate results 11 Sync Not Found Indicates that the midamble was not found therefore the measurement was not synchronized 12 Oven Out of Range Indicates that a temperature controlled oven other than the internal timebase oven is outside of its operating range The power meter s oven is checked and its condition reported with this value The internal timebase generates a temporary error message out of lock that is sent to the system error queue and the display This is not an integrity indicator value it is an error message 13 Unidentified Error Indicates errors which are not covered by the other integrity values Examples include parameter errors algorithm memory errors too many measurements measurements unavailable unable to control autorange unable to converge default calibration data used 14 PCM Full Scale Warning Indicates that the PCM signal has reached plus or minus full scale The measurement made will be accurate on the PCM signal but would typically indicate an overdriven or oscillating element in the DUT 15 Questionable Result for PGSM Indicates that the user attempted to make an FBER measurement in a phase 1 system FBER is only possible in a phase 2 GSM system This indicator is available only when the selected broadcast band is PGSM 16 Questionable Result Due To C
305. d except by cyding the power switch e Calibrates the IQ modulator for RF generator 2 Returns a value indicating success or failure of calibration Query Range e 0 Pass e 340 Fail Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALLIBRATION IQ2 Performs a calibration of the IQ modulator for IRF generator 2 and returns a value indicating success or failure NOTE When the the calibration is done the test set display will display IQ Calibration completed successfully for modulator 1 Cycle power to continue CALibration DATE Function Sets queries the date of the last system calibration done to the test set not the IQ calibration date Returns a comma separated list YYYY MM DD in that order Setting Sets the system calibration date Range Year 0000 to 9999 Month 01to12 e Day 01to31 Query Returns the date when system calibration was performed Range e Year 0000 to 9999 e Month 1to 12 e Day 1to31 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALIBRATION DATE 1999 01 04 Sets the date of the last system calibration year month and day 225 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersWpib calibration fm CALL Subsystem Description CALL Subsystem The CALL subsystem handles all the call processing functions including mobile station MS and CELL setup control and query functions Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions
306. d in controller Mobile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 Query range 0 to 63 resolution 1 RST Setting zero Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TADVANCE 3 Sets the MS TCH Timing Advance to 3 on the uplink CALL MS TXLevel SELected Function Selects the MS uplink power control level for the band already selected See Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 Setting range 0 to 31 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 31 resolution 1 RST Setting Band PGSM TXL evel 15 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXLEVEL SELECTED 10 262 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib call ms fm CALL MS CALL MS TXLevel DCS Function Selects the MS uplink power control level for the DCS band See F requency Banded Parameters on page 501 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller Mobile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 Setting range 0 to 31 default 10 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 31 resolution 1 RST Setting Band PGSM TXLevel 15 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS T
307. deck OK ACK EA KE EK EK CK EA AEA KE ARK CK SK KA KK OK KK AK Call Processing Event Synchronization on page 30 Preset Descriptions on page 535 Obtaining Identification Information I DN on page 558 DRAKA KAA EK EA AK EA eek RAKE ooo oko AK A RK EK A AK A oko ARK A RK EK KKK 498 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_COMMON fm General Usage 6 General Usage 499 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_gen_usage fm General Usage 500 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_gen_usage fm Frequency Banded Parameters Frequency Banded Parameters The majority of the test set s parameters are active regardless of the frequency band selected There are however six parameters that have a band specifier PGSM EGSM DCS or PCS These exceptions are referred to as frequency banded parameters Frequency banded parameters are activated upon selection of a band Parameters that select frequency bands are the cell band traffic band and manual band fields The user can set values for parameters that are activated by a band that is not currently selected and the test set will store the setting for future use For example during a call on the PGSM band the MS TX level can be set to 10 for the DCS frequency band When a handover see Programming a Dualband Handover on page 119 to
308. device state 222 Data out of range Indicates that a legal program data element was parsed but could not be executed because the interpreted value was outside the legal range defined by the devices 223 Too much data Indicates that a legal program data element of block expression or string type was received that contained more data than the device could handle due to memory or related device specific requirements 224 Illegal parameter value Indicates that the value selected was not part of the list of values given 225 Out of memory The device has insufficient memory to perform the requested operation 226 Lists not the same length Attempted to useLIST structure having individual LIST s of unequal lengths 230 Data corrupt or stale Indicates invalid data a new reading started but not completed since the last access 231 Data questionable Indicates that measurement accuracy is suspect 233 Invalid version Indicates that a legal program data element was parsed but could not be executed because the version of the data is incorrect to the device For example a not supported file version a not supported instrument version 587 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg200 fm 200 to 299 Execution Errors Error Message Description 240 Hardware error Indicates that alegal program command
309. ding are generated using a pseudo random bit sequence SIN300 the sequence of 260 speech bit frames represent a sine wave at 300 Hz SIN1000 the sequence of 260 speech bit frames represent a sine wave at 1000 Hz 522 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersygen bse tch fm Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH Traffic channel loopback type cannot be set to type C if the traffic channel band is PGSM The Max Frames Allowed for Assignment parameter is used to specify the maximum number of TDMA frames the mobile station is allowed totake for a channel assignment This is only applicable to changes in TCH band traffic channel or TCH timeslot Changes to any other TCH parameter will not cause an error to be generated if the number of frames taken to perform the change exceeds the setting of the maximum frames allowed for assignment If the mobile station does not complete the channel assignment within the specified number of frames the test set will generate an error message but this will not cause a call to drop If the mobile DTX state discontinuous transmission parameter is on see CALL MS DTX STATe on page 256 the error is not generated because when a mobile station is in discontinuous transmission mode it is not required to transmit on the new channel at least not until a SACCH FACCH or SID frameis ready In this case the mobile station may actually have changed channels in the corr
310. dio 5 STATUS TCH Changin 5 STATUS OPERATION ibs OPERATION Decoded Audio 6 Control Status Changing 6 Fast Bit Error Rate 7 NMRREADY BS Originating 7 CALL vente E BS Disconnecting 8 uning Dynamic Power 10 139 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog status reg fm Status Subsystem Overview Status Reporting Structure For The DIGital136 Test Application STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS DiGital136 Extension Bit 100 Messages 200 Messages 300 Messages 400 Messages 500 Messages 600 Messages 700 Messages 800 Messages 900 Messages O mNoanTRwWNMAOD Bit 4 STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY DIGital136 Extension Bit Digital Transmit Power Modulation Accuracy Adjacent Channel Power Loopback BER Digital IQ Adjust Digital Dynamic Power 140 DO mb Bit4 STATUS OPERATI ON NMRREADY S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog status reg fm Status Subsystem Overview Status Reporting Structure For The AMPS Test Application STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS AMPS Extension Bit 100 Messages 200 Messages 300 Messages 400 Messages 500 Messages 600 Messages 700 Messages 800 Messages 900 Messages STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY AMPS Extension Bit Analog Transmit Power Frequency Stability Frequency Modulation OANnDaAARWNM O0 Bi
311. dual measurement NOTE Not all measurements use all the execution parameters shown above Additionally some measurements have parameters that are specific to the measurement such as offset frequency lists or filter settings Each measurement has its own set of parameters which are unique to it and have no affect on the execution of other measurements Refer to the GPIB syntax listing for a detailed list of execution parameters for individual measurements 164 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step3 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Overview TheSETup subsystem is used to configure measurement parameters Each individual measurement parameter can be set and queried using the associated SETup subsystem command The general hierarchy of the SETup subsystem command structure is as follows SETup meas mnemonic measurement parameter gt lt parameter setting value gt The following table shows the measurements available in the Agilent E 1960A GSM mobile test application and their associated lt meas mnemonic gt used in the SETup command syntax Measurement Mnemonics Used In The SETup Subsystem Measurement lt meas mnemonic gt Transmit Power TXPower Power vs Time PVTime Phase amp Frequency Error PFERror Output RF Spectrum ORF Spectrum Bit Error BERRor Fast Bit Error FBERror Decoded Audio DAU Dio Analog
312. e STATUS gt QUEStionable HARDwar reads event register Num m gt CONDition reads condition register gt ENABle lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register is reads enable register gt gt NTRansition lt sp gt lt num value writes to negative transition register gt reads negative transition register gt gt PTRansition sp num value writes to Diagram Conventions on page 213 458 positive transition register reads positive transition register S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib STATus QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable Condition Register Bit Assignment STATus QUEStionable The STATus QUE Stionable register contains bits which give an indication that the data currently being acquired or generated is of questionable quality due to some condition affecting the parameter associated with that bit Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be set to 0 11 2048 QUE Stionable HARDware This bit is the summary bit for the summ
313. e OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG LICENSE GSM mobile test A 04 00 SYSTem APPLication CATalog REVision Function Query the test set for all of the revision numbers stored on the test set s hard drive You must specify a test application Query Range One or more comma separated strings induding a null string Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG REVISION AMPS 136 MOBILE TEST SYSTem APPLication CATalog REVision COUNt Function Query the test set for the number of revisions present on the hard disk for a specified test application Up to 30 revisions can be stored for a test application Query Range 0 through 30 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG REVISION COUNT AMPS 136 MOBILE TEST 476 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib system app fm SYSTem APPLication SYSTem APPLication CATalog NAME Function Query the test set for all of the names of the test applications stored on the hard drive Query Range AMPS 136 Mobile Test GSM Mobile Test Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG NAME SYSTem APPLication CATalog NAME COUNt Function Query the test set for the total number test application names stored on the hard drive Up to 30 test applications can
314. e C error classif gt F 1 flag 1 gt F 2 lt flag 27 If the Protocol processor generated the assert P Protocol T ask ID L ine number F file name gt If the Host processor generated the assert P Host T lt task ID L ine number gt F lt file name gt 102 Exception Cycle power Exception message lt message2 gt lt message2 gt will appear as T task D gt or V lt vector number gt or PC program counter or DA lt data adrs reg value Vector number program counter and data address register values are hexadecimal format H103 Failure No measurements or settings can be made Indicates none of the VI s are operational because a serious problem exists 104 Failure No settling operations will take place Indicates none of the VI s are operational because a serious problem exists H105 Failure No measurements or setting can be made for the function selected Indicates none of the VI s are operational because a serious problem exists 110 Input pacing I nternal communication queue overflow likely Indicates that GPIB commands are too fast for the device input queue and should be slowed 111 Input pacing Internal communication queue overflow imminent Pacing increased Indicates that GPIB commands were too fast and the device input queue has not kept pace 112 Internal error Protocol error lt message3 gt message3 is an eight digit hexadecimal
315. e test set s GMSK modulated source generates a downlink BSE to MS direction broadcast channel BCH which represents a cell The MS can camp to this signal just as it would camp to a cell on a real network The BSE can then page the MS on the BCH and listen to the response of the MS on the uplink MS to BSE direction using the test set s demodulating receiver Calls can then be set up with the establishment of a traffic channel TCH in both the downlink and uplink directions Measurements can be made using the BSE s measuring receiver under essentially identical conditions to that which the MS would experience on a real network The BS Emulator can emulate a cell in any one of the following GSM frequency bands e PGSM Primary band GSM also known as GSM 900 EGSM Extension band GSM includes PGSM e DCS Also known as DCS1800 e PCS Also known as PCS1900 NOTE Theterm GSM is used torefer to any combination of or all of the supported bands It is not used as a shortened term for PGSM The task of configuring the BSE consists of configuring the BCH and the TCH There are numerous parameters that can be configured for both the BCH and the TCH It may not be necessary to configure all the parameters all the time The test set s default settings should allow a properly functioning MS to successfully camp on the cell under most circumstances In a manufacturing environment it may be desirable to explicitly configure the BC
316. e 291 The test set may never correlate the uplink and downlink see SET up F BERror L DControl AU TO on page 394 so that the measurement appears to hang The MS may not have closed its loop after the loopback type was set the user needs to allow sufficient time for the MS to close its loop and set time out mechanisms see SETup F BERror TI M eout STI M e on page 396 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 Questionable Result for PGSM 15 Fast BER measurement appears to work but it is only possible on a Phase 2 GSM system 74 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_fber fm Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description How is an output RF spectrum ORFS measurement made ORFS is anarrow band measurement that provides information about the distribution of the mobile station transmitter s out of channel spectral energy due to modulation and switching as defined in ETSI 05 05 section 4 2 1 and ETSI 11 10 section 13 4 2 The test set s measurements include both ORFS due to modulation and ORFS due to switching Switching and modulation measurements may be performed from the same burst if the user requests both modulation and switching results at the same frequency offsets measurement throughput is improved Measurements are made using a 30 kHz IF bandwidth 5 pole synchronously tuned filter
317. e TIM E OFF Set command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values The SETup PVTime TIME POINts queries the number of offset points that areturned on indicating the number of values to expect when you send this command Query Range 100 dBc to 10 dBc and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh PVTime POWer ALL MAXimum Function Queries the maximum power levels from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset that is currently turned on Power levels are relative to the power versus time carrier power measurement The SETup PVTime TIM E OF F Set command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values The SETup PVTime TIME POINts queries the number of offset points that areturned on indicating the number of values to expect when you send this command Query Range 100 dBc to 10 dBc and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 343 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime POWer ALL AVERage Function Queries the average power levels from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset that is currently turned on Results arerelative to the power versus time carrier power measurement The SETup PVTime TIM E OFF Set command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values T
318. e TO Te op we ese AA Od RS 122 Concurrent Measurements For The E1960A Test Application Ls 123 EGR 124 Integrity Indicator 125 Exame Pro sao keh 4 be whee I d d COUR AFP CCHUV or qe ks Pd dH RR EE 127 RS 127 Measurement Timeouts Pag eee ee ee eee RAE eee eee er eee ee ee ee ee ee 128 TE Es Ne once sx bd CRUCE ORE REA RC MORE RR ER ER CIE 128 ee 129 Ra 129 Invalid Measurement Results 130 M easurement Progress Report ED 131 ee oo ae eee eae ote hae DAE VE ER PAURA IS Sad d I det gs eds 131 BHOUTAN oder e EC BEEN AA d a equi Ardea de dq due QE PER fb d ne 131 Measurement E vent Synchronization Beser lou 132 eS NIE 14244 PE VARRO 9 pac Rc s 132 Programming EXIT soni 133 STATUSIOPERATION NMRREADY GSM sss 134 Operating Considerations va Ek OIE SS RR REXXTRX REG E EK 135 135 Statistical Measurement Results 136 Programming EXAMP ran 136 Raate TODS ssi 136 Status Subsystem Overview 138 14 Contents Balter oo a Ooo de dn a Triggering of Measurements E1960A Operating Considerations es Trigger Qualia De uou uot RC d RR nese ORE Cote eeweee seaweeds RU TOPICS oo eins Introduction Conventions Used in This Programming Guide leere Purpose of This Programming Guide 0 00 ccc nnn How This Programming Guide Is Organized 0 0 ees How to Use This Programming Guide i About the Programming Examples Presented in This Programmin
319. e available 4 Usethe FETCh command to obtain TXP measurement results Example Program 10 OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER CONTINUOUS OFF Configures a TXP measurement to 20 single trigger mod 30 OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER COUNT NUMBER 100 Configures a multi measurement 40 of 100 50 OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER TRIGGER SOURCE AUTO Configure trigger source 60 to auto 70 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE TXPOWER Start TXP measurement 80 REPEA 90 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE Check to see if TXP measurement is done 100 ENTER 714 Meas complete 110 UNTIL Meas completeS TXP TXP must be all upper case 120 OUTPUT 714 FETCH TXPOWER ALL Fetch TXP results 130 ENTER 714 Integrity Avg tx power 140 END Returned Values The measurements returned by this program are e Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Avg tx power returns the average transmit power in dBm Related Topics Transmit Power Measurement Description on page 106 SETup T XPower on page 432 IN Tiate on page 355 FETCh TXPower on page 349 Compr
320. e carrier power standard deviation Query Range 0 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 437 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 001 dB FETCh PVTime MASK ALL Function Queries the power versus time measurement mask pass fail indicator and the following worst case margins Upper limit margin time Upper limit margin result Lower limit margin time Lower limit margin result Margin time is the point in time relative to burst bit 0 that corresponds with the worst case measurement result the measurement with the least difference between measured power and the power level boundary specified by the power versus time mask Seethe Typical GSM PvT Measurement on page 91 Margin result is the difference between the measured power and the power level boundary specified by the power versus time mask Seethe Typical GSM PvT Measurement on page 91 340 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib fetch pvtime fm FETCh PVTime Query Power versus time mask pass fail Range 0 pass or 1 fail and 9 91 E 37 NAN Power versus time upper limit margin time worst case result Range 50 us to 593 us and 9 91 E 437 NAN e Resolution 1 ns Power versus time upper limit margin worst case result Range 100 dB to 0 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Power versus time lower limit margin time worst case result Range 50 us to 593 hs and 9
321. e queried only one measurement at a time A gt SCONTIinu us gt OFE ON gt 397 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_continuous fm SETup DAUDio SETup DAUDio February 14 2000 gt SETup 5 DAUDio gt CONTinuous XSp 1 ON OJOFF L gt returns 1 0 M L gt COUNt lt sp gt lt num value s gt I S ee Complex Command NUMBer lt sp gt lt num value STATe lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 110 gt gt SETup gt DAUDio FILTer lt sp gt lt num value HZ KHZ L gt SFREquency Complex Command FREQuency sp num value HZ KHZ gt Ls STATe sp 1 ON 0JOFF Ls returns 1 0 TIMeout lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS gt STIMe Complex Command gt TIME lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS gt STATe gt sp 1 ONJOJ OFF gt L gt returns 1 0 gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 398 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_daudio fm SETup DAUDio SETup DAUDio CONTinuous Function Selects
322. e se hc hee EENAA ANENA hetiisseceises Configuring the Test Set s LAN Bag eee er eee ee ee eee eee ee IIT ee eee eee ee eee ee ee ee Re Hardware Configuration Report EISE en df a Ea Godd n Re RESI d Ig Bun qi Eua orale MEER A d Eid ROOT Measurement Related Configuration Amplitude Offset RF TRUE OP sac ievusersdeveea edd ee ade borers ba Erni Display Mode Track F ast eT EO od doe uda be dauid bs ie a At uio a ee eee EDU qd ESUE ToD en eek wdeeeene sad soe he see ek es eeasas Obtaining Test Application Information es Pere UO Die Timebase Description Configuration ESSI TODOS ebrsbisrpbrakbeersek ieerkbe biawaberekbeasse4sdisikbb amp s ieoRa is Selecting a Radio Personality OL UNIT I nieces a Relate TT OD Lis quid Sos eke e ead oed a deb ei pua e ip e pd uad Error Messages eT ina GSM Mobile Test MaskableMessages i Re To Fixed Timer M essages BD i lo EO nas Pre Ee Sr TC ae Manual User Error Messages Regi ee ee err ree re ee eee re 21511121 25 eee ee ee Pe ee eee TE GSM Mobile Test Manual User Messages es 100 to 199 Command Errors 23 Contents oq ot DOLLS TIR OIL TOIT TITIUS R 200 to 299 Execution Errors 300 to 399 SCPI Specified Device Specific Errors BENDON eee bg i ae TETTE a NUN MIS RE 400 to 499 Query Errors 100 to 199 Core Device Specific Error DENON aera Cede Cae TTL 1221 CI 12 ETAS 200 to 4299 Call Processing Device Specific E
323. e set when Cell Activated State OFF Base Station Color Code OUTPUT 714 CALL BCC 5 would set the cell s base station color code to 5 See CALL B CCode on page 235 NOTE Can only be set when Cell Activated State OFF 512 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen bse bch fm Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH Paging IMSI OUTPUT 714 CALL PAG IMSI 001012345678901 would set the paging IMSI to 001012345678901 See CALL PAGing IMSI on page 268 Repeat Paging OUTPUT 714 CALL PAG REP OFF would turn repeat paging off See CALL PAGing RE Peat STATe on page 269 Paging Mode OUTPUT 714 CALL PAG MODE REORG would set the paging mode so that the MS will sent a page on the next available paging subchannel without waiting for the mobile station s pre selected paging subchannel See CALL PAGing M ODE on page 269 Paging Multiframes OUTPUT 714 CALL PAG MFR 5 would set the number of multiframes between paging subchannels See CALL PAGing MF Rames on page 270 Get IMEI at Call Setup OUTPUT 714 CALL IMEI AUTO ON would cause the test set to automatically request the mobile station s IMEI at call setup See CALL IMEI on page 250 TX Level FACCH Signaling OUTPUT 714 CALL SIGN MS TXL FACCH ON would set the base station emulator to use both See CALL SI GNaling on page 282 BA Table broadcast allocation table OUTPUT 714 CALL B
324. e to active cell Step 2 Configure base station emulator BSE Step 3 Configure measurement execution parameters Step 4 Establish active link with mobile station Step 5 Set mobile station operating conditions Step 6 Make measurements Step 6a Start set of concurrent measurements Step 6b Determine if a measurement is done Step 6c Obtain set of measurement results All measurements done Step 7 Assign Perform mobile station intra cell handover to new TCH Step 8 Disconnect mobile station from BSE 155 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manuall Chapters prog prog guide intro fm Programming the Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 for GSM Mobile Testing in Active Cell Operating Mode Introduction How to Use This Programming Guide This Programming Guide is divided into 9 sections Sections 1 through 8 step 1 through 8 should be read in sequence Each section in order discusses one of the tasks to be performed by the control program showing how to accomplish that task using the test set s GPIB command set As you progress through each section your understanding of how the test set s GPIB interface operates will increase as you see the control program evolve The last section of the Programming Guide presents a Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200 which uses all of thetopics discussed in sections 1 through 8 together in o
325. eas_orfs_desc fm Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description ORFS due to switching When multiple offsets for the ORFS due to switching measurement are set the DSP tunes the 30 kHz resolution bandwidth 5 pole synchronously tuned filter to the first requested offset and samples the power of the signal over the entire burst The result for this measurement is the maximum of these sampled values and is reported as an absolute power measurement The DSP then retunes the filter samples the signal processes the data for each requested offset then makes the results available to the user The 30 kHz bandwidth power at zero offset measurement is not made during ORFS due to switching measurements In order to make that measurement the user must request at least one ORFS due to modulation measurement Single or Multi Measurements To obtain statistical measurement results the multi measurement count must be set for both switching and modulation measurements See Statistical Measurement Results on page 136 for more information Changing the multi measurement modulation or switching count number or setting multi measurement to ON allows the test set to make multiple measurements at each frequency offset thereby providing average power results across the number of frequency offsets selected Multi measurement count state OFF means only one ORFS measurement will be completed at each offset that is one ORFS due to modulation and one ORFS due to
326. easurement integrity refer to Integrity Indicator on page 125 Measurement progress report is a feature that allows the user to periodically see how far multi measurement cycle has progressed When the multi measurement count is greater than 1 the progress report will indicate the number of individual sub measurements that have been completed n out of the total number to be completed m n is referred to as ICOunt remotely m the total number of measurements to be made is based on the PVT user settings and input signal attributes The progress report is displayed on the test set s screen in an n of m format The number of measurements completed n increases from zero to the total number of measurements which need to be made m Types of Signals Power vs Time Can Measure Thefollowing list summarizes the input signal attributes and mobile station operating modes for which PvT can be measured with the test set 1 Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in active cell mode 2 Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in test mode no protocol 3 RACH burst with valid midamble with mobile station in active cell mode Power vs Time Input Signal Requirements The PvT measurement will complete and meet the PvT measurement accuracy specifications when the signal meets the following input signal conditions 1 Input signal level is between 15 dBm and 443 dBm 2 Transmit power is within 3 dB of expected input level 3 Input si
327. easurement is controlled by the DSP in the test set No calibration is required by the user the DSP gets calibration information during test set power up PFER measurements can be initiated with any measurement made by the test set Single or Multi Measurements The DSP demodulates the data and compares the measured waveform with the ideal waveform created by the DSP A single burst for a PFER measurement calculates the following peak phase error rms phase error frequency error A multiple burst PF ER measurement is made when the multi measurement state is on and calculates the maximum minimum and average values for the following peak phase error rms phase error frequency error worst frequency error worst frequency error is the frequency furthest from zero All of these results are availabletothe user with the FETCh command If the most positive and the most negative frequency error are the same value the most positive frequency will be returned Worst frequency error is only accessible through GPIB The test set always has integrity indicator available to the user regardless of single or multiple burst measurements 82 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_pfer_desc fm Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description Types of Signals PFER can Measure PFER measurements can be made of these types of input signals e Normal GSM TCH burst with
328. ech frame Loopback Type B is sent to the mobile station when one of these non residual measurement types is selected A BER measurement with CRC s cydic redundancy check will return the CRC count or ratio results The mobile station will not indicate if any speech frames in the downlink were erased BER measurement results The results of a BER measurement can be displayed in two ways number of errors counted or the ratio bad bits errors to total bits counted The manual user will need to select either Count or 96 from the Measurement Units field For the remote user these results are available by using the FETCh command see FETCh BERRor COUNt BITS on page 303 or FETCh BERROor RATio BI TS on page 306 Alternatively the FETCh BERRor ALL on page 302 or FETCh BERRor FULL on page 305 can also be used to return the results 49 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters meas ber desc fm Bit Error Measurement Description TypeA Residual Measurement Results Integrity Indicator Bit Error Ratio Bits Tested Bit Error Count e Frame Erasure Ratio e Frame Erasure Count Type B Non Residual Measurement Results Integrity Indicator BitError Ratio e Bits Tested Bit Error Count CRC Ratio e CRC Count Related Topics DRAKA AK AA AK A RK AE RA AE A AAA AK AA ARK A RA EK A AA AK A ARK AK RK KK KKK Programming a Bit Error Measurement on page 51 T
329. ect time but had nothing to transmit Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Configuring Mobile Station Operating Parameters on page 517 Receiver Control on page 518 Traffic Band Parameter on page 502 CALL TCHannel on page 286 Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 DRAKA AAA EK EA AK AEA RK AK EAE A EK AA AK AEA ARK A RR AEA AK A AK AEA ARK A ARK KK KKK 523 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_tch fm Test Mode Operating Mode Test Mode Operating Mode The test set can operate in two different operating modes active cell mode or a test mode Active cell mode is the default operating mode and is used when emulating a normal GSM cell Test mode see CALL OPE Rating on page 266 for GPIB syntax is used when it is not possible or not desired to communicate via over the air signalling with the mobile station but downlink stimulus and uplink measurements are still needed When test mode is selected the choices of downlink stimulus Test Function are BCH broadcast channel see BCH Test Function Behavior on page 526 BCH TCH broadcast channel traffic channel see BCH TCH Test Function Beh
330. ed TCH Band is invalid in current state Indicates that there is not an active link between the MS and the test set 250 GSM protocol failure No response to disconnect Timer T305 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 251 GSM protocol failure No response to release Timer T308 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 252 GSM protocol failure Channel release failed Timer T3109 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 253 GSM protocol failure Timer T3270 expiry Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 254 GSM protocol failure Unknown identity type received from mobile Indicates that an identity type other than 1 2 3 or 4 was received from the MS 255 GSM protocol failure Unexpected identity type received from mobile Indicates that the MS has responded with an unexpected identity type Example MS returned IMSI when IMEI was queried See CALL MS REPorted I MEI on page 256 256 GSM protocol failure Channel assignment exceeded specified number of frames Indicates that the max frames allowed for assignment parameter should be increased 596 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersts err msg pos200 fm 200 to 299 Call Processing Device Specific Error Error Message Description 257 GSM call disconnected 1nvalidTM SI received from MS Indicates that some of the bits received were not set to their norm
331. ed from the Demodulation Downconverter module and sending the demodulated data bits to the Protocol Processor module for some systems perform audio measurements using audio information sent to the DSP module from the Protocol Processor module execute a variety of signal processing algorithms to perform measurements on the radio system of the currently loaded TA data received from the power detector ADC the measurement ADC and in some cases data received from the Demodulation Downconverter ADC The DSP processor communicates with the Host Processor and the Protocol Processor as well as controlling the configuration and synchronization of the Analog To Digital Converter module Protocol Processor Module The Protocol Processor module is responsible for maintaining the radio link between the test set and the mobile station under test The primary tasks of the Protocol Processor module are generating the protocol messaging necessary for the forward channel and sending that protocol stream to the test set s RF source for transmission to the mobile station decoding the protocol messaging received from the mobile station under test on the reverse channel computing measurement results which are associated with data bits contained within the mobile stations messaging such as bit error ratio Host Processor Module The Host Processor module is responsible for a variety of tasks within the overall test set architecture These tasks
332. ed in the Analog Audio n Level field If the analog audio multi measurement count is on the level returned by this command is displayed in the Analog Audio Average field Query Integrity indicator Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Analog audio level e Range 10 mVrmsto 20 Vims e Resolution 0 1 mVrmes 296 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersMpib fetch aaudio fm FETCh AAUDio FETCh AAUDio ICOunt Function Queries theintermediate count of analog audio multi measurements completed This valueis not displayed on the test set Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 FETCh AAUDio INTegrity Function Queries the integrity indicator for the last analog audio measurement completed Zero indicates a normal measurement See Integrity Indicator on page 125 for descriptions of non zero integrity indicators Query Range O to 16 Resolution 1 FETCh AAUDio VOLTage AVERage Function Queries the average analog audio level Value is returned in units of Vrms If the analog audio multi measurement count field is off the level returned by this command is displayed in the Analog Audio n Level field If the analog audio multi measurement count is on the level returned by this command is displayed in the Analog Audio Average field Query Range 10 mV to 20 Vims Resolution 0 1 mVrms FETCh AAUDio VOLTage ALL
333. ed is application dependent Note that the examples do not 1 show all possible ways SELECT Meas_done CASE TXP TX Power measurement don OUTPUT Test set FETC TXP INT POW ALL ENTER Test set Integrity Txpower IF Integrity 0 THEN Always check integrity value PRINT TX Power results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl PRINT USING 5X Minimum M2D 2D dBm Txpower 1 PRINT USING 5X Maximum M2D 2D dBm Txpower 2 PRINT USING 5X Average M2D 2D dBm Txpower 3 PRINT USING 5X Std Dev M2D 2D dB Txpower 4 ELSE GOSUB Bad measurement END IF CASE PFER Phase amp Frequency Error measurement don OUTPUT Test set FETC PFER ALL F ER Test set Integrity Rms phas err Peak phas err Worst freq err IF Integrity 0 THEN PRINT PFERror results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl PRINT USING 5X RMS Phase Error M2D 2D geg Rms phas err PRINT USING 5X Peak Phase Error M2D 2D geg Peak phas err PRINT USING 5X Worst Freq Error M3D 2D Hz Worst freq err ELSE GOSUB Bad measurement END IF CASE ORFS ORFS measurement don This code illustrates a more generic approach to reading measurement 203 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseWReference Manual Chaptersprog prog g
334. ed loop settings as part of Normal BER and Fast BER measurements 3kHz speech selection for Downlink Speech Source Other LAN subnet mask and LAN Default Gateway settable Status Subsystem for GPIB queries of instrument status Display Brightness Display Automatic Backlight Dimming 608 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters secure features fm A 01 Release March 1999 Call Processing No new features in this release Measurements Normal BER Pulsed Audio Source For uplink speech measurement Other M easurement I ntegrity on Manual User Interface A 00 Initial Release J anuary 1999 Call Processing GSM 900 Includes PGSM EGSM DCS1800 PCS1900 e MS and BS Originated Calls TCH Timeslot Timing Advance MS Tx Level Assignments Dual Band Handover Downlink Speech Source e Test Mode CW BCH Only BCH TCH Measurements Tx Power Output RF Spectrum Power versus Time Phase Frequency Error Burst Timing Analog Audio Uplink Speech Measurement requires pulsed audio source Burst by Burst BER Fast BER Other Audio Source User settable amplitude offset Revision Information 609 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters secure_features fm Revision Information 610 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters secure_features fm
335. ed state The frame trigger can be set manually from the system configuration screen by pressing the E xternal Trigger Setup soft key 515 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_frame_trig fm Setting Frame Trigger Parameters Related Topics DRAKA KAKA EK EAE AK AEA KK AA A AK AK AEA AK A RK AEA AE A AK AA ARK A RK KK KKK SY STem FT Rigger on page 490 DEAK ARAKI AE A AA AA AK AEA ARK A RA EK RAE AK AA ARK AK RK EK HK KKK 516 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_frame_trig fm Configuring Mobile Station Operating Parameters Configuring Mobile Station Operating Parameters The mobile station operating parameters are configured using the following call processing subsystem commands For a complete list of command syntax refer to GPIB commands CALL subsystem Mobile Station Operating Parameters e MS TX Level mobile station transmit level Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 Timing Advance Mobile DTX State mobile station discontinuous transmit state Examples MS TX Level OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXL 15 would set the active cell mobile station transmit power level to 15 See CALL MS T XL evel SEL ected on page 262 OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXL DCS 13 would set the DCS cell mobile station transmit power level to 13 See CALL MS T XLevel DCS on page 263 Timing Advance OUTPUT 714 C
336. ee Receiver Control on page 518 Setting Range 60 to 53 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM Query Range 60 to 53 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Expected Power 13DBM Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER PCS 10 Sets expected power in PCS band to 10 DBM RFANalyzer EXPected POWer PGSM Function Sets queries the power level in DBM that the mobile station is expected to transmit at The units DBM are optional The test set will set up its input signal path to measure this power level see Receiver Control on page 518 Setting Range 60 to 453 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM Query Range 60 to 453 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Expected Power 13DBM Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER PGSM 10 Sets expected power in PGSM
337. ee Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 Setting range 0 to 31 default 15 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 31 resolution 1 RST Setting Band PGSM TXL evel 15 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXLEVEL PGSM 22 264 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib call ms fm CALL NCCode CALL NCCode April 20 1999 CALL gt NCCode gt lt sp gt lt num value gt CELE 1 gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL NCCode Function pe the Network Color Code See Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page Setting range 0to7 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 7 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL NCCODE 2 265 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_nccode fm CALL OP April 20 1999 CALL gt OP ERat ing MOD ERating Gl Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL OPERating MODE CALL OPERating lt sp gt CELL TEST ib Function Sets queries the operating mode behavior of the test set See Test Mode Operating Mode on page 524 or Active Cell Operating Mode on page 509 Setting range cell test Query range CELL TEST RST Setting CELL Programming
338. ee Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Query Range 0 1 RST Setting 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED STATE Returns 1 if call connected 0 if call disconnected 240 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib call connected fm CALL CONNected CALL CONNected ARN IMMediate Function Sets arms the call state change detector Arming the call state change detector allows the control program to tell the test set that it is expecting a change tothe state of a call prior to initiating the state change Once armed The detector remains armed until there is a call state change to I dle or Connected from one of the transitory states The call state change detector is not disarmed by a call state change to one of the transitory states nor is it disarmed by any transitions from Idle to Idle or Connected to Connected When used in conjunction with the CALL CONNected STATe and the CALL CONNected TI M eout commands the CALL CONNected ARM command allows the control program to synchronize to call connection disconnection See Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED ARM IMMEDIATE Arms the call state change detector CALL CONNected ARM STATe Function Queries the arm state of the call state change detector Th
339. eference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_daudio fm SETup DAUDio SETup DAUDio TIMeout STATe Function Selects queries the Decoded Audio measurement timeout state Setting 1 ON O Off Query 1 0 RST setting 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DAUDIO TIMEOUT STATE ON Sets timeout state to on 402 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup daudio fm SETup DPOWer SETup DPOWer SETup gt DPOWer gt CONTinuous 4 sp 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 m gt COUNt gt NUMBer _ gt sp num value gt gt 5 EMDifferenc lt sp gt lt num Value dB gt gt Ls TIMeout sp num value S MS Ere gt Complex Command gt STATe lt sp gt 1 0N 0 OFF gt L gt returns 1 0 gt TIME m gt lt sp gt lt num value S MS gt gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 SETup DPOWer CONTinuous Function Selects queries the trigger state for Dynamic Power measurements Setting Continuous trigger mode 1 ON Single trigger mode 0 OF F Query 1 0 RST 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DPOWER CONTINUOUS ON Sets trigger mode to continuous for a Dynamic Power measurement 403 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Relea
340. ehensive Program E xample on page 200 108 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_txp_proc fm Transmit Power Troubleshooting Transmit Power Troubleshooting J une 29 1999 Possible Setup Issues During remote operation of the Transmit Power measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SETup T XPower on page 432 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 If trigger source immediate is used for burst modulated signals the results returned will be unreliable Burst modulated signals should be measured with Trigger Source set to RF Rise or Auto The Transmit Power Average Transmit Power Maximum Transmit Power Minimum results are shifted in proportion to the value of Amplitude Offset that a user may set The following table shows the measurements that are affected and how amplitude offset affects them For more information about amplitude offset commands see M easurement Related Confi
341. elease Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_tchannel fm DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay Subsystem Description The DISPlay subsystem is used to configure the test set s display mode or display brightness Use of the DISPlay subsystem is not required to set or query any data or results Display Backlight Dimming The test set s display brightness parameter has two settings at this time high and medium The life of the display s backlight will be maximized when brightness is set to medium The test set has an auto dimming feature that will lower the display brightness automatically if approximately 10 minutes pass without a key being pressed on the test set s front panel The display will return to the brightness level shown in the Display Brightness field when the test set is set tolocal and any front panel key is pressed There is no other user control for this feature Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions DISPlay 292 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_display_description fm DISPlay DISPlay DISPlay BRIGhtness s lt sp gt HIGH MEDium gt i gt MODE XSp FAST TRACk 3 gt 3 L gt MESSage gt MASKable gt STATe gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 gt WINDow ERRor gt CLEar Diagram Conventions on page 213 DISPlay BRIGhtness Function Sets que
342. em The choices are single or continuous n most cases it is a best practice during remote operation to use single measurement mode This simplifies the tasks of starting concurrent measurements using the INIT subsystem commands to determine which measurements are ready to be fetched then using the F ETCh subsystem to obtain results The command SETup CONTinuous OFF sets all measurements to single trigger mode Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions SETup CONTinuous on page 397 SETup AAU Dio on page 380 SETup BERRor on page 385 SETup DAU Dio on page 398 SETup DPOWer on page 403 SETup F BERror on page 391 SETup l QTuning on page 406 SETup ORF Spectrum on page 412 SETup PFERror on page 421 SETup PVTime on page 426 SETup TXPower on page 432 379 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib setup description fm SETup AAUDio SETup AAUDio J uly 1 1999 SETup gt AAUDio 7 CONTinuous lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 M_W_ s gt COUNT lt sp gt lt num value gt RENI Complex Command gt NUMBer sp num value gt STATe Sp 1 ON O OFF L gt returns 1 0 gt Ls EXPected VOLTage sp num value gt V MV gt FILTer PEAK SETup AAUDio gt TIMeout FREQuency
343. ement Thereturned value defines whether or not a problem was encountered by the measurement process It is not however guaranteed to be the only or root cause of the measurement problem This is because some of the conditions surrounding a measurement may interact and the test set may have insufficient information to determine the root cause of the measurement problem H owever in most cases the value returned is the most likely cause of the problem The values returned by the measurement integrity indicator range from 0 to 16 Not all of the values are available for each measurement or Test Application if a value doesn t apply it will not be available Example Questionable Result for PGSM 15 and Questionable Result Due To Channel Mode 16 are GSM only integrity indicator values NOTE M easurement synchronization must be set to midamble in order for GSM measurements to return integrity indicator 8 9 11 0 Normal Indicates the measurement completed successfully without error and the result is accurate 1 No Result Available Indicates that there is no measurement result and returns NAN not a number 2 Measurement Timeout Indicates that a measurement has timed out The measurement timeout state must be set to ON 3 Hardware Not Installed Indicates that a piece of hardware is not installed in the test set or the hardware has failed in a way which leads the instrument controller to believe it isn t installed 4 Hardw
344. en the measurement state is wait for trigger Example 4 Measuring and Idle States Trigger Arm Single If the trigger arm is set to single the trigger source is available and the trigger qualifier optional is satisfied the measurement state transitions to measuring and measurement results are now available to the user After results are available the state transitions to idle awaiting another NI Tiate Example 5 Measuring State Trigger Arm Continuous If the trigger arm is set to continuous the trigger source is available and the trigger qualifier optional is satisfied the measurement state transitions to measuring and measurement results are now available to the user The measurement is continually triggered until the measurement is deactivated When the measurement is deactivated INITiate MEAS OFF or Close Measurement it becomes inactive Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description Trigger arm determines if a measurement will make one measurement then return to idle single or automatically rearm on completion of a measurement and repeat the process continuous NOTE When operating the test set remotely trigger arm must be set to single this causes the measurement cycle to transition to the idle state but remain active Pressing the Start Single key on the front panel will cause all currently active measurements with trigger arm set to single to arm and make the measurement Pressing Shift Start Single St
345. ence ManualChaptersWs err msg fixed timer fm Fixed Timer Messages Timer Name Description Value T3113 Paging timer Timethe network waits after transmitting the PAGING REQUEST message until receivingthe PAGING RESPONSE message This occurs before retransmitting the PAGING REQUEST if the maximum number of re transmissions have not been exceeded 5 seconds T3212 Location update ti mer The location update timer is set to zero periodic location update by the MS are disabled If the MS camps to the BCH and decodes a new MCC or MNC from the one it last camped on it should perform a location update zero infinite time T3250 TMSI reallocation timer Timethe network waits after sending the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND until receiving TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE This occurs before aborting the procedure and releasing the Radio Resource connection 5 seconds T3260 Authentication response timer Timethe network waits after an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST until receiving AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE This occurs before aborting the procedure and releasing the Radio Resource connection 5 seconds 580 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_fixed_timer fm Manual User Error Messages Description Manual User Error Messages These messages are only intended to be displayed on the manual user interface only they are not entered into
346. ency error worst Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 Hz 368 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm READ PVTime READ Function Queries initiates and fetches one power versus time measurement as a sequential operation Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 Mask pass fail power versus time transmit power and up to 12 power versus time offset max results The FETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See FETCh PVTime on page 336 Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Mask pass fail e Range 0 1 and 9 91E 37 NAN Power versus time transmit power Range 100to 100 dBm and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Power versus time offset max e Range Up to 12 comma separated power versus time values returned with max power 100 dBc to 100 dBc relative to power versus time carrier power and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB READ TXPower ALL Functions Queries initiates and fetches one TX power measurement as a sequential operation Returns ntegrity ndicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 and transmit power average TheFETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See FETCh TXPower on page 349 Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolutio
347. ent Related Configuration on page 563 Setting O OFF 1 ON Query o 1 RST Setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION STATE ON Sets amplitude offset state on 486 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_correction fm SYSTem CURRent TA SYSTem CURRent TA SYSTem s CURRent TA p MODe1 returns model number of test application currently running gt NAME returns name of test application currently running 3 L gt REVision returns code revision of test application currently running Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem CURRent TA MODel Function Query the model number of the test application running Printable ASCII characters up to a 15 character string See Obtaining Test Application Information on page 567 Query Range ASCII codes 32 126 decimal excluding comma and semicolon RST Setting non volatile read from the test set s hard disk SYSTem CURRent TA NAME Function This query is not the recommended method to determine the name of the Test Application See xref to SYSTEM APPLICATION CURRENT NAME Query the name of the test application running Printable ASCII characters up to a 25 character string This command is not recommended see SY STem APPLication on page 475 Query Range ASCII codes 32 126 dec
348. ent data is captured The burst synchronization parameter s setting determines how the measurement s time reference is developed from the sampled data Not all measurements will have synchronization choices and not all synchronization choices will be available in measurements that use synchronization Measurement synchronization and measurement triggering are independent settings and may be used in any combination Example 15 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic BSYNc lt MIDamble AMPLitude NONE gt Example 16 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET PVT BSYN MID would set the burst synchronization to midamble for the power versus time measurement 168 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step3 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Configuring Measurement Timeout Parameters Measurement Timeout State Parameter The Measurement Timeout State parameter is used to enable or disable measurement timeout functionality Example 17 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic TIMeout STATe ON 1 OFF 0 Example 18 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET PVT TIM STAT ON would enable measurement ti meouts for the power versus time measurement Measurement Timeout Time Parameter The Measurement Timeout Time parameter sets the maximum time that a measurement will execute before failing with a timeout error when t
349. ent failure Phase frequency error Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be hardware is not responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 704 GSM measurement failure Output RF spectrum Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be hardware is not responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 705 GSM measurement failure Fast bit error hardware is Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be not responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 706 GSM measurement failure Bit error hardware is not Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 707 GSM measurement failure Decoded audio hardwareis Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be not responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 708 GSM measurement failure IQ tuning hardware is not Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 709 GSM measurement failure Dynamic power hardware Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be is not responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 729 GSM measurement warning Dynamic Pow
350. ents The actual number of bits that are tested will be determined by the number of frames tested and will be at least as great as this count Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR COUNT 10000 Specifies the number of Fast BER bits Ito test at 10 000 bits SETup FBERror LDControl AUTO Function Sets queries loopback delay control mode If loopback control mode is automatic auto on the test set will determine the frame delay value that will allow correlation between uplink information bits with downlink information bits If loopback delay control mode is manual auto off thetest set will usethe frame delay value entered in the TDMA Frames Delay field Refer to SETup F BERror MANual DE Lay on page 395 Refer also to the Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 for a description of frame delay and its use in the fast bit error rate measurement Setting Range 1 ON 0 OFF Query Range 1 0 RST 1 AUTO Related Topics see SETup F BERror MANual DEL ay on page 395 OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP FB ERROR LDCONTROL OFF Set delay control to manual the user Imust select the manual frame delay number 394 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup fberror fm SETup FBERror SETup FBERror MANual DELay Function Sets queries the number of frames the test set will use to correlate uplink i
351. ents a set of commands designed specifically for call connect disconnect synchronization see Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station from the BSE on page 196 for call disconnect synchronization These commands directly address many of the inherent problems discussed above When properly used these commands eliminate the need for rapid polling of the instrument and relieve the programmer of many of the tasks associated with error handling Call Connect Disconnect Synchronization Commands Call Connected State Query Command The call connected state query command is used to query the connected state of a call This command allows the control program to determine if a call is connected that is in the Connected state or disconnected that is in the Idle state with a built in provision to automatically wait if the call is in one of the transitory states The basic operation of this query is e fthecall is in the Connected state when the query is received by the test set the query immediately returns a 1 fthecall is in the Idle state that is disconnected when the query is received by the test set the query immediately returns a 0 e fthecall isin one of the transitory states that is Setup Request Proceeding Alerting or Disconnecting when the query is received by the test set the query hangs that is does not return an answer until the call state changes to either I dle or Connected and then behaves as above The call con
352. eq err F SFE GOSUB Bad measurement END IF CASE ORFS OUTPUT Test set FETC ORFS INT ENTER Test set Integrity IF Integrity 0 THE OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS SWIT FREQ POIN ENTER Test set Points IF Points THEN ALLOCATE Orfs swit res Points Orfs swit offs Points OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS SWIT FREQ FETC ORFS POW FETC ORFS SWIT ENTER Test set Orfs swit offs Tx power Orfs swit res PRINT ORFS Swit Results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl PRINT USING 19X TX Power M2D 2D dBm Tx power PRINT Offset kHz Level dBm PRINT mae Sree Soe eS ve Orfs_image IMAGE 6X M4D 2D 12X M4D 2D FOR J 1 TO Points PRINT USING Orfs image Orfs swit offs J 1 E 3 O0rfs swit res J NEXT J DEALLOCATE Orfs swit res Orfs swit offs END IF OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS MOD FREQ POIN ENTER Test set Points IF Points THEN ALLOCATE Orfs mod res Points Orfs_mod_offs Points OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS MOD FREQ FETC ORFS POW FETC ORFS MOD 207 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_comprehensive_prog_example fm Comprehensive Program Example 1010 ENTER Test_set Orfs_mod_offs Tx_power Pwr_30khz Orfs_mod_res 1020 PRINT ORFS Mod Results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl 1030 PRINT USING 18X 30 KHz BW Power M2D 2D dBm Pwr 30khz 104
353. er Indicates that a VI has been inactivated because of measurement has been closed a resource conflict 603 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos700 fm 800 to 899 Core Measurement Device Specific Error 800 to 899 Core Measurement Device Specific Error Description These errors are generated when a problem occurs that is specific to one of the test set s core measurements such as analog audio Note that these measurements may not be present in every test application and therefore these errors may not be present in every test application When one of these errors is generated the 800 errors bit in the questionable error status register is set Error Message Description 801 Measurement failure Analog audio hardware is not responding Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 802 Measurement failure Audio analyzer hardware is not responding Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware Related Topics DRAKA KAA EK AEA AK A pb eek ook AK AEA AK A RK EK oko koe ook ARK A RK KK KKK Standard Event Status Register on page 470 DRAKA RAE AK EA AK AEA KE A AE A AK AK AEA RK A RR EAE A AK A AK AA ARK AK RK EK KKK 604 S Hp8960 E19
354. er defines the expected input power at the RF IN OUT connector on the front panel of the test set The range of expected power is beyond the capability of the test set s hardware This is because expected power is intended to reflect the potential range of RF power at the DUT This range of RF power is meant to accommodate the use of a gain or loss network between the DUT and the test set See Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 for details about amplitude offset The upper and lower limits of expected power provide boundaries for the combination of amplitude offset and expected power If the user sets expected power to 52 dBm and the amplitude offset to 3 dB the calculated receiver power will be 49 dBm but the test set shall be set to 43 dBm the upper limit of the hardware If the calculated value of receiver power goes below 25 dB the lower limit of the hardware the test set shall be set to 25 dB Expected power is always overwritten by settings made to the MS TX Level parameter Setting the expected power will not set receiver control to manual OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPE CT ED POW ER PGSM 15DBM Set input power to 15 dbm See RFANalyzer E XPected P OWer P GSM on page 374 or CALL MS TXL evel SE Lected on page 262 Related Topics
355. erly installed on that instrument Agilent does not warrant that the operation of the instrument or software or firmware will be uninterrupted or error free LIMITATION OF WARRANTY The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by Buyer Buyer supplied software or interfacing unauthorized modification or misuse operation outside of the environmental specifications for the product or improper site preparation or maintenance NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AGILENT SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AGILENT SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER BASE ON CONTRACT TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY ASSISTANCE Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Agilent Technologies products For any assistance contact your nearest Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Office Legal Information DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Agilent Technologies Inc Manufacturer s Address 24001 E Mission Avenue Liberty Lake Washington 99019 9599 USA declares that the product Product Name Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 Wireless Communications Test Set Model
356. error For example the test set received an incorrectly spelled command The test set received a group execution trigger GET inside a program message 4 16 Execution Error This bit is set to 1 if the test set detects an error while trying to execute a command The following events cause a execution error A PROGRAM DATA gt element received in a command is outside the legal range for the test set or it is inconsistent with the operation of the test set Thetest set could not execute a valid command due to some test set hardware firmware condition 3 8 Device Dependent Error This bit is set to 1 if a test set operation does not execute properly dueto an internal condition such as overrange This bit indicates that the error was not a command query or execution error 471 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib STATUS STD EVNT fm Standard Event Status Register Bit Number Binary Weighting Condition Description 4 Query Error This bit is set to 1 if an error has occurred while trying to read the test set s output queue The following events cause a query error An attempt is made to read data from the output queue when no data is present or is pending Datain the output queue has been lost An example of this would be an output queue overflow Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 O
357. ers hpib_SYSTem_PRESet fm SYSTem PRESet SYSTem PRESet3 Function Performs a partial preset This is the recommended command for users when a partial preset is needed during remote operation of the test set Any call in process is disconnected and all measurements are aborted and inactivated Measurement parameters are not changed A partial preset will not modify any measurement settings including trigger arm See Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 Related Topics See Partial Preset on page 535 for more details Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM PRESET3 Partial preset when in remote operation 494 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_PRESet fm SYSTem ROSCillator SYSTem ROSCillator SYSTem s ROSCillator qu returns INT EXT b TIMebase Ls LOCKed L returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem ROSCillator TIMebase Function Query to indicate if the test set s internal source or a suitable external source has been chosen to drive the test set s time base A suitable external source must have an output level of 0 to 13DBM frequency of 10 MHZ Query INT EXT SYSTem ROSCillator LOCKed Function Query the status of the reference oscillator and indicate if it is locked or unlocked Query 0 Un
358. ery Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING COUNT SNUMBER 25 Sets the state to ON and the multi measurement count value to 25 SETup IQTuning REFerence FREQuency Function Sets queries the reference offset frequency to be used for the measurement This means that if your mobile is transmitting all 1s you should set this command to NEG67K HZ and if your mobile is transmitting all Os it should be set to POS67K HZ Alternatively you could select AUTO which allows the test set to select the most appropriate offset Setting NEG67KHZ ZEROKHZ POS67KHZ AUTO Query NEG67KHZ ZEROKHZ POS67KHZ AUTO RST AUTO Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING REFERENCE FREQUENCY NEG67KHZ Sets the I Q Tuning measurements reference frequency to 67 kHz 408 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib setup iq fm SETup IQTuning SPUR FREQuency SETup IQTuning Function Sets queries the spur frequency for thel Q Tuning measurement The units HZ KHZ MHZ are optional if no units are specified then the default is HZ Setting Range 13 0 MHz to 1 0 MHz and 41 0 MHz to 13 MHz Resolution 100 Hz Query Range 19 MHz to 19 MHz Resolution 100 Hz RST OMHz Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING SPUR FREQUENCY 10MHZ Sets the I Q Tuning spur measurement to 10 MHz SETu
359. ery Range for Type la 0 to 999 000 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Range for Type Ib 0 to 2 637 369 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Range for Type 11 0 to 1 558 440 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 FETCh BERRor COUNI BITS Function Queries the number of bits that were in error during the last bit error test See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 The manual user must set the measurement unit to count Query Range 1 to 999 131 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 FETCh BERRor COUNt CRC Function Queries the number of bad cyclic redundancy checks CRCs for a non residual measurement type loopback type B test See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 The mobile station re transmits the CRC it received from the test set on the uplink A bad CRC occurs when the CRC transmitted by the test set does not match what is received back from the mobile station The manual user must set the measurement unit to count Query Range 0 to 19 980 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 303 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_berror fm FETCh BERRor FETCh BERRor COUNt FE Function Queries the number of frames erased during a residual measurement type looback type A test The manual user must set the measurement s unit to count Query Range 0 to 19 980 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 FETCh BERRor COUNt
360. es not included in setting list are set to OFF Sending a null list no values sets states of all table entries to OFF Query returns a comma separated list of the table entries that arein the ON state If states of all table entries are set to OFF query returns NAN 9 91E 37 Setting range Oto 124 975 to 1023 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 9 91E 37 RST Setting entries 20 975 37 124 986 1008 1019 7 18 30 53 64 76 87 99 110 states 20 ON all others OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE EGSM 120 975 1012 Sets three BA table entries for the EGSM broadcast band States lof the remaining 13 entries are set to OFF OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE EGSM Sets states of all table entries to OFF 230 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib call ba fm CALL BA CALL CELL BA TABLe PCS Function Sets queries the BA Table entries for the PCS broadcast band Entries are set value entered into table and state set to ON using a comma Separated list of 1 to 16 values States of table entries not included in setting list are set to OF F Sending a null list no values sets states of all table entries to OFF Query returns a comma separated list of the table entries that are in the ON state If states of all table entries are set to OFF query returns NAN 9 91E 37 Setting
361. es power versus time carrier power average power versus time carrier power minimum power versus time carrier power maximum and power versus time carrier power standard deviation Query Power versus time carrier power average Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Power versus time carrier power minimum Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Power versus time carrier power maximum Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Power versus time carrier power standard deviation Range 0 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 001 dB FETCh PVTime TXPower MINimum Function Queries power versus time carrier power minimum Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh PVTime TXPower MAXimum Function Queries power versus time carrier power maximum Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 339 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime TXPower AVERage Function Queries power versus time carrier power average Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh PVTime TXPower SDEViation Function Queries power versus tim
362. esets the Status Subsystem Sets all Enable Registers to 0 not enabled Sets all Positive Transition Registers PTR to 1 positive transitions enabled Sets all Negative Transition Registers NTR to 0 negative transitions disabled 454 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_PRESet fm STATus QUEStionable STATus QUE Stionable February 14 2000 gt STATUS gt QUEStionabl Xreads event register L gt EVENt L CONDition reads condition register gt ENABle s lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register reads enable register gt NTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to nega tive transition register gt reads negative transition register L gt PTRansition sp num value writes to positive transition register gt reads positive transition register i gt STATUS gt QUEStionable CALL reads event register L gt EVENt i r CONDition reads condition register gt ENABle s lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register reads enable register gt NTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to nega tive transition register reads negative transition register gt PTRansition
363. est Adherence to Standards on page 110 Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 Programming a Fast Bit Error Measurement on page 72 CALL TCHannel LOOPback on page 291 BERR Troubleshooting on page 54 DRAKA ARK AA AK A EK A RA AE A AA AA AK A ARK A RA EK RAK AK AR ARK AK kkk kkk kk 50 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_ber_desc fm Programming a Bit Error Measurement Programminga Bit Error Measurement February 14 2000 This section provides an example of how to makethe bit error BER measurement via GPIB The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 1 Set the cell power to a good level 2 Configure BER measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem 3 Set the measurement type either residual Type IA Type IB Typell or non residual Type IA Type IB Typell Set the cell power to a low level for BER measurement UsetheINITiate command to begin a BER measurement UsethelNITiateDONE command to find out if the BER measurement results are available UsetheFETCh command to obtain BER measurement results On nu fs Set the cell power to a good level 51 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_berr_proc fm Programming a Bit Error
364. est set s operating mode is set to Test Mode or when the Cell Activated state is set to Off If it is not set the test set may not synchronize to the input signal s midamble When operating mode is set to Active Cell and the Cell Activated state is set to On the test set automatically selects the correct burst type A TCH can have one of eight midamble patterns These patterns are called Training Sequence Codes TSC The Expected Burst parameter allows you to set the test set to expect a certain midamble pattern TSCO through TSC7 from the mobile Alternatively selecting RACH for this parameter allows you to set the test set to expect the special midamble pattern used by a RACH burst For details on the GPIB command see CALL BURSt on page 239 If you are using the test set manually the Expected Burst field is in the Call Parms window screen 3 of 3 F12 OUTPUT 714 CALL BURST TYPE TSC5 Sets the test set to expect a TCH with midamble pattern TSC5 BCH Test Function Behavior Thetest set generates a BCH without a TCH BCH configuration and timeslot configuration are the same as when the operating mode is set to active cell Cell power is set using the CALL POWer on page 273 command By default the test set expects the mobile station to transmit on the uplink BCH The test set s receiver frequency can be set manually which de couples the automatic setting Changes tothe MS TX level will c
365. et calibration Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions CALibration 223 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release XReference ManualChaptersMpib calibration description fm CALibration April 30 1999 CALibration Aa w returns 0 for pass or 340 for fail gt 1 102 returns 0 for pass or 340 for fail gt DAT ti gt lt sp gt lt YYYY MM DD gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALibration IQ 1 CALibration Function Sets queries the calibration of the IQ modulator for RF generator 1 It takes some time to complete calibration and can t be aborted except by cyding the power switch e Calibrates the IQ modulator for RF generator 1 Returns a value indicating success or failure of calibration Query Range e 0 Pass e 340 Fail Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALIBRATION IQ Performs a calibration of the IQ modulator for RF generator 1 and returns a value indicating success or failure NOTE When thethe calibration is done the test set display will display IQ Calibration completed successfully for modulator 1 Cycle power to continue 224 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersWpib calibration fm CALibration CALibration IQ2 Function Sets queries the calibration of the IQ modulator for RF generator 2 It takes some time to complete calibration and can t be aborte
366. et to its default value Transmit power is not set to OFF during a full preset Full preset behavior is the same as partial preset behavior with the exception of Trigger Arm and Measurement Parameters see the results listed below Press the blue SHIFT key and then the green PRESET key to perform a full preset Table 2 Full Preset Behavior Function Result Trigger Arm Continuous manual full preset Trigger Arm Single remote full preset Maskable Message Display On manual full preset State Maskable Message Display Off remote full preset State Measurement Parameters all set to defaults Example OUTPUT 714 RST Command for a full preset when user in remote operation The RST common command is the recommended command for a Full Preset operation The SYSTEM PRESET2 command is not recommended for use at this time Status Preset TheSTATUS PRESET command will set the status system as defined in SCPI 1995 Volume 2 Command Reference section 20 7 All of the enable registers will be set to 0 all PTR registers will be set to 1 and all NTR registers will be set to 0 Example OUTPUT 714 STATUS PRESET Presets the STATus subsystem Related Topics DEAK KK ARK A KK ok OK AK ACK KE KK EK AK AE OK AEA KE CK ROK AK EA A AK ROK ARK SK KA KK OK OK AK SY STem PRE Set on page 493 RST on page 497 DRAKA RAE AKA EA AK AA KE RAK A AK AK EE ARK AK RK AEA A A AK AE ARK A RK
367. ete 60 OUTPUT 714 INIT TXP PFER 70 END The example shown is from the E 1960A GSM test application Commands the test set to perform a traffic channel handover and execute two setup commands After the two setup commands have finished the OPC command is sent to hang program execution until a 1is put in thetest set s output queue satisfying the ENTER statement and allowing program execution to continue with theINITiate command Operating Considerations When using the call processing subsystem overlapped command synchronization commands check the conditions that set the operation s pending operation flag POF false to avoid unexpected results 32 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog synch callproc fm Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands Table 1 of 2 Call Processing Event Synchronization Call Processing Command Purpose Of Command Pending Operation Flag POF is false when CALL ORIGinate See CALL ORIGinate on page 267 Performs a base station call origination The call processing state leavestheldlestate when the operating mode is active cell Or Thetest set has noted this parameter change when the operating mode is test mode CALL END Performs a base The call processing state See CALL CELL BCHannel ARF Cn SEL ected on page 236 currently selected broadcast band a i station call reaches t
368. eter The Trigger Qualifier parameter enables or disables automatic trigger re arming following a trigger event which occurred when no valid signal burst was present Example 11 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic TRIGger QUALifier ON 1 OFF 0 Example 12 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET TXP TRIG QUAL ON would turn the trigger qualifier on for the transmit power measurement 167 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChapters rog prog guide step3 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Trigger Arm Parameter TheTrigger Arm parameter determines whether a measurement will make one measurement then stop single or automatically rearm upon completion of one measurement and repeat the process continuous Example 13 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic CONTinuous lt ON 1 OFF 0 gt NOTE The recommend trigger arm setting for all measurements when using the remote user interface is single CONTinuous OFF Example 14 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test_set SET TXP CONT OFF would set the trigger arming to single for the transmit power measurement Configuring the Burst Synchronization Parameter Burst Synchronization Parameter The burst synchronization parameter specifies wherein the sampled data stream the measurement algorithm starts making its analysis of the captured data Burst synchronization occurs after the measurem
369. ets currently turned on Power levels are relative to the power versus time carrier power measurement The SETup PVTime TI ME OF F Set command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values Measurements will be returned by this query in the same order they are listed in the command Query Power levels Range 0 dBc to 100 dBc and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 001 dB Time offsets Range Up to 12 time offset values corresponding to entries in the Power vs Time table of user defined time offsets currently turned on The default units are s seconds Resolution Rounded to the same value as displayed in the Power vs Time table and returned by the SETup PVTimeTIME OFFSet query Programming Ex ample OUTPUT 714 FI at the 0 0 ms ETCH PVTIME POWER TIME OFFSET SDEVIATION 0 US 570 8 US Returns the standard deviation of power versus time measurements and 570 8 ms offsets FETCh PVTime COunt Function Queries the intermediate count of power versus time multi measurements completed Query Range 0 to 999 Resolution 1 FETCh PVTime INTegrity Function Queries the integrity indicator for the power versus time measurement Zero indicates a normal result See ntegrity I ndicator on page 125 for descriptions of non zero integrity indicators Query Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 348 S Hp
370. example fm Comprehensive Program Example 2520 NEXT Ms_pwr_lvl 2530 2540 1 2550 Step 7 Perform an Intra cell Handover 2560 1 2570 2580 NEXT Traf chan The handover is performed at the top of the FOR loop at line 2590 1300 2600 2610 V 2620 Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station From the BSE 2630 1
371. expose dangerous voltages Disconnect the product from all voltage sources while it is being opened The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that my remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply For Continued protection against fire hazard replace the line fuse s only with 250 V fuse s or the same current rating and type for example normal blow or time delay Do not use repaired fuses or short circuited fuseholders Always use the three prong ac power cord supplied with this product Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by not using this cord may cause product damage This product is designed for use in Installation Category II and Pollution Degree 2 per IEC 1010 and IEC 664 respectively FOR INDOOR USE ONLY This product has autoranging line voltage input be sure the supply voltage is within the specified range To prevent electrical shock disconnect instrument from mains line before cleaning Use a dry cloth or one slightly dampened with water to clean the external case parts Do not attempt to clean internally Ventilation Requirements When installing the product in a cabinet the convection into and out of the product must not be restricted The ambient temperature outside the cabinet must be less than the maximum operating temperature of the product by 4 C for every 100 watts dissipated in the cabinet If the total power dissipated in the cabinet is greater than 800 watts t
372. fer until the previously issued overlapped command is finished Related Topics Call Processing Event Synchronization on page 30 Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL END Terminate the active call OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT CLEAR BAERROR Clear the burst and decode lerror counters OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT CLEAR RAPAGE Clear the RACH and Page counters OUTPUT 714 CALL END WAIT Wait here until CALL END is finsihed OUTPUT 714 CALL ORIGINATE Originate a new call 248 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib call end fm CALL FUNCtion CALL FUNCtion CALL gt FUNCtion DOWNlink gt lt Sp gt BCH BCHTCH CW 2 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL FUNCtion DOWNlink Function Sets queries the downlink signal configuration when Operating Mode Test mode Setting Range BCH BCHTCH CW Query Range BCH BCHTCH CW RST Setting BCH Related Topics Test Mode Operating Mode on page 524 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL FUNCTION DOWNLINK BCHTCH Sets Test Mode downlink configuration to generate a broadcast channel BCH and a Itraffic channel TCH 249 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters
373. figures the test set to ARFCN 512 375 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_rfanalyzer fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer MANual CHANnel DCS Function Sets queries the ARFCN that the mobile station is expected to transmit on The test set will tune to the corresponding uplink frequency for the DCS frequency band see Receiver Control on page 518 The manual band must be set before manual channel will update see RFANalyzer MAN ual BAND on page 375 Setting Range 512 to 885 Resolution 1 Query Range 512 to 885 Resolution 1 RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Traffic Channel 30 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL CHANNEL DCS 512 Sets ARFCN for DSC in manual receiver mode RFANalyzer MANual CHANnel EGSM Function Sets queries the ARFCN that the mobile station is expected to transmit on The test set will tune to the corresponding uplink frequency for the EGSM frequency band see Receiver Control on page 518 The manual band must be se before manual channel will update see RFANalyzer MAN ual BAND on page 375 Setting Range 0 to 124 and 975 to 1023 Resolution 1 Query Range 0 to 124 and 975 to 1023 Resolution 1 RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Traffic Channel 30 Programming Example OUTPUT
374. flag A pending operation flag is set true when the operation started by the overlapped command is executing and is set false when the operation is no longer executing NOTE In addition to the call processing subsystem overlapped commands the test set also provides the measurement related I NITiate lt measurement gt overlapped commands 30 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_synch_callproc fm Call Processing Event Synchronization Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands Table 1 of 2 Command Purpose Of Command Example DONE Returns a 0 if the associated command s 10 OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH 65 pending operation flagistrue or a lifitis 20 OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXP CONT OFF false 30 UTPUT 714 SETUP PFER CONT OFF 50 UTPUT 714 CALL TCH DONE 60 ENTER 714 Process done 70 UNTIL Process done 80 OUTP 90 END The example shown is from the E 1960A GSM test application Commands the test set to perform a traffic channel handover and execute two setup commands After the two setup commands have finished the DONE command is used tofind out if the handover is finished O O O 40 REPEAT O E U O UT 714 INIT TXP PFER SEQuential Forces an overlapped command to execute OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH SEQ 65 na sequential manner No subsequent The example shown is from the E 1960A GSM test commands will be executed until
375. flects the actual power at the DUT plane 564 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters conf meas fm Measurement Related Configuration Related Topics RFANalyzer on page 371 565 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_meas fm Display Mode Track Fast Display Mode Track Fast Description There are two display modes to select from when operating the test set remotely Display mode fast Display mode track Fast Mode When operating remotely there is often no need for the display to be updated as measurements are made Using the fast display mode will increase the speed of the test set when it is operated remotely Fast mode is designed for remote use only Thetest set returns to track mode if the user changes to manual operation Noscreen or menu items are visible except error messages Error messages will be displayed in their normal location This instrument is being operated remotely will be displayed at
376. for example on a serial port 590 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg300 fm 300 to 399 SCPI Specified Device Specific Errors Error Message Description 362 Framing error in program message A stop bit was not detected when data was received for example on a serial port for example a baud rate mismatch 363 Input buffer overrun Software or hardware input buffer on serial port overflows with data caused by improper or nonexistent pacing Related Topics DEAK AK AEA AK A RK AE RA AE A AA AA AK AA ARK A RR EK A AK AR AK AA ARK AK RK EK KKK ok Standard Event Status Register on page 470 DRAKA KAA EK EA AK AA RAE AE A EK AEA AK AEA ARK A RR AEA AE A AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK 591 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg300 fm 400 to 499 Query Errors 400 to 499 Query Errors Description A Query error is generated either when data in the instrument s GPIB output queue has been lost or when an attempt is being made to read data from the output queue when no output is present or pending Error Message Description 400 Query error This event bit Bit 2 indicates that an attempt to read data from the Output Queues when no output is present or pending to data in the Output Queue has been lost see E E E 488 2 11 5 1 1 7 410 Query INTERRUPT
377. fsets ar turned on FETCh ORFSpectrum SWITChing FREQuency OFFSet AVERage Function Queries the ORF S dueto switching measurement allowing frequency offset values to be appended to the command Returns ORFS due to switching average measurements at the frequencies listed in the order they are listed Frequencies must have a one to one correspondence to ORFS due to switching frequency offsets that are currently turned on Frequencies must be separated by commas See SETup ORF Spectrum SWI T ching F RE Quency OF F Set for the command that turns on frequency offsets Each valueis optionally followed by HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ Thedefault units are HZ hertz Query Range 100 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 437 Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING FREQUENCY OFFSET AVERAGE 200 KHZ 400 KHZ Returns the ORFS due to switching average measurement results at the 200 kHz and 400 kHz offsets only assuming these offsets are turned on 327 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib fetch orfspectrum fm FETCh ORFSpectrum FETCh ORFSpectrum SWITChing FREQuency OFFSet SDEViation Function Queries the ORF S dueto switching measurement allowing frequency offset values to be appended to the command Returns ORFS due to switching standard deviation measurements
378. g Timeout units default to S seconds The seconds suffix is an optional part of the command If you want MS milliseconds US microseconds or NS nanoseconds you must specify these units in the suffix Timeout Default Values Table 2 List of Timeouts and Default Values Measurement Function Default Default Integrity Timeout Timeout State Indicator Time Value Transmit Power 10 seconds OFF 2 Power versus Time 10 seconds OFF 2 Phase and Frequency Error 10 seconds OFF 2 Output RF Spectrum 10 seconds OFF 2 Fast Bit Error Rate 10 seconds OFF 2 Bit Error Rate 10seconds OFF 2 Analog Audio 10 seconds OFF 2 Decoded Audio 10 seconds OFF 2 also know as Uplink Speech Level 1Q Tuning 10 seconds OFF 2 Dynamic Power 10 seconds OFF 2 Call Connected Timeout 10 seconds NA Not included 128 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_timeout fm Program Example Measurement Timeouts Thefollowing program will force atimeout to occur on an attempted transmit power measurement The integrity indicator should return a 2 the measurement timeout indicator 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 Ends a call that may have been connected inhibiting E 5 STATE ON Sets a timeout value lof 5 seconds Initiates a single TX power measureme
379. g Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO FILTER STATE ON Sets filter state on SETup AAUDio TIMEout STIME Function Selects queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for Analog Audio measurements and sets the timeout state to ON Units S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting 10 OUTPUT 714 81 Programming Example ETUP AAUDIO TIMEOUT STIME 3 A complex command that sets timeout state to on and sets the timeout value SETup AAUDio TIMEout STATe Function Selects queries the Analog Audio measurement ti meout state Setting 1 ON 0 OFF Query 1 0 RST setting 0 OFF Programming Ex OUTPUT 714 S ample ETUP AAUDIO TIMEOUT STATE ON Sets timeout state to on 383 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_aaudio fm SETup AAUDio SETup AAUDio TIMEout TIME Function Selects queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for Analog Audio measurements when the timeout state is ON Unit S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETU
380. g Guide Step 1 Set the Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Cell Overview of Active Cell Operating Mode i Setting the Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Call i Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE Background ea Configuring the Broadcast Channel Parameters eee eens Configuring the Traffic Channel Parameters i Things That Can Go Wrong srs Step 3 Configure the Measurement E xecution Parameters RD Configuring Measurement Averaging Parameters 0 0 0 cece eee Configuring Measurement Triggering Parameters 0c cee eee eee eee Configuring the Burst Synchronization Parameter Configuring Measurement Timeout Parameters i Configuring Measurement Specific Parameters i Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Ba cise dueiee ek eweeeenlie chee bye Gib adido eet E Kd CUL Edd PEE CO Process for Making a Base Station Originated Call i Process for Making a Mobile Station Originated Call 0 cee eee eee Step 5 Set the Mobile Station s Operating Conditions 15 Contents 182 Step 6 Make Measurements Be a a i Re i 183 is 186 Step 6a Start Set Of Concurrent Measurements Starting Measurements Lula ee oe ee oe ee Rd ra ERR oe eee 187 Step 6b Determine if a Measurement Is Done PaT eet ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ce re ee eee PESE ere 188 gp aut ee prr 188 Step 6c Obtain a Set of Measure
381. g THEN 1530 PRINT No errors in Error Message Queue 208 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chapters prog prog guide comprehensive prog example fm 1540 1550 1560 1570 SU Bn n SUBEXIT Comprehensive Program Example 209 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_comprehensive_prog_example fm Comprehensive Program Example 210 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_comprehensive_prog_example fm GPIB Command 9yntax 5 GPIB Command Syntax 211 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_hpib_command_syntax fm GPIB Command Syntax 212 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_hpib_command_syntax fm Diagram Conventions Diagram Conventions J uly 7 1999 AFGenerator gt FREQuency gt lt sp gt lt num value HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ gt Root Element Slash between Underline of command space Bold commands indi i i signifies OR Use Root indicates the command is not in required default i one command OR Element your unit therefore any setting Node associated commands in the EM another r irecti f a proper direction ate als lice Brackets around command indicates the command is optional gt VOLTAGE FT gt lt sp gt lt num value gt
382. ge 10 seconds T306 n band tones release ti mer Timethe network waits after transmitting a DISCONNECT message while in band tones announcements are provided until receiving a RELEASE message 10 seconds T308 Release timer Timethe network waits after sending a RELEASE message until receiving a RELEASE COMPLETE message This occurs beforere transmittingthe RELEASE or releasing the Mobility Management connection 10 seconds T310 Call proceeding timer Timethe network waits after receiving a CALL CONFIRMED message until receiving a ALERTING CONNECT or DISCONNECT message before initiating dearing procedures towards the MS 10 seconds 578 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWs err msg fixed timer fm Fixed Timer Messages Timer Name Description Value T313 Connect acknowledgetimer Timethenetwork waits after transmitting a CONNECT message until receiving the CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message before performing dearing procedures with the MS 10 seconds T323 Modify complete timer Time the network waits after sending a MODIFY message during call mode changes until receiving a MODIFY COMPLETE or MODIFY REJ ECT message before initiating call clearing procedures 10 seconds T3101 Immediate assignment timer Timethe network waits after sending the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT or IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT EXTENDED message until the
383. ge 512 to 885 PCS broadcast band range 512 to 810 resolution 1 RST Setting 20 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BCHANNEL ARFCN SELECTED 512 Sets BCH ARFCN for the selected broadcast band to channel 512 236 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib call bchannel fm CALL CELL BCHannel ARFCn DCS CALL BCHannel Function Sets queries the Broadcast Channel number for the DCS broadcast band Setting range 512 to 885 resolution 1 Query range 512 to 885 resolution 1 RST Setting 512 Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BCHANNEL ARFCN DCS 810 Programming Example Sets BCH ARFCN for DCS broadcast band to 810 CALL CELL BCHannel ARFCn EGSM Function Sets queries the Broadcast Channel number for the EGSM broadcast band Setting range 0 to 124 975 to 1023 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 124 975 to 1023 resolution 1 RST Setting 20 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BCHANNEL ARFCN EGSM 120 Programming Example Sets BCH ARFCN for band to 120 EGSM broadcast CALL CELL BCHannel ARFCn PCS Function Sets queries the Broadcast Channel number for the PCS broadcast band Setting range 512 to 810 resolution 1 Query range 512 to 810 resolution 1 RST
384. ge type for FACCH 155 ms 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Example STATus QUEStionable CALL GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment OUTPUT 714 STATUS QUESTIONABLE CALL GSM CONDITION Queries the GSM Questionable 462 Call Condition Register S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib STATus QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable STATus QUEStionable ERRors Condition Register Bit Assignment The STATus QUE Stionable E RRors register bits will be used to indicate information about test set device specific errors positive error numbers Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 5 32 TA136 Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the QUE Stionable E RRors TA136 register 4 16 DIGITAL 136 Summary bit This
385. gger Source Settings Input Signal Type Recommend Trigger Source Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in active cell mode Amplitude or Protocol RACH burst with mobile station in active cell mode Amplitude or Protocol Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile Amplitude station in test mode RACH burst with mobile station in test Amplitude mode Bursted signal with GMSK modulation but Amplitude no valid midamble CW signal Immediate Related Topics DEAK AK AK A RK AE RAE A AA AA AK AA ARK A RK EK RA AR AK A ARK AK RK RK OK KKK Programming a Transmit Power Measurement on page 108 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110 DRAKA AEA KK AA AK A RK AE RA AA A AA AA AK AA ARK A RA EK A AE AK A ARK AK RK KK KKK OK 107 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_txp_desc fm Programming a Transmit Power Measurement Programming a Transmit Power Measurement This section provides an example of how to make the transmit power TXP measurement via GPIB The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 1 Configure the TXP measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem 2 Start the TXP measurement using the INI Tiate subsystem 3 UsethelNITiate DONE command to find out if TXP measurement results ar
386. gnal frequency is within 10 kHz of expected input frequency 89 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chapters meas pvt desc fm Power versus Time Measurement Description Trigger Source Triggering choices available for the PVT measurement are RF rise protocol immediate and auto In most cases auto triggering provides the optimum measurement triggering condition for the PVT measurement When auto triggering is selected the test set chooses a trigger source based on the optimum trigger source available For example PvT measurements will automatically be triggered by a protocol trigger if a call is connected or call processing events provide the protocol trigger source In situations where no protocol trigger is available the test set will choose RF risetriggering for the PvT measurement An example of this situation might be when the test set is in test mode operating mode Table 5 Recommended Trigger Source Settings Input Signal Type Recommended Trigger Source Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in active cell mode RF Rise or Protocol RACH burst with mobile station in active cell mode RF Rise or Protocol Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile RF Rise station in test mode RACH burst with mobile station in test RF Rise mode Bursted signal with GMSK modulation but RF Rise no valid midamble CW signal Immediate For more information on measure
387. gt sp num value gt ARFCn SELected gt gt DONE gt OPComplete gt SEQuential sp num value gt gt WAIT CALL gt TCHannel DCB m gt lt sp gt lt num value ARFCn zl gt EGSM I gt PCS L gt DONE gt PGSM gt OPComplete gt SEQuential lt sp gt lt num value gt gt WAIT gt CALL 5 TCHannel s BAND s lt sp gt DCS gt lt sp gt EGSM gt lt sp gt PCS gt gt lt sp gt PGSM gt gt returns DCS EGSM PCS PGSM CMOD gt lt sp gt FRSPeech lt sp gt EFRSpeech L gt returns FRSP EFRS CALL gt TCHannel s DOWNlink SPEech sp Echo NONE PRBS15 SIN300 SIN1000 SIN3000 gt LOOPback lt sp gt OFF A B C Ly TSLot lt sp gt lt num value gt I gt DONE gt OPComplete gt SEQuential sp num value gt 7 WAIT Diagram Conventions on page 213 286 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_tchannel fm CALL TCHannel ARFCn SELected CALL TCHannel Function for examples Sets queries the channel number of downlink and uplink TCH for the band already selected Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Setting range resolution 1 DCS band channels 512 to 885 EGSM band channels 975 to 1023 and 0 to 124 PCS band channels 512 to 810 PGSM b
388. guration on page 563 Table 9 Measurements affected by amplitude offset Amplitude Offset Command Transmit Power dBm Cell Power Setting Average Maximum Minimum dBm OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 3 6 86 6 86 6 85 88 lOffset for 3 dB of loss in the network OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 3 6 86 6 86 6 86 82 Offset for 3 dB of gain in the network OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 0 6 86 6 87 6 85 85 IZero dB of offset Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 If over range 5 is returned the input power has exceeded the test set s internal sampler maximum value during some part of the sampling or the input power has exceeded the calibrated range of the test set s power detector for the RF Range setting RF Range is automatically set based on the input power setting Input power is a combination of amplitude offset and expected power settings See Receiver example on page 564 If the signal has both over range and under range conditions only the over range 5 will be indicated If under range 6 is returned the Transmit Power result is more than 10 dB below the expected input power level Under range is also indicated if the input power is more than 2 dB below the calibrated range of the test set s power detector for the RF Range setting RF Range is automatically set based on the input power setting Input power is
389. gured to LDControl AUTO ON and the amount of delay needed is determined automatically when the test set has for two frames correctly received 80 of the downlink bits back on the uplink The test set can be queried for the TDMA frames delay value f necessary the user may manually set the delay See SETup F BERror L DControl AU TO on page 394 or SETup F BERror MANual DE Lay on page 395 69 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_fber_desc fm Fast Bit Error Measurement Description NOTE In case the test set is not able to correlate the data it transmits on the downlink with the data it receives on the uplink a Measurement Timeout value should be set If a timeout is not set and the test set is unable to correlate the measurement will appear to hang The FBER BERR and the DAUDIO uplink speech level measurements are mutually exclusive that is which ever of these measurements is activated last forces the other to become inactive see Decoded Audio Measurement Description on page 55 FBER measurement trigger source is always set to immediate The FBER measurement does not offer multi measurement results see Statistical Measurement Results on page 136 FBER measurement results These the measurement results available from an FBER measurement Theresults of aF BER measurement can be displayed in two ways number of errors counted or the ratio bad bits errors
390. hannel Mode I ndicates that the channel mode was set to Enhanced Full Rate Speech while a Decoded Audio measurement was active Decoded Audio is not supported for EFR Speech Integrity Indicators verses Error Message Error messages are divided into four dasses integrity errors fatal errors persistent errors and non persistent errors Integrity indicator errors are 1 of 16 different messages that indicate if a measurement was valid Fatal errors consist of asserts and exceptions Asserts occur when firmware encounters a condition that should never occur Exceptions occur when firmware attempts to access a memory location that is invalid Non persistent occur errors if a condition exists that is incorrect but has no serious lasting effect on instrument operation Persistent errors occur when hardware failures are found or when damage or injury to a person or the test set may occur 126 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog gen integ fm Example Program Integrity Indicator 10 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE TXPOWER Start TXP measurement 20 OUTPUT 714 FETCH TXPOWER Request measurement results 30 ENTER 714 Integrity Tx power Read measurement results 40 IF Integrity 0 THEN Permits measurement to be printed if integrity 50 indicator indicates a successful measurement 60 PRINT TX Power Tx power if 0 then measurement w
391. haracter in number Indicates an invalid character for the data type being parsed was encountered For example an alpha in a decimal numeric or a 9 in octal data 123 Exponent too large Indicates the magnitude of an exponent was greater than 32000 see IEEE 488 2 7 7 2 4 1 124 Too many digits Indicates the mantissa of a decimal numeric data element contained more than 255 digits excluding leading zeros see IEEE 488 2 7 7 2 4 1 128 Numeric data not allowed Indicates that a legal numeric data element was received but the device does not accept one in this position for the header 130 Suffix error This error as well as errors 131 through 139 are generated when parsing a suffix This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error 131 Invalid suffix Indicates the suffix does not follow the syntax described in IEEE 488 2 7 7 3 2 or the suffix is inappropriate for this device 134 Suffix too long Indicates the suffix contain more than 12 characters see IEEE 488 2 7 7 3 4 138 Suffix not allowed Indicates that a suffix was encountered after a numeric element that does not allow suffixes 140 Character data error This error as well as errors 141 through 149 are generated when parsing a character data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error 141 Invalid character data
392. he SETup PVTime TIME POINts queries the number of offset points that areturned on indicating the number of values to expect when you send this command Query Range 100 dBc to 10 dBc and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB FETCh PVTime POWer ALL SDEViation Function Queries the standard deviation from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset that is currently turned on The SETup PVTime TIM E OF F Set command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values The SETup PVTime TIME POINts queries the number of offset points that areturned on indicating the number of values to expect when you send this command Query Range 0 dBc to 100 dBc and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 001 dB 344 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib fetch pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime POWer TIME OFFSet MINimum Function Queries the minimum power levels from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset appended to this command Specified time values must correspond to user settable time offsets that are currently turned on and must be rounded to the same values 9 91 E 437 NAN will be returned for specified offsets that do not correspond to offsets currently turned on Power levels are relative to the power versus time carrier power measurement The SETup PVTimeTIME OFF Set
393. he I dle state when SEG SLED o Pope Sr termination the operating mode is active cell or Thetest set has noted this parameter change when the operating mode is test mode CALL CELL 1 B CHannel ARF Cn SE L ected Sets the BCH The downlink signal is ARFCN for transmitting on the new broadcast channel CALL CELL 1 B CHannel ARF Cn broadcast band gt See CALL BCHannel on page 236 Sets the BCH ARFCN for a broadcast band not currently selected Thetest set has noted this parameter change 33 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog synch callproc fm Call Processing Event Synchronization Table2 of 2 Call Processing Command Purpose Of Command Pending Operation Flag POF is false when CALL TCHannel ARF Cn SE L ected Sets the TCH j i ii ARFCN for See CALL TCHannel ARF Cn SE Lected on page 287 currently selected traffic band CALL TCHannel ARF Cn raffic band Sets the TCH See CALL TCHannel on page 286 ARFCN for a traffic band not currently selected CALL TCHannel TSLot See CALL TCHannel TSL ot on page 291 Sets the TCH timeslot CALL MS TADVance See CALL MS TADVance on page 262 Sets the mobile station timing advance CALL M S TXL evel SE Lected See CALL MS TXL evel SE L ected on page 262 Sets the mobile station transmit level for currently selected band
394. he PCS band using the RF Generator Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink F unction 2 CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 for examples Setting range 512 to 810 default 512 resolution 1 Query range 512 to 810 resolution 1 RST Setting 20 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR CHANNEL PCS 512 CALL CELL RFGenerator CHANnel PGSM Function Sets queries the RF Gen Channel for the PGSM band using the RF Generator Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink F unction CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 for examples Setting range 1 to 124 default 20 resolution 1 Query range 1 to 124 resolution 1 RST Setting 20 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR CHANNEL PGSM 124 279 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_rfgenerator fm CALL RFGenerator CALL CELL RFGenerator FREQuency Function Sets queries the RF Gen Frequency selection Operating mode Test
395. he TIME out STATe parameter is set to ON Example 19 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic TIMeout TIME numeric value gt lt suffix gt Example 20 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET TXP TIM TIME 10 S would set the measurement timeout time to 10 seconds for the transmit power measurement Configuring Measurement Timeout State and Timeout Time Simultaneously The measurement timeout state can be set to ON and the measurement timeout ti me can be set to some value using a single complex command Example 21 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic TIMeout STIMe numeric value gt lt suffix gt Example 22 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET TXP TIM STIM 10 would set the measurement timeout state to ON and set the measurement timeout time to 10 seconds for the transmit power measurement Note that in this example the optional command mnemonic STI M e has been included for purposes of darity 169 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step3 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Configuring Measurement Specific Parameters Background Some measurements have parameters that are specific to the measurement Refer to the GPIB syntax listings for a detailed list of execution parameters for individual measurements This section gives you some insight into the possible programming techniques th
396. he best results Methods for synchronization Methods one and two do not require the external controller to query the test set nor to perform any branching or decision making associated with information acquired from the test set 1 Force the test set to execute overlapped commands sequentially 2 Force the test set to wait until an overlapped command is done executing before executing any more commands Methods three through six rely on responses from the test set to an external controller indicating that some event has occurred The external controller can then make decisions based on these responses to control the flow of commands to the test set and other devices in the test system 3 Query the test set to determine when a command has finished executing 4 Query the test set to determine when all commands sent to it have at least begun executing 5 Query thetest set to determine the current call processing state 3 Program the test set to generate a service request when an operation has completed or the test set is in a certain state Commands used for synchronization e CALL STATus STATe on page 283 This command queries the test set s current call processing state This command supports synchronization method five See Call Processing State Query on page 35 CALL CONNected STATe on page 240 This command determines the connected idle state of a call A feature called the change detector provides the user wi
397. he paging1MSI International Mobile Subscriber 1dentity field used for paging the MS The test set will stay in Active Cell Status Setup Request see Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 until the paging IMSI is returned if the state is on The paging MSI is automatically updated by the test set during an MS originated call using the IMSI reported by theMS If the MS has no SIM the paging IMSI is left unchanged Setting range up to 15 decimal digits resolution 1 Query range up to 15 decimal digits resolution 1 RST Setting 001012345678901 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL PAGing IMSI 01012345678901 Set paging IMSI to 01012345678901 268 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_paging fm CALL PAGing CALL PAGing REPeat STATe Function Sets queries repeat paging state When the state is ON paging repeats until the test set receives a RACH When the state is off the test set returns the No response to page timer T3113 expiry See Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting O OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL PAGING REPEAT STATE ON Turns paging repeat ON CALL PAGing MODE Function Sets queries the paging mode that the test set will useto page the MS Some mobile stations can be set to a discontinuous reception
398. he positive transition filter is set to 0 A negative transition of a bit in the Condition register will be latched in the E vent Register if the corresponding bit in the negative transition filter is set to 1 A negative transition of a bit in the Condition register will not be latched in the Event Register if the corresponding bit in the negative transition filter is set to 0 Either transition PTR or NTR of a bit in the Condition Register will be latched in the Event Register if the corresponding bit in both transition filters is set to 1 Notransitions PTR or NTR of a bit in the Condition Register will be latched in the Event Register if the corresponding bit in both transition filters is set to 0 Transition Filters are read write Transition Filters are unaffected by a CLS clear status command Transitions Filters are set to pass positivetransitions all 16 bits of the PTR register are set to 1 and all 16 bits of the NTR register are set to 0 at power on or after receiving the RST reset command Event Register The Event Register captures bit statetransitions in the Condition Register as defined by the Transition Filters Each bit in the Event Register corresponds to a bit in the Condition Register or if there is no Condition Register Transition Filter combination each bit corresponds to a Specific condition in the test set Bits in the Event Register are latched and once set they remain set until deared by a query of the Event Regi
399. he value becomes stable for the second query and meaningful stable results are then reported for thethird query The results from the first two queries should not be used 103 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersmeas sacch rep desc fm SACCH Report Measurement Descriptions Figure 4 SACCH Report Measurement Cycle MS reported values MS reported values MS reported values averaged from4 frames averagedfrom4frames averaged from 4 frames t t2 t3 NEW NEVV2 NEVV tO measurement parameter is changed to a new value t1 t2 MS measures the new value t3 the test set receives the first SACCH report that contains valid results reflecting the new parameter value If several SACCH reported values are needed from the same report the first value needed should be queried three times to receive a stable new report Then the additional values should be immediately queried using the LAST query before the next report arrives or the measurement parameters are changed again The LAST query is not a hanging query values are returned from the last SACCH report As shown in the following program example line 60 the LAST command is optional If NEW is not used in the MS REPORTED command the LAST valueis automatically reported Program example 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 OU O OU O OU
400. heINITiate DONE command to find out if ORFS measurement results are available 4 Usethe FETCh command to obtain ORF S Power measurement results Example Program 10 OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM CONTINUOUS OFF Configures a ORFS measurement 20 to single trigger mod 30 OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM COUNT STATE ON Configures a multi measurement 40 state to on 50 OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM TRIGGER SOURCE AUTO Configure trigger source 60 to auto 70 OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING COUNT NUMBER 50 Configures ORFS due 80 Ito switching 90 multi measurement 100 count 110 OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING FREQUENCY 200KH2 400KHZ Configure 120 switching 130 loffsets 140 OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION COUNT NUMBER 100 Configure ORFS 150 due to modulation 160 multi measurement 170 count 180 OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION FREQUENCY 200KHZ Configure 190 modulation offset 200 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE ORFSPECTRUM Start ORFS measurement 210 REPEA 220 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE Check to see if ORFS measurement is done 230 ENTER 714 Meas complete 240 UNTIL Meas complete ORFS ORFS must be all upper case 250 OUTPUT 714 FETCH ORFSPECTRUM ALL Fetch ORFS
401. hen forced convection must be used Legal Information Product Markings CE the CE mark is a registered trademark of the European Community A CE mark accompanied by a year indicated the year the design was proven CSA the CSA mark is a registered trademark of the Canadian Standards Association CERTIFICATION Agilent Technologies I nc certifies that this product me its published specifications at the time of shipment from the factory Agilent Technologies further certifies that its calibration measurements aretraceableto the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology to the extent allowed by the Institute s calibration facility and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members WARRANTY This Agilent Technologies instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment During the warranty period Agilent Technologies I nc will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective For warranty service or repair this product must be returned to a service facility designated by Agilent Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to Agilent and Agilent shall pay shipping charges duties and taxes for products returned to Agilent from another country Agilent warrants that its software and firmware designated by Agilent for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when prop
402. his bit will always be O 5 32 TA136 Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration CALL TA136 register 4 16 DI Gital136 Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration CALL DIGital 136 register 3 8 AMPS Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration CALL AMPS register 2 4 GSM Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration CALL GSM register 1 2 COMMon Summary bit This bit is the summary bit for the OPE Ration CALL COM Mon register 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Examples STATus OPERation CALL OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION CALL EVENT Queries the Operation Call Event Register OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION CALL CONDITION Queries the Operation Call Condition Register OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION CALL ENABLE 4 Sets the Operation Call Enable Register for bit 4 OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION CALL NTR 4 Sets the Negative Transition Register for bit 4 OUTPUT 714 STATUS OPERATION CALL PTR 256 Sets the Positive Transition Register for bit 256 444 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_operation fm STATus OPERation STATus OPERation CALL COMMon Condition Register Bit Assignment TheSTATus OPERation CALL AM PS COMM on register bits will be used to indicate
403. hronously tuned filter placed at the center frequency of the burst and compares it to a time segment of the response of the same filter placed at some frequency offset The result is a relative power measurement using the 30 kHz bandwidth power at zero offset as a reference For each user specified offset the DSP retunes the filter and measures the 30 kHz bandwidth power and compares it to the reference giving a relative power measurement of signal power over the entire burst The DSP processes the data and makes the results available to the user The 30 kHz bandwidth power at zero offset is measured only if the user requests at least one ORF S due to modulation measurement For offsets up to 1 799999 MHz an ORF S due to modulation measurement uses the 30 kHz resolution bandwidth filter required in GSM 05 05 At 1800 kHz offset frequency the ORFS due to modulation measurement is made using 30 kHz resolution bandwidth filter not the 100 kHz resolution bandwidth filter required by ETSI The ORFS due to modulation measurement measures both the front and back data portions of the burst M easurements occur from bit 15 to 60 and from bit 87 to 132 GSM 11 10 recommends that this measurement be performed on only the back section of the burst Measuring both the front and back of the burst has the Speed advantage of providing two modulation measurements per burst 75 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters m
404. iagrams and Command Descriptions FETCh AAUDio on page 296 FETCh BERRor on page 300 FETCh DAUDio on page 308 FETCh DPOWer on page 312 FETCh F BERror on page 314 FETCh I QTuning on page 318 FETCh ORF Spectrum on page 322 FETCh PFERror on page 329 FETCh PVTime on page 336 FETCh TXPower on page 349 295 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib fetch description fm FETCh AAUDio FETCh AAUDio February 14 2000 FETCh s AAUDio a gt returns Integrity Avg Analog Audio gt ALL Level gt gt ICOunt returns Intermediate Count m gt INTegrity returns INTegrity gt VOLTag a gt returns Avg Analog b t AVERage Audio Level gt L7 ALL returns Min Analog Audio Level Max Analog Audio Level Avg Analog Audio Level Std Dev Analog Audio Level gt MAXimum returns Max Analog Audio Levet gt MINimum returns Min Analog Audio Levet gt returns Std Dev Analog Audio Level gt SDEViation Diagram Conventions on page 213 FETCh AAUDio ALL Function Queries the analog audio measurement results This query returns an integrity indicator and average analog audio level Values are returned in a comma separated list If the analog audio multi measurement count field is off the level returned by this command is display
405. ib system app fm SYSTem APPLication Related Topics DRAKA KA AK EA AK AA AK AE RAKE A AK AA AK AEA AK A RK EAE AK ke AK AEA ARK AK ARK KK KKK Selecting a Radio Personality on page 569 DEAK KKK OK AK AK KK AK KK AK OK KK KK AK KOK KK OK KK KK aK aK KE KK aK KK KOK OK KK KK aK KK KK OK KKK 479 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_system_app fm SYSTem BEEPer SYSTem BEEPer SySTem BEEPer gt STATe gt XSp 1 ON OJOFF gt returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem BEEPer STATe Function Sets queries the beeper state of the test set Setting O OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 1 on Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM BEEPER STATE OFF Sets beeper state to off 480 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib SYSTem BEEPer fm SYSTem COMMunicate SYSTem COMMunicate SYSTem gt COMMunicate gt GPIB gt ADDRess gt lt Sp gt lt num value gt b SELF 22 gt DEBug gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt STATe returns 1 0 5 LAN AT ADDRess r sp num value gt gt b SELF Ns NM gt DGATeway m lt sp gt lt num value gt gt Ly gt gt SMASk gt lt sp gt lt num value gt gt Ls Diagram Conventions on page
406. ication A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib fetch pferror fm FETCh PFERror FETCh PFERror FERRor ALL Function Queries minimum maximum average and worst frequency error in Hz The minimum frequency error is the value closest to negative infinity from the last multi measurement cycle The maximum frequency error is the value closest to positive infinity from the last multi measurement cycle Query Minimum Frequency Error Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz Maximum F requency Error Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz Average Frequency Error Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz Worst Frequency Error Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH PFERROR FERROR ALL Returns minimum maximum average and worst frequency error results FETCh PFERror FERRor AVERage Function Queries the single or average from a multi measurement frequency error measurement result in Hz Query Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz FETCh PFERror FERRor MAXimum Function Queries the maximum from a multi measurement frequency error measurement result in Hz Query Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz 331 S
407. if it is not armed The command is Example 3 Command Syntax CALL CONNected ARM STATe Using the Call Connected Arm Command for Call Connect Synchronization The call state change detector arm command is used by the control program to tell the test set that it is expecting a changetothe state of a call prior to initiating the state change By first arming the call state change detector then querying the call connected state and then attempting a BS or MS originated call the call connected state query will hang until the connection operation begins and then reaches a final Idle or Connected state However if the change detector is armed and a call connection is attempted but the call state never progresses from the Idle state the call connected state query would hang forever This could easily happen if the mobile is badly broken the mobile is not connected to the test set no one pushes the send button on the mobile etc A call state change detector time out timer is provided which is used to prevent the call connected state query from hanging forever 174 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersprog prog guide step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Call Connected Time out Command The call connected time out command is used to set the time out value for the call state change detector time out timer Example 4 Command Syntax CALL CONNected TIMeout numeri
408. ignment in Progress This bit will bea 1 when Thechannel assignment is successfully completed when a call is established Thetest set notes a changein the TCH ARFCN cell band TCH timeslot or mobile station timing advance Anerror messageis generated 4 16 BCH Changing This bit will bea 1 when e The downlink signal is transmitting on the new broadcast channel Thetest set has noted a change in cell band 3 8 Call Control Status Alerting This bit will bea 1 when thetest set is in the call alerting state ringing 446 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib status operation fm STATus OPERation Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 2 4 Call Control Status Connected This bit will be a 1 when the test set is in the call connected state 1 2 Call Control Status Idle This bit will be a 1 when the test set is in the call idle state 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Examples STATus OPERation CALL GSM O O PU 71 4 7S m 77S n m 77S sIr 77S en eS ERATION CALL GSM EVENT Queries the GSM Operation Call Event Register RATION CALL GSM CONDITION Queries the GSM Operation Call Condition Register RATION CALL GSM ENABLE 4 Sets the GSM Operation Call Enable Register for bit 4 ATUS OP AT
409. imal excluding comma and semicolon RST Setting non volatile read from the test set s hard disk SYSTem CURRent TA RE Vision Function Query the coordinated codeware revision for the test application running Printable ASCII characters up to a 20 character string This command is not recommended see SYSTem APPLication on page 475 Query Range ASCII codes 32 126 decimal excluding comma and semicolon RST Setting non volatile read from the test set s hard disk 487 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_CURRent fm SYSTem ERRor SYSTem E RRor SYSTem s ERRor returns contents of error event queue Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem ERRor Function Queries the contents of the Error E vent Queue The Error E vent Queue may contain one or more messages with an error or event description Manual users may view the Message Log fromthe SYSTEM CONFIG screen The contents of the Error E vent Queue and the M essage log may not match Example manual user errors are not displayed with SYSTem E RRor they are viewed from the M essage Log See Error Messages on page 575 Query Error E vent Queue Range 0 to 100 messages up to 255 characters in length 488 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_error fm SYSTem ERRo
410. in which the test set interacts with the mobile station Active cell mode is the default operating mode and is used when emulating a normal GSM cell Test mode is used when it is not possible or not desired to communicate via over the the air signaling with the mobile station MS but downlink stimulus and uplink measurements are still needed see Test Mode Operating M ode on page 524 Associated with the active cell operating mode is the cell activated state parameter This parameter turns on and off the test set s control of the uplink and downlink Trying to set any of the network configuration parameters whilethe cell is in the active state will generatethe following error GSM operation rejected Attempting to set lt MCC MNC LAC NCC BCC gt while generating a BCH Active Cell Features The basic features provided by active cell operating mode are Generation of a broadcast channel BCH without traffic channel TCH e Support for location updating Call setup both mobile station and base station emulator BSE originated Changing TCH parameters during a call using over the air signaling e BSE initiated and mobile station initiated call disconnection All measurements supported in the test application are available TheBSE automatically controls the test set s demodulation receiver Setting the Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Cell Mode The test set s operating mode is set using the CALL OPERating M ODE which is a
411. include control of the manual user interface MUI executing commands and processing data received from the LAN interface executing commands and processing data received from the GPIB interface controlling disk access control of all RF and audio hardware modules routing measurement results received form the Digital Signal Processing and Protocol Processor modules to the appropriate output device display GPIB LAN serial etc Voltmeter Counter Voltmeter The voltmeter is primarily used to measure external DC amp AC voltages A secondary purpose is to measure internal voltages for instrument self diagnostics The external voltmeter is capable of measuring DC voltages up to 50 VDC and AC voltages up to 50 Vpk A true RMS detector is used for measuring AC voltages For internal measurements a switch routes the diagnostic MUX output to the Voltmeter 1 path 506 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen block diagram fm Block Diagram Frequency Counter The Frequency Counter is used to measure external frequencies from the front panel Audio IN High or Low BNC connectors and to measure internal signals for diagnostics The external input can receive a signal between 20 Hz and 50 MHz with a level from 25 mV to8 V rms The counter circuit is based on the METRON IC This IC contains a reciprocal counter A reciprocal counter functions by counting the input signal and a reference
412. ing 5 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR MANUAL DELAY 4 Set delay of 4 speech frames SETup BERRor SLControl Function Selects queries the Signalling loopback control state for an BER measurement When signalling loopback control is set to on the test set will automatically send the loopback for Type A residual or Type B non residual loopback to the M S based on the measurement type selected and then set loopback to off when the measurement is complete The loopback type is controlled manually from the Mobile Loopback F 12 key see CALL TCHannel LOOP back on page 291 for a program example and details about the command Setting Range 1 ON 0 OFF Query Range 1 0 RST 1 ON Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR SLCONTROL ON Test set will send loopback type automatically 389 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_berror fm SETup BERRor SETup BERRor TIMeout S TIMe Function Sets queries the timeout value in seconds for thetrigger state during BER measurements and turns the timeout state on The units S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example EOUT STIME 8 ETU
413. ing E xample OUTPUT Test set SET TXP COUN SNUM 10 would set the multi measurement count state to ON and set the number of averages to 10 for the transmit power measurement Note that in this example the optional command mnemonic SNUM ber has been included for purposes of darity 166 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step3 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Configuring Measurement Triggering Parameters Trigger Source Parameter The Trigger Source parameter selects the source of the measurement trigger signal Example 7 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic TRIGger SOURce AUTO IMMediate PROTocol RISE Example 8 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET TXP TRIG SOUR AUTO would set the trigger source to AUTO for the transmit power measurement Trigger Delay Parameter The Trigger Delay parameter controls the delay between the trigger event the point in time at which the trigger signal is received and the start of sampling Negative values indicate that the sampling should occur prior tothetrigger event Example 9 Command Syntax SETup meas mnemonic TRIGger DELay numeric value gt lt suffix gt Example 10 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set SET TXP TRIG DEL 10 US would set the trigger delay to 10 us for the transmit power measurement Trigger Qualifier Param
414. ing Mode 266 operating modes active cell 509 test mode 524 ORFS due to modulation 75 ORFS due to ramping See ORFS due to switching ORFS due to switching 76 ORFS Setup 412 Originate Call 267 output RF spectrum ORFS measurement 75 programming example 78 overlapped commands 30 39 P Pages 243 Paging IMSI 268 513 parameters Cell Band 502 frequency banded 501 how to change call parameters 538 how to change cell parameters 539 receiver control 518 TCH Band 502 partial preset 535 PCS 3 digit code 513 peak phase error 82 persistent errors 126 Phase amp Freg Setup 421 phaseand frequency error PFER measurement 82 programming example 85 power level mobile station transmit 501 517 power versus time PVT measurement programming example 93 power versus time P VT measurement 88 103 Power vs Time Measurement Setup 426 power expected 501 520 power transmit 511 preset states full preset 536 partial preset 535 status preset 536 program control flowchart 546 programming overview 546 progress report measurement 131 protocol trigger source 149 Pulse 220 Q qualifier trigger 152 query error 592 query response data types 120 problems with mixed data types 120 R RACH measurements 97 troubleshooting 102 RACHSs 243 Receiver Control 370 371 receiver control automatic or manual control of 518 Reference Offset Frequency 1 Q Tuning 406 Repeat Pagi
415. ing State Synchronization on page 35 3 Initiate a call from the mobile station NOTE There is no facility in the test set to initiate a call from the mobile station This must be accomplished manually or through a test bus built in to the mobile station IMPORTANT To verify that the origination is successfully completed see Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Operating Considerations The test set must be in active cell operating mode The correct frequency band must be selected 29 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseWReference ManuahlChapters prog call setup fm Call Processing Event Synchronization Call Processing Event Synchronization February 14 2000 Description Synchronizing the test set with an external controller ensures that neither device does something before it is supposed to which can cause errors or does something well after it could have which wastes time Using the call processing subsystem overlapped command synchronization commands the user can query the test set to find out when an overlapped command operation is done DONE OPC force the test set to not execute any more commands until an overlapped command operation has completed WAIT or simply force an overlapped command to behave as a sequential command SEQ Pending Operation Flags Associated with each overlapped command the test set maintains a binary indicator known as a pending operation
416. ing to set lt MCC MNC LAC NCC BCC gt while generating a BCH Background The network configuration parameters are encoded into the messaging broadcast on the BCH Changing the network parameter values whilethe BCH is active would require the BCH to be stopped and have the new values encoded and then the BCH would have to be re started This would cause calls to be dropped or disrupt a MS camped tothe cell Consequently the network configuration parameters cannot be changed while the cell is active Control of the Cell Activated State The active inactive state of the cell is controlled using the cell activated state command This command is only used when the operating mode is set to active cell mode Example 3 Command Syntax CALL CELL 1 ACTivated STATe ON 1 OFF 0 Example 4 Programming E xample OUTPUT Test set CALL ACT ON Effects of Activating and Deactivating the Cell Effects of Deactivating the Cell Among others refer to the test set s reference information for a complete listing of actions setting the cell activated state to OFF causes the following actions to take place Thecontrol program is no longer prevented from setting the following parameters MCC MNC PCS MNC UsePCS MNC BCC NCC and LAC All signaling operations uplink demodulation and downlink BCH amp TCH generation are stopped Any measurements that rely on uplink demodulation are aborted No special error messages are generated Effects
417. ion on page 97 RACH Troubleshooting on page 102 DRAKA KAA KK AA AK AA RK AE RAE A AK AA AK A RK A RR AEA RAE AR AK AEA ARK AK RK KK KKK 101 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_rach_proc fm RACH Troubleshooting RACH Troubleshooting February 14 2000 Possible Setup 1ssues During manual or remote operation of aRACH measurement ensure that the multi measurement count is set to Off The measurement would not complete if multi measurement count was set to On If required refer to the appropriate command e SETup PVTime COUNt STATe on page 428 e SETup TXPower COUNEt STATe on page 434 e SETup PFERror COUNE STATe on page 423 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 102 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_rach fm SACCH Report Measurement Descriptions SACCH Report Measurement Descriptions J uly 12 1999 When a call is established the operating mode is active cell and the call status is not idle the MS is required to report on the SACCH logical channel The reported results available from the test set are shown here e MS TX Level Reported TCH Timing Advance Reported RX Level RX Qual Neighbour Channel e Neighbour RX Level 1 Neighbour NCC 1 Neighbour BCC 1 When are SACCH Report Measurements Made When the test set receives S
418. ion A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step8 fm Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station from the BSE Overview Terminating an active call with the mobile station when the test set is in active cell operating mode can be accomplished in one of two ways Terminate the active call from the base station emulator Terminate the active call from the mobile station Terminating an Active Call from the Base Station Emulator The recommended process for terminating an active call from the base station emulator is shown in the following figure The CALL END command is used to initiate a base station disconnect Step 8 Figure 1 Process for Terminating an Active Call from the BSE Send CALL END command Send call connected state query command Enter response from call connected state query Call connected No Proceed with control program Invoke error handler 197 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step8 fm Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station from the BSE Example 1 Programming E xample 1 Step 8 Disconnect Mobile Station From BSE 1
419. ion Queries output RF spectrum due to switching maximum measurement results at all frequency offsets currently turned on there can be up to eight The SE Tup ORF Spectrum SWIT ching F RE Quency OF F Set command sets up the number of output RF spectrum due to switching offsets that are turned on and their frequency values The SETup ORF Spectrum SWI Tching F RE Quency POI Nts queries the number of output RF spectrum due to switching points that are turned on indicating the number of output RF spectrum due to switching max values to expect when you FETCh results Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING ALL MAXIMUM Returns the ORFS due to switching maximum measurement results at lall frequency offsets currently turned on FETCh ORFSpectrum SWITChing ALL AVERage Function Queries output RF spectrum due to switching average measurement results at all frequency offsets currently turned on there can be up to eight The SETup ORF Spectrum SWI T ching F RE Quency OF F Set command sets up the number of output RF spectrum due to switching offsets that are turned on and their frequency values The SETup ORF Spectrum SWI Tching F RE Quency POI Nts queries the number of output RF spectrum due to switching points that are turned on indicating the number of output RF spectrum due to switching values
420. ion receiver 157 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step1 fm Step 1 Set the Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Cell Setting the Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Cell The test set s operating mode is set using the CALL OPE Rating MODE command Example 1 Command Syntax CALL OPERating MODE lt CELL TEST gt Example 2 Programming E xample 1 Step 1 Set Test Set Operating Mode To Active Cell 1 1 OUTPUT Test set CALL OPER MODE CELL 158 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersprog prog guide step1 fm Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE Background The test set contains a GSM base station emulator BSE In active cell operating mode the BSE using th
421. ir license status This is where you select the revision and test application that you want it does not switch test applications After the revision number is a letter this letter indicates the revision license status Licensed L Not Licensed N or Unknown U e L This revision of test application appears to have a license The test application may have been developed before licensing and therefore needs no license e N This test application does not appear to havea license Selecting a not licensed revision will result in an 570 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters conf radio personality fm Selecting a Radio Personality error 130 U This test application has unknown license status Press the Test Application Setup key Usethe knob or arrows and scroll tothe test application you want Press the knob or enter key to display the revision menu Usethe knob or enter key to scroll to the revision you want U A W N Be Press the knob or enter key to select the revision Test Application Names Each test application has a name associated with it AMPS 136 Mobile Test for the E1961A test application e GSM Mobile Test for the E 1960A test application Remote User name details n order to query or switch test applications remotely you must use the test application name exactly as it appears without regard to case in the Test Application Setup menu of the test
422. is command never hangs and immediately returns a 1 if the call state change detector is armed and a 0 if it is not armed See Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Query Range 0 1 RST Setting 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED ARM STATE Returns arm state of call state change detector CALL CONNected TIMeout Function Sets queries the maximum time the test set will wait for a hanging CALL CONNected STATe query to complete Default setting units are seconds To set timeout time in units other than seconds indude optional unit specifier in command string A timeout timer is started whenever the call state change detector becomes armed or gets rearmed when already armed The duration of this timeout is a set using the CALL CONNected TI M eout command and should be greater than the maximum amount of time the control program needs wants to wait between arming the call state change detector and the connect disconnect operation starting Once the process starts and the call state has moved into one of thetransitory states the GSM defined protocol timers take over and prevent the call state from staying in a transitory state forever See Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Setting Range 0 to 100 seconds Resolution 0 1 seconds Query Range 0 to 100 seconds Resolution 0 1 seconds RST Setting 10 seconds 241 S Hp8960 E1960A GS
423. is logged and the beeper state is set to on If two errors are generated in quick succession two beeps are generated to indicate that more than one error has been logged The beeper state can be manually set in the nstrument Setup window found in the SYSTEM CONFIG screen Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM BEEPER STATE OFF Related Topics DEAR AKA AKA AE ARK ARK A AKA ok AK AK A AK KE ook EA OK ACK EA KE EK OK AK EA AKA AK ARK ARK A KA KK OK AK OK AK SYSTem BEEPer on page 480 Error Messages on page 575 DRAKA ARK AA AK A AE RA AE ok AA A AK AA ARK AK RA EK ok AA A AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK 556 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_beeper fm Configuring the Test Set s GPIB Address Configuring the Test Set s GPIB Address February 14 2000 Description The GPIB address is an integer between 0 and 30 The test set comes with a default address of 14 and may be set queried using the SYSTem subsystem or manually through the system configuration screen by selecting the parameter and changing the number with the knob or the keypad The GPIB address is a non volatile parameter The GPIB address is not affected by any reset operation and can only be changed by direct access to the parameter itself Related Topics DRAKA RAE AKA AEA AK AEA RK AE AE A AK AA KAA AK A RA EK AK A AK AEA ARK AK RK RK KKK SY STem COMM unicate GPIB SELF ADDRess o
424. is off the test set will not wait to start a FBER measurement after a downlink signalling operation has completed The delay time defines how long the test set should wait before starting and FBER measurement after a downlink signalling operation has completed and after the test set has sent a close loop command to the MS When a close loop message is set to the MS the closed loop signalling delay time will hold off the FBER measurement from starting for the specified time period Setting Range 1 ON 0 OFF Query Range 1 0 RST 1 ON Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR CLSDELAY STATE ON Sets the Close Loop Delay state to on SETup FBERror CONTinous Function Selects queries the trigger state for Fast Bit Error Rate tests Setting Range 1 ON Continuous trigger mode 0 OFF Single trigger mode Query Range 1 0 RST 0 single Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR CONTINUOUS 0 Specifies single trigger mode for Fast IBER measurements 393 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersMpib setup fberror fm SETup FBERror SETup FBERror COUNt Function Sets queries the number of bits to test during each Fast Bit Error Rate test Setting Range 1 to 999 000 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 000 Resolution 1 RST 10 000 Comm
425. itiate a channel reassignment see Programming a Dualband Handover on page 119 This configures the TCH to use the new parameter If a call is not connected changes to the parameter are stored for when the next call is established When Operating Mode Test Mode if Test Mode Downlink Function see CALL FUNCtion DOWN ink on page 249 BCH T CH changes to the traffic channel number ARF CN or traffic channel timeslot will reconfigure the downlink TCH accordingly but there will be no signaling initiated The change will be immediate If a TCH is not being generated changes to the parameter are stored for when the next call is established Downlink speech controls what kind of speech data is transmitted on the downlink TCH A TCH with speech data is generated when call control status is connected see Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 or when in test mode with downlink function set to BCH TCH When an FBER measurement is activated PRBS15 is transmitted on the downlink TCH over riding the user setting of downlink speech source Any changes to downlink speech source will be accepted and saved but not applied until FBER become inactive There are 5 different settings for the downlink speech source See CALL TCHannel DOWNIink SPE ech on page 290 Echoretransmits the uplink speech frames back to the downlink with a non selectable delay of about 1 second PRBS15 the 260 speech frame bits prior to channel co
426. ization Description Call Processing State Query The CALL STATUS STATE query returns the current call processing state There are six possible call processing states that the test set can bein Query returns one of the following IDLE SREQ PROC ALER CONN DISC The following command returns the current state of a call OUTPUT 714 CALL STATUS STATE ENTER 714 Inst_state The call processing states are shown in the lt Operating Mode gt section of the instrument status area Connected I dle Query This query will determine if a call is connected or disconnected by returning an integer value The value indicates if the call state is idle or connected not if any call state change has occured Query returns one of the following e 0 idle e 1 connected If the call is in the setup request proceeding alerting or disconnecting state this command will not return a value until the call status proceeds to either connected or idle OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED STATE Example 4 Using the Connected Idle Query Base Station Originated Call The following example illustrates the use of the connected idle query for a base station originated call This code originates a call then waits for the connected idle query to return a result Note that this code does not include the CALL CONNECTED TIME timeout timer or the CALL CONNECTED ARM change dete
427. ize the time of th 100 measurement algorithm relative to 110 the data sample will be set 120 to midamble 130 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME TIME OFFSET 28US 18US Turns on time markers 140 28 and 18 microseconds 150 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE PVTIME Start PvT measurement 160 REPE 170 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE Check to see if PvT measurement is done 180 ENTER 714 Meas complete 190 UNTIL Meas completeS PVT 200 OUTPUT 714 FETCH PVTIME ALL PvT results for time measurements 210 ENTER 714 Integrity Pvt mask Pvt power Max offset 220 END Returned values The measurements returned by this program are e Integrity returns the measurement Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Pvt mask returns the mask pass fail indicator When the multi measurement count is greater than 1 the PvT mask pass fail result will return Fail 1 if any single measurement fails Pvt power returns the PvT carrier power in dBm Max offset returns the maximum offset level in dB relative to the PvT carrier power 93 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_pvt_proc fm Programming a Power versus Time Measurement Related Topics DEAK KK ACK A KK ok OK AK ACK KE EK EK OK AK AEA KE AK ROK AK EA A AK ROK ARK SK KAR KK OK AK AK Power versus Time Measurement Description on page 88 SETup PVTime on page 426 IN Tiate
428. l Chapters gen_op_overview_cell_parms fm How Do Change Cell Parameters B Set a cell parameter 2 Cell Parameve Value Lell Activated State Off NCC Mobile Country Code NHC Mobile Hetuork Code va Code NCC Hetuork Colour Code Nobile DTX State Repeat Paging RS To Change Network cell parameters follow the instructions below For all other cell parameters Highlight the parameter press the knob enter a value and press the knob To Change Network cell parameters 1 Highlight Cell Activated State and press the knob 2 Set Cell Activated State to Off Highlight Off and press the knob 3 Set Network cell parameter to the desired value Highlight the parameter press the knob enter a value and press the knob 4 Set Cell Activated State to On 540 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_op_overview_cell_parms fm How Do I Make Measurements on a Mobile How Dol Make Measurements on a Mobile A Establish a call L 4831 c FT p m qoum ums quu n unus a IL EE l Active Cell Status 2 Press the SHIFT key Press the PRESET key Connect the mobile Note Is the mobile camped PGSM is default Cell Band setting On the mobile press 1 2 3 and then press send Check for Connected in the Active Ce
429. l s midamble See E xpected Burst on page 526 Setting range 1 ON 0 OFF Query range 1 0 RST Setting 1 state ON Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL ACTIVATED STATE OFF Turns all signalling operations luplink demodulation and downlink BCH amp TCH generation off 227 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_activated fm CALL BA CALL BA J une 30 1999 CALL 7 BA TABL T lt sp gt lt num value gt lt num value gt gt CE L CEE SELected DCS gt gt lt sp gt lt num value gt lt num value gt gt EGSM sp num value gt lt num value gt gt PCS gt gt lt sp gt lt num value gt lt num value 2 gt PGSM _ gt lt sp gt lt num value gt lt num value gt 2 CALL BA TABLe gt POINts 1 gt f CELL 1 4 Ls SELected DCS EGSM gt PCS L gt PGSM Diagram Conventions on page 213 228 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ba fm CALL BA CALL CELL BA TABLe SELected Function Sets queries the BA
430. l which is phase locked to a received SAT signal This is useful for testing situations where the test set needs to emulate a mobile station The audio echo input is used for retransmitting the received audio after a selectable time delay to check both radio transmit and receive paths simultaneously For most applications only one or two of these Audio 1 path sources are enabled at any given time Audio 2 Path TheAudio 2 path provides a secondary means for sending analog baseband signals to the FM modulator Audio 2 contains only one source a DDS similar to that used for Audio 1 Typically the Audio 2 path DDS is used for cases where multiple signals must be summed together with the lowest possible distortion Another potential use of Audio 2 would beto obtain higher output levels than Audio lis capable of up to twice as much assuming the two outputs are set to the same frequency and phase and then summed together at the Baseband Generator module Audio2 is rarely used in practice becausethe DDS used for Audio 2 is the same DDS that is used for the front panel audio output Audio Out Path Any one of four inputs may be coupled to the front panel audio output connector These include a 4 channel DDS shared with Audio 2 receiver discriminator audio from the Demodulation Downconverter module audio echo from the Analog To Digital Converter module and audio vocoder The front panel output is capable of providing signal levels up to 9 Vpk int
431. lar query FETCh BERRor ALL T on page 302 returns the same results but only for the bit type previously set using the SETup BERRor TY PE command See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Query Integrity indicator e Range Oto 16 Resolution 1 Typela Bits tested Range 0 to 999 000 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Typela Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 Type la Bit error count Range 0 to 999 000 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Typelb Bits tested Range 0 to 2 637 369 and 9 91E 437 NAN Resolution 1 Type lb Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 Type lb Bit error count Range 0 to 2 637 369 and 9 91E 437 NAN Resolution 1 Typell Bits tested Range 0 to 15 584 400 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Type II Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 Type Il Bit error count Range 0 to 1 558 440 and 9 91E 37 NAN e Resolution 1 305 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_berror fm FETCh BERRor FETCh BERRor ICOunt Function Queries the intermediate count of bits tested measurement progress report See Measurement Progress Report on page 131 Query Range 0 to 999 Resolution 1 FETCh BERRor INTegrity Function Returns the integrity indi
432. lative to the power versus time carrier power measurement The SETup PVTime T ME OF F Set command sets up the number of offsets that are turned on and their time values Measurements will be returned by this query in the same order they are listed in the command Query Power levels Range 100 dBc to 10 dBc and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Time offsets Range Up to 12 time offset values corresponding to entries in the Power vs Time table of user defined time offsets currently turned on The default units are s seconds Resolution Rounded to the same value as displayed in the Power vs Time table and returned by the SETup PVTimeTIME OFFSet query Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH PVTIME POWER TIME OFFSET AVERAGE 0 US 570 8 US Returns the average of power versus time measurements at the 10 0 ms and 570 8 ms offsets 347 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pvtime fm FETCh PVTime FETCh PVTime POWer TIME OFFSet SDEViation Function Queries the standard deviation from a number of multi measurements at each user settable time offset appended to this command Specified time values must correspond to user settable time offsets that are currently turned on and must be rounded to the same values 9 91 E 37 NAN will be returned for specified offsets that do not correspond to offs
433. le fm Status Byte Register J uly 12 1999 STB STB NOTE The Status Byte Register can also be read with a serial poll For example the command Status Byte Register Status byte SPOLL 714 would perform a serial poll of the Status Byte Register returning and releasing RQS bit 6 Status Byte Register Bit Assignments Bit Binary Label Description Number Weighting 7 128 STATus OPERation Summarizes the STATus OPERation Status Register which fans out to the NMRReady and CALL Status Registers 6 64 RQS SRQ TRUE Master RQS is read by a serial poll SPOLL E Master Summary Status is read by a STB query defined by IEEE 488 2 5 32 Standard Event Status Register Summarizes the Standard Event Status Register 4 16 Message Available SCPI Defined 3 8 STATus QUEStionable Summary M essage comes from the Status Register STATus QUEStionable Status Register which fans out tothe CALL and HARDware Status Registers 2 4 Error Event Queue SCPI Defined 1 2 Reserved 0 1 Reserved Program Example Status Byte Register Bit Assignments OUTPUT 714 STB Queries the Status Byte 469 S A Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib STATUS STATUS BYTE fm Standard Event Status Register Standard Event Status Register J uly 12 1999 ESR ESR gt Reads and clears the Std Event Status
434. level 1 results reflect the first cell power level reported by the MS in the SACCH report Related Topics DEAK KKK AK ACK eoe xk OK AK ACK KE EK ek OK AE OK oko ok EK OK AK EA kkk ROK ECKE SK KAR KK OK AK AK Configuring Mobile Station Operating Parameters on page 517 CALL MS RE Ported T XLevel LAST on page 261 CALL MS REPORTED TXLEVEL NEW NEW NEW on page 262 CALL MS REPorted TADVance L AST on page 261 CALL M S REPorted TADVance N E W N EW N EW on page 261 CALL MS REPorted RXL evel L AST on page 259 CALL MS REPorted RXL evel N EW NEW N E W on page 259 CALL MS REPorted RXQuality L AST on page 260 CALL M S REPorted RXQuality N EW N EW N EW on page 260 CALL MS REPorted N EI Ghbour 1 on page 258 105 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_sacch_rep_desc fm Transmit Power Measurement Description Transmit Power Measurement Description How is a transmit power TXP measurement made The TXP measurement performs a power measurement on a mobile station averaged over the useful part of the burst The signal is captured with a wide band 3 GHz fast RF power detector In order to provide the user with a very fast TXP measuremen
435. lication A 04 Release Reference Manual ChaptersMpib fetch daudio fm FETCh DAUDio FETCh DAUDio ALL Function Queries integrity indicator and average decoded audio results Values are returned in a comma separated list Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Decoded audio Range 0 to 100 Resolution 0 01 FS FETCh DAUDio ICOunt Function Queries the intermediate count of decoded audio multi measurements completed This valueis not displayed on the test set Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 FETCh DAUDio INTegrity Function Queries the integrity indicator for the last decoded audio measurement completed Zero indicates a normal measurement See Integrity ndicator on page 125 for descriptions of non zero integrity indicators Query Range O to 16 Resolution 1 FETCh DAUDio AMPLitude AVERage Function Queries the average decoded audio result from an uplink speech level measurement in percent full scale If the decoded audio multi measurement count field is off the level returned by this command is displayed in the Decoded Audio Level field If the decoded audio multi measurement count is on the level returned by this query is displayed in the Average field Query Range 0 to 10096 Resolution 0 0196 FS 309 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch
436. ll Status field U AeA WN Be 541 SAHp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_op_overview_make_meas fm How Do Make Measurements on a Mobile B Select measurements Loc transnit Pouer pmervsTim 00 0000 0 0 0000 P F C hase amp Frequency Error Indicates ast Bit Error m measurement being tmr 7 ende maom oO S S being displayed Analog Audio Decoded hudio utput RF Spectrum 1 Press the MEASUREMENT SELECTION key 2 Highlight a measurement and press the knob 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to add measurements 542 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_op_overview_make_meas fm How Do I Change Measurement Setup How Dol Change Measurement Setup A Select a measurement mU mmu Transmit Pouer Pouer vs Time Phase amp Frequency Error Fast Bit Error s Bit Error 0000000000000 EN finalog fiudio NES Decoded hudio Output RF Spectrum 1 Press the MEASUREMENT SELECTION key 2 Highlight a measurement to setup and press the knob 543 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_op_overview_meas_setup fm How Do I Change Measurement Setup B Set up the measurement contro EE fini 12 14 maraga 12 17 om 1 Press the setup key F 1 2 Highlight
437. llocated for the arrays Related Topics DEAR KK KK ACK eek xk OK AK ACK KE EK ek AK AE OK oko KE EK EK AK AE AK A GE ARK ARK SK KA KK OK AK AK SY STem CONF igure on page 484 SY STem CURRent TA on page 487 Obtaining Test Application Information on page 567 Obtaining Identification Information I DN on page 558 Rear Panel Connectors on page 547 DRAKA AK AK AK ARK A AK ok OK ACK A AK ook ek OK ACK EA KE EK EK AK EA AKA KE ARK ARK SK KA KK OK KOK SK 562 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_hw_report fm Measurement Related Configuration Measurement Related Configuration Amplitude Offset RF In Out port Amplitude offset is provided in order to offset RF levels at the RF IN OUT port of the test set and represent the power level at the device under test The offset is the same for both transmit and receive power so the network being compensated for must have the same gain or loss in both directions The amplitude offset value is found in the SYSTEM CONFIG screen Port Configuration key F5 Examples The SYSTEM CORRECTION STATE command turns amplitude offset on or off When SYSTEM CORRECTION STATE is on the annunciator Offset will be shown on the display see SY STem CORRection on page 485 OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION STATE ON Set amplitude offset state ON OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION GAIN 3DB Set amplitude offset to 3 dB loss in network OU
438. locked 1 Locked 495 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_ROSCillator fm SYSTem SYNChronized SYSTem SYNChronized SYSTem SYNChronized 1 gt returns 1 gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem SYNChronized Function Sets queries the test set that all prior sequential commands have completed and all prior overlapped commands have started indicating that the input buffer is synchronized See Call Processing Event Synchronization on page 30 Seting Bit 12 of the status operation condition register is pulsed See STATus OPERation Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 442 Query 1 Related Topics See Status Subsystem Overview on page 137 See Call Processing E vent Synchronization on page 30 OUTPU OUTPU Programming Example 714 SYSTEM SYNCHRONIZED Pulses bit 12 of the status operation condition register 714 SYSTEM SYNCHRONIZED Returns a 1 indicating all prior sequential commands have completed and all overlapped commands have started 496 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_SYNChronized fm IEEE 488 2 Common Commands IEEE 488 2 Common Commands Description CLS The CLS clear status command is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 3
439. lose loop message is set to the MS the closed loop signalling delay time will hold off the BERR measurement from starting for the specified time period Setting Range 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100 ms Query Range 0 to 5 seconds Resolution 100 ms RST 500 ms Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR CLSDELAY TIME 600MS Set delay time 386 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup berror fm SETup BERRor SETup BERRor CLSDelay STATe Function Selects queries the closed loop signalling delay state for Bit Error measurements If the state is off the test set will not wait to start a BERR measurement after a downlink signalling operation has completed The delay time defines how long the test set should wait before starting and BERR measurement after a downlink signalling operation has completed and after the test set has sent a close loop command to the MS When a close loop message is set to the MS the closed loop signalling delay time will hold off the BERR measurement from starting for the specified time period Setting Range 1 ON 0 OFF Query Range 1 0 RST 1 ON Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP BERROR CLSDELAY STATE ON SETup BERRor TYPE Function Sets the measurement type for BER measurements including Type A residual and Type B non resi dual Setting Range TYPEIA TYPEII TYPEIB
440. lowing table See CALL TCHannel ARF Cn SE Lected on page 287 traffic channel details and CALL TCHannel BAND on page 289 for traffic band details See CALL CELL BAND on page 234 for cell band details See CALL BCHannel on page 236 for broadcast channel details Table 2 Test Set Receiver Frequencies Auto Operating Mode Cell Activated State Measurement Band Measurement Frequency Active Cell ON Traffic Band Traffic Channel Active Cell OFF Cell Band Broadcast Channel Table 3 Test Set Receiver Frequencies Auto Operating Mode Test Function Measurement Band Measurement Frequency Test Mode BCH 1 Cell Band Broadcast Channel Test Mode BCH TCH 2 Traffic Band Traffic Channel Test Mode CW Cell Band Broadcast Channel Table Footnotes 1 Actual frequency depends on current broadcast band PGSM EGSM PCS or DCS and is defined in GSM as the uplink frequency 2 Actual frequency depends on current traffic channel band PGSM EGSM PCS or DCS and is defined in GSM as the uplink frequency 519 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_rcvr_test fm Receiver Control Expected Power The expected power parameter is available to the user regardless of the receiver control setting The MS TX level parameter sets the MS uplink power control level ranges while expected power sets the MS uplink power in dBm Expected pow
441. m Conventions on page 213 SYSTem PRESet 1 not recommended for use Function Not recommended for use at this time use the SYSTEM PRESET3 command for partial preset Performs a partial preset This is the recommended command when a user wants to change from remote operation to manual operation and a partial preset is needed Any call in process is disconnected and all measurements are aborted and inactivated Measurement parameters are not changed A partial preset will not modify any measurement settings including trigger arm See Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 Related Topics See Partial Preset on page 535 for more details Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM PRESET Partial preset when changing from remote to manual operation SYSTem PRESet2 Function Performs a full preset the same as using the RST command Either command may be used when a full preset is needed during remote operation of the test set All parameters are set to their default values All measurements are aborted the trigger armis set to single See Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 Related Topics See Full Preset on page 536 for more details Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM PRESET2 Full preset 493 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapt
442. mand If a measurement is initiated while in its measurement cycle it will terminate that measurement and restart it The active state is not a single state but a collection of any state other than the inactive state Deactivating de selecting the measurement is accomplished through an INI Tiate lt MEAS gt OFF command Manually a measurement is activated by selecting it from the M easurement Selection menu A measurement is inactivated by pressing the M easurement Selection key scrolling to measurement in the M easurement Selection menu and then pressing F 4 Close Measurement Figure 1 The Test Set s Measurement States Inactive State Activate Deactivate Active State Idle State Wait for Trigger State f Measuring State Measurement States The following examples describe states of the test set under various conditions Refer to Figure 1 on page 150 Example 2 Inactive State 150 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_trig fm Triggering of Measurements If the test set has just been powered on or any form of preset has been performed then the measurement state is inactive Example 3 Wait for Trigger State If a measurement has been initiated with the INI Tiate command but has not been triggered or a measurement has been selected from the Measurement Selection menu but has not been triggered th
443. mand does not terminate the active call This command is used to determine when a previously issued overlapped command is done Query range 1 RST Setting 1 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL END Send command to terminate active call OUTPUT 714 CALL END OPC Send query to determine when CALL END command is done ENTER 714 Callend is done Program hangs here until CALL END command is finished When CALL END is done a 1 is put in output queue ENTER l is satisfied and program continues execution 247 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib call end fm CALL END CALL END SEQuential Function Terminate the active call but force the overlapped CALL END command to execute as a sequential command This command does terminate the active call The SEQuential modifier forces an overlapped command to execute as a sequential command OUTPUT Programming Example 714 CALL END SEQUENTIAL Terminate the active call with sequential operation CALL END WAIT F unction Terminate the active call but force the test set to process no more GPIB commands until the previously issued overlapped CALL END command is finished This command does not terminate the active call This command is used to halt processing of GPIB commands from the test set s GPIB input buf
444. mation timer Failure T3105 has expired Thetimer expires if the mobile does not respond toa physical information message within 50 ms If the timer has expired and correctly decoded data or a TCH frame has not been received newly allocated channels are released 4 16 Call disconnected Channel This bit is a 1 if the channel assignment timer Assignment Failure T3107 has expired Thetimer expires if the mobile does not respond to an assignment command message within 3 seconds 3 8 Call disconnected Immediate This bit is a 1 if the immediate assignment timer T3101 has expired The timer expires after 1 second if a signaling link is not established when an immediate assignment or immediate assignment extended message is sent If the timer expires newly allocated channels are released 461 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 2 4 Call disconnected Radio Link This bit is a 1 if the radio link time out T100 has Failure expired The timer expires if a radio link is not detected within four SACCH mulitframes 1 92 seconds if no SACCH is present 1 2 Call disconnected Data Link This bit is a 1 if the data link timer T200 has Failure expired This timer is used for retransmission on the data link The expiration period of the timer depends on the messa
445. me of measurements are done INI TiateDONE measurement that is done query Use FETCh query to obtain measurement results INI Tiate DONE query returns NONE all measurements are done 184 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step6 fm Step 6 Make Measurements Example 1 Programming Example The following program segment illustrates making a transmit power measurement and a phase and frequency error measurement concurrently using the recommended process shown in Step 6 Figure 1 Process for Making Measurements on page 184 1 Step 6 Make Measurements 1 Step 6a Start Set of Concurrent Measurements 1 OUTPUT Test set INIT TXP PFER 1 Step 6b Determine If A Measurement Is Done 1 LOOP OUTPUT Test set INIT DON ENTER Test set Meas done Fl E Step 6c
446. ment Results Baer ea oe dn a 190 eee ed rece 191 Step 7 Perform an Intra Cell Handover tede bi MP ee ee ens ee ee ey ee ee ee eee 192 Performing an Intra Cell Handover iilosaaas skakarkRRkurksrEki aaa ions 192 Performing a Dual Band Handover et 193 Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station from the BSE BUENO se 196 Ce 197 Terminating an Active Call from the Base Station Emulator 197 Terminating an Active Call fromthe Mobile Station ii 198 Comprehensive Program Example Example Program With Comments i 200 Example Program Without Comments i 206 Diagram Conventions 213 Deveopng UE eri 214 ABORt Subsystem ED 215 Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions es 215 ABORt AF Generator Subsystem 16 Contents O i Baer Sede i pad EE EE 219 AF Generator CALibration Subsystem ea iios S4 ERE RS E RES VERI dE tsp xe Red unb Rs canes ed 223 Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions i 223 CALibration CALL Subsystem DESIDUUON asin d rii hio R dd PbRCEAREM ARIA AAQARSIAP RIA ROTE Adis 226 Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions ii 226 CALL ACTivated CALL BA CALL BAND CALL BCCode CALL BCH annel CALL BURSt CALL CONN ected CALL COUNt CALL END CALL FUNCtion CALL IMEI CALL LACode CALL M CCode CALL MN Code CALL MS CALL N CCode CALL OPE Rating CALL ORIGinate CALL PAGing CALL PMNCode 17 Contents CALL POWer CALL RFGenerator CALL SIGNaling es p v CP 282 CALL STATus CALL TCHannel
447. ment is five times faster than the normal BER measurement Measurements Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 1 Q Tuning Measurement Thel Q Tuning measurement is not an ETSI specified measurement Measurements Q Tuning Measurement Description on page 63 Dynamic Power Measurement The Dynamic Power measurement is not an ETSI specified measurement Measurements Dynamic Power Measurement Description on page 61 111 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters meas adherence desc fm Test Adherence to Standards 112 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_adherence_desc fm General Programming 3 General Programming 113 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_general_programming fm General Programming 114 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_general_programming fm Burst Synchronization of Measurements Burst Synchronization of Measurements Measurement Synchronization Measurement Synchronization Description Measurement Synchronization determines how a measurements time reference is determined from the measurement data a sampled time record Measurement synchronization occurs after the measurement data is captured For the transmit power and ORFS switching and modulation
448. ment tests the ability of the mobile station to encode an audio signal onto the uplink traffic channel 1 The audio signal originates from the test sets AUDIO OUT connector The audio signal is connected to the mobile station MS by means of an audio frequency input connector or acoustically through a speaker placed near the microphone of the mobile station See AF Generator on page 220 for set up commands for the test set s audio generator 2 The mobile station digitizes and encodes the audio signal that is transmitted on the uplink TCH 3 The uplink TCH is decoded with a bit accurate GSM RPE LTP decoder to yield a block of 13 bit PCM samples within the DSP As described in ETSI GSM 06 10 NOTE The MS needs to be stimulated with a pulsed audio signal during a DAUDIO measurement The audio signal must be pulsed at a 10 Hz rate with 50 duty cycle See AF Generator PULSe STATe on page 221 The decoded audio measurement returns the rms value in percent of full scale of the speech signal present on the uplink encoded audio signal over a 100 ms 10 Hz period of time The DAUDIO measurement performs an rms level measurement of a speech signal on the uplink TCH with optional bandpass filtering Speech data can be filtered using a tunable 100 Hz bandpass filter prior to analysis The center frequency of the 100 Hz bandpass filter may be tuned from 200 Hz to 3 6 kHz Setting the frequency will activate the filter The trigger sou
449. ment triggering refer to Triggering of Measurements on page 149 90 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersummeas pvt desc fm Power versus Time Measurement Description Figure 3 Typical GSM PvT Measurement mask position error 4 dBc 1 dBc 1 dBc 542 8 us TCH 312 2 us RACH Useful part of the burst measa neas timing error 10 hs 8us 10 hs 91 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_pvt_desc fm Power versus Time Measurement Description Burst Synchronization The PvT measurement provides the user a choice for the time reference burst synchronization see Burst Synchronization of Measurements on page 115 Table 6 Burst Synchronization Description Midamble References measurement timing to the midamble transmitted within a timeslot RF Amplitude The amplitude rise and fall of a transmitted burst determines the measurement time reference None No edge of the burst will be detected the measurement will be made using the first 87 or 147 bits of data found centered around the middle of the expected burst position For may be used when measuring non bursted signals Related Topics DRAKA AE AEA AEA AK EA eek A EAE ok AK AK EA AK A RK EK AK oe oko ARK AK RAK KK KKK Programming a Power versus Time Measurement on page 93 Test Adherence to Standards
450. mmand Errors Error Message Description 184 Macro parameter error Indicates that a command inside the macro definition had the wrong number or type of parameters Related Topics DRAKA AEA AK EA AK AA A AE RA AE A AK AA AK EA RK A RA AEA AEA AK AA ARK AK RK KK KKK Standard Event Status Register on page 470 DRAKA KAA KAKA AK AA eek RA AE A RK AA AK EA AK A RK EAE AE AR AK AA ARK A RK EK KKK 586 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg100 fm 200 to 299 Execution Errors Description These errors are generated when something occurs that is incorrect in the current state of the instrument 200 to 299 Execution Errors These errors may be generated by a user action from either the remote or the manual user interface Error Message Description 200 Execution error This event bit Bit 4 indicates a PROGRAM DATA element following a header was outside the legal input range or otherwise inconsistent with the device s capabilities see EEE 488 2 11 5 1 1 5 203 Command protected Indicates that a legal password protected program command or query could not be executed because the command was disabled 220 Parameter error Indicates that a program data element related error occurred 221 Setting conflict Indicates that a legal program data element was parsed but could not be executed due to the current
451. mmas See SETup ORF Spectrum M ODulation F RE Quency OF F Set for the command that turns on frequency offsets Each frequency value is optionally followed by HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ The default units are HZ hertz Query Range 200 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH ORFSPECTRUM MODULATION FREQUENCY OFFSET 200 KHZ 400 KHZ Returns the ORFS due to modulation average measurement results at the 200 kHz and 400 kHz offsets only assuming these offsets are turned on FETCh ORFSpectrum POWer Function Returns the TX carrier power measurement result from the last ORFS measurement This measurement is made using the method described in the Transmit Power Measurement Description on page 106 Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH ORFSPECTRUM POWER TXPOWER Returns TX carrier power FETCh ORFSpectrum POWer BWIDth Function Queries the ORFS 30 kHz bandwidth power measurement See Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 325 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWMpib fetch orfspectrum fm FETCh ORFSpectrum FETCh ORFSpectrum SWITChing ALL MAXimum Funct
452. mobile station in test mode and transmitting a GMSK modulated sequence of all Os or all 1s The mobile can betransmitting either a bursted signal or a continuous wave signal Q Tuning is not an ETSI specified measurement The carrier frequency is shifted up or down 67 7083 kHz by transmitting a sequence of all Os 467 7083 kHz or all 1s 67 7083 kHz The accuracy of the mobile s Q modulator is determined by measuring the level of spurious signals relative to the desired signal the desired signal being the carrier frequency 367 7083 kHz The signals the test set measures are the carrier frequency Fc Fc 67 7083 kHz Fc 135 417 kHz F c4 203 125 kHz and F c 270 833 kHz These signals are measured at the RF IN OUT port The figure below shows a typical spectrum generated by a mobile transmitting a sequence of all Os The peak at the 467 7083 kHz offset is the one used as the reference Thel Q Tuning measurement also allows you to make an additional relative power measurement at any frequency you want between 13 0 MHz to 1 0 MHz and 1 0 MHz to 13 0 MHz relative to the carrier frequency Figure2 Spectrum of a mobile transmitting a sequence of all Os da ak iij eis 1 1 Relative L evel dB d z0 12 L 270 84 203 13 135 42 67 71 0 67 71 135 42 203 13 270 84 Offset Frequency kHz 63 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_iq_desc fm 1 Q Tuning
453. mode 220 GSM call processing failure Call processing not available Indicates the BS Emulator VI cannot be instantiated 230 GSM operation rejected Call processing disabled Indicates an attempt to perform a BS Emulator action when the BS emulator VI is inactive 231 GSM operation rejected Attempting to set MCC while generating a BCH Indicates that the Cell Activated State is still On The Cell Activated State must be turned Off before setting the BCC 232 GSM operation rejected Attempting to set LAC while generating a BCH Indicates that the Cell Activated State is still On The Cell Activated State must be turned Off before setting the BCC 233 GSM operation rejected Attempting to set BCC while generating a BCH Indicates that the Cell Activated State is still On The Cell Activated State must be turned Off before setting the BCC 234 GSM operation rejected Attempting to set NCC while generating a BCH Indicates that the Cell Activated State is still On The Cell Activated State must be turned Off before setting the BCC 235 GSM operation rejected Attempting to set MNC while generating a BCH Indicates that the Cell Activated State is still On The Cell Activated State must be turned Off before setting the BCC 4236 GSM operation rejected Only one call can be supported at a time Indicates an attempt at a second call being activated 237 GSM operation rejected Request
454. mode DRX which configures the MS to look for a pagein a pre defined paging subchannel only When paging mode is set to Reorg DRX off the test set will page the MS on the paging channel in the next available paging channel without waiting for the defined paging group When paging mode is set to Normal DRX on the test set will page the MS on the correct paging subchannel defined by the mobile station s paging group Setting range REORg NORMal Query range REOR NORM RST Setting Reorg Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL PAGING MODE REOR MS will be sent a page on the next available paging subchannel 269 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_paging fm CALL PAGing CALL PAGing MFRames Function Sets queries the number of multiframes between paging subchannels This parameter is used when the paging mode is normal MF Rames and IMSI are used to define the mobile station s paging group The paging group determines when an MS can expect a page if paging mode is normal Setting range 2 to9 resolution 1 Query range 2 to9 resolution 1 RST Setting 2 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL PAGING MFRAMES 5 Sets the number of multiframes between paging subchannels 270 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_c
455. n SYSTem COMMunicate LAN SELF ADDRess Function Sets queries the test set s LAN IP address The value of A is used to determine the subnet mask see SY STem COM M unicate LAN SELF SMASk on page 483 If the LAN address is changed the subnet mask should be checked to insure that it is set to the proper class for that LAN address Setting Range 15 characters formatted as follows A B C D where A 0 to 223 B C D 0 to 255 no embedded spaces Query Range 15 characters formatted as follows A B C D where A 0 to 223 B C D 0 to 255 no embedded spaces Factory 0 0 0 0 this parameter is not affected by any reset operation and can only be changed by direct setting user access Related LAN IP Address on page 560 Topics Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM COMMUNICATE LAN SELF ADDRESS 200 015 156 255 Sets the ILAN IP laddress 482 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersihpib SYSTem communicate fm SYSTem COMMunicate SYSTem COMMunicate LAN SELF DGATeway Function Sets queries the LAN IP router gateway address for the test set Setting Range 15 characters formatted as follows A B C D where A 0 to 223 B C D 0 to 255 no embedded spaces blank field Query Range 15 characters formatted as follows A B C D where A B C D 0 to 255 no embedded spaces blank field Factory blank field this p
456. n f necessary the user may manually set the delay see SETup BERRor L DControl AU TO on page 388 NOTE In case the test set is not able to correlate the data it transmits on the downlink with the data it receives on the uplink a Measurement Timeout value should be set If a timeout is not set and the test set is unableto correlate the measurement will appear to hang The BER measurement trigger source is always set to immediate The BER measurement does not offer multi measurement results See Statistical Measurement Results on page 136 BER FBER and DAUDIO uplink speech level measurements are mutually exclusive measurements Whichever of these measurements is activated last forces the others to become inactive Measurements type Residual Residual TypelA 50 bits per speech frame Residual TypelB 132 bits per speech frame Residual Typell 78 bits per speech frame Loopback TypeA is sent to the mobile station when one of these residual measurement types is selected A BER measurement with FE will return the frame erasure count or ratio results The mobile station will indicate in the speech frame if the downlink frame was received with CRC cydic redundancy check errors the speech frames are erased The mobile station sets all bits in the uplink speech frame to 0 indicating speech frames were erased Non residual TypelA 50 bits per speech frame TypelB 132 bits per speech frame Typell 78 bits per spe
457. n Figure 3 Amplitude Offset Transmitter Example Agilent 8960 Transmit Power setting 85 dBm AAN DUT Amplitude offset 2 3 dB 3 dB network bidirectional Instrument Plane DUT Plane Actual Power 82 dBm Actual Power 85 dBm When amplitude offset is non zero the transmit power setting reflects the actual power at the DUT plane Receiver example The expected power setting reflects the actual power at the device under test This means the value displayed for expected power does not change however the test set s hardware changes internally to expect a level that includes the offset If the expected power setting is 12 dBm and then the SYSTEM CORRECTI ON SGAIN 3DB command is sent the expected power remains unchanged at 12 dBm to reflect the level at the device under test but the test set s internal hardware changes to receive 9 dBm the actual power received at the test set s RF IN OUT connector The following figure shows a receiver example Input power is the combination of the expected power and amplitude offset values Figure 4 Amplitude Offset Receiver Example Signal Flow Agilent 8960 Input Power setting 12 dBm 4 AA C DUT Amplitude offset 3 dB 3 dB network bidirectional Instrument Plane DUT Plane Power 9 dBm Actual Power 12 dBm When amplitude offset is non zero the input power setting re
458. n 1 Transmit power average Range 100 to 100 dBm and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 369 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm RFANalyzer Subsystem RFANalyzer Subsystem J uly 1 1999 Description The RFANalyzer command subsystem performs lower level functions that control the Test Set s measuring receiver Most of these functions are normally controlled indirectly by commands in other subsystems One exception would be when operating in Test Mode For example the command CALL TCHannel lt channel number gt would set the RFANalyzer E XPected F RE Quency parameter to the frequency that maps to the uplink traffic channel specified Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions RFANalyzer on page 371 370 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_rfanalyzer_description fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer RFANalyzer s CONTrol AUTO lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 EXPected POWer lt sp gt lt num value DBM Y TDCS EGSM gt ERG PGSM gt Viv RFANalyzer s MANual gt BAND lt sp gt DCS EGSM PCS 1PGSM gt gt gt 4CHANnel gt sp num value gt ELected y DGS EGSM gt PLS PGSM
459. n page 481 DRAKA KAA EK EA AK AEA RAK AE RAE A AK AK AEA AK A RK AEA RAKE A AK AEA ARK AK RK KK KKK 557 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_hpib fm Obtaining Identification Information IDN Obtaining Identification Information IDN February 14 2000 Description The identification query provides information about the origin nature and definition of the test set and is divided into four parts Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number and Firmware Revision I DN is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 14 DN query returns identification information as a common separated string IDN Programming Example DIM A 100 OUTPUT 714 IDN returns manufacturer model number serial number and 0 separated by commas ENTER 714 A PRINT AS would print for example Agilent Technologies 8960 Series 10 E5515A 1US38020105 0 Manufacturer Example Agilent Technologies Model Number Printable ASCII characters excluding comma and semicolon up to a 15 character string Example 8960 Series 10 E5515A Serial Number Printable ASCII characters excluding comma and semicolon up to a 10 character string Example US00000123 Firmware Printable ASCII characters excluding comma and semicolon up to a 20 character string Example 0 558 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_ident fm Obtai
460. n this example the test set transmits a CW signal on DCS frequency 1805 4 mHz at an output power level of 80 dBm 1 Set the RF generator output power to 80 dBm OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR POWER 80 2 Select test mode OUTPU 714 CALL OPERATING MODE TEST 3 Select PGSM as the RF generator band OUTPU 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR BAND DCS 4 Select CW as the test function OUTPU 714 CALL FUNCTION DOWNLINK CW 5 Configure the test set s output frequency to 1805 4 MHz OUTPU 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR FREQUENCY 1805 4MHZ 531 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters gen bse test fm Test Mode Operating Mode Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 CALL OPE Rating on page 266 Receiver Control on page 518 DEAK KKK AK AK ARK KK AK KK AK OK KK KK AK KOK KK OK KK KK aK KK KK aK KK KK OK KK KK aK KOK KKK KKK 532 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_test fm Testing a Mobile for Enhanced Full Rate Speech Channel Mode Testing a Mo
461. nce 0 operating mode is set to active cell a call is in the connected state and active broadcast band is EGSM Step 1 Configure the traffic channel in the new broadcast band OUTPU est set CALL TCH DCS 556 OUTPU est set CALL MS TXL DCS 4 Step 2 Change the traffic channel band OUTPUT Test set CALL TCH BAND DCS This is a sequential command so no lother commands will be executed until the handover is complete the IMS has communicated to the BSE that it Ihas successfully transitioned to the new channel OR a protocol timer has Itimed out Step 3 Check that the call is still in the connected state It is possible that the MS did not successfully connect on the new channel OUTPUT Test set CALL STAT STAT ENTER Test set Call state IF Call state CONN THEN put error handler here END IF 1 Call is connected so proceed with control program 195 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step7 fm Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station from the BSE Step 8 Disconnect the Mobile Station from the BSE Background See Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station for a discussion of call connect disconnect synchronization Using the Call Connected State Query for Call Disconnect Synchronization The call connected state query only hangs if the call is in a transi
462. nce desc fm Test Adherence to Standards Making a faster ORFS measurement When Multi Measurement Count Modulation is greater than 1 the measurement is performed over 40 or more bits in each of the regions from bit 15 to 60 and bit 87 to 132 of the burst In GSM 11 10 the measurement is only specified on the latter section of the burst Measuring on both the front and back of the burst has two advantages First this method provides two modulation measurements per burst to the user effectively doubling measurement throughput Secondly it provides additional information regarding the spurious performance of the mobile The method of test in GSM 11 10 is based upon time gated spectrum analysis this technique only allows one measurement per bust Modern DSP techniques employed in the test set makes it possible to measure more of the burst while still excluding the unwanted effects of the midamble and switching transients generated by burst modulation Measurements Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Reference Sensitivity ETSI GSM 11 10 section 14 2 The method of test implemented by the test set s Bit Error measurement conforms to the measurement method defined in ETSI GSM 11 10 Ver 4 21 1 Sect 14 2 Making a faster Reference Sensitivity measurement An alternative method of test for making a Reference Sensitivity measurement is to usethe Fast Bit Error F BER measurement in the test set The FBER measure
463. nction Sets queries the trigger state for TX carrier power measurements Setting Single trigger mode 0 OFF Continuous trigger mode 1 ON Query o 1 RST Setting O off Program OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER CONTINUOUS OFF Example specifies single trigger mode for TX Carrier Power measurements Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER CONTINUOUS OFF Specifies single trigger mode for ITX Carrier Power measurements SETup TXPower COUNt SNUMber Function Sets queries the number of TX carrier power measurements the test set will make and turns the multi measurement count state on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER COUNT SNUMBER 99 Sets the state to on and the multi measurement count value Ito 99 SETup TXPower COUNt NUMBer Function Sets queries the number of TX power measurements the test set will make when the multi measurement state is on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER COUNT NUMBER 5 Sets the TX Power multi measurement count number to 5 433 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_txpower fm SETup TXPower SETup TXPower COUN
464. nd is equivalent to an INI Tiate F ETCh cycle for a measurement A READ command executes an abort action on that measurement followed by an INITiate and a FETCH READ commands can be mixed with FETCH queries in order to make combinations of sequential and overlapped operations One measurement can be issued a READ command sequential and the next measurement can be issued I NI Tiate F ETCh commands overlapped if necessary The advantage of using the READ commands to obtain measurement results as opposed to the INI Tiate F ETCh method is e tis simpler Fewer commands are required to obtain measurement results Some disadvantages of using READ over INITiate and FETCh are Thetest set does not process any additional GPIB commands until the requested measurement results are available e Thesequential nature of the READ command does not allow the user to make concurrent measurements Concurrent measurements require the overlapped commands I NITiate DONE and FETCh TheREAD command does not provide measurement results such as statistics that are available using the INITiate F ETCh method TheREAD commands have pre defined measurement results If additional results are needed from a measurement they may be obtained with a FETCh query NOTE Trigger arming for each measurement is controlled in the SETup subsystem Best practice during remote operation is to set trigger arm to single Continuous Off Program Example READ
465. ne program to givethe programmer a sense of how to tie everything together About the Programming Examples Presented in This Programming Guide Programming Language Programming examples presented in this Programming Guide are written in the Rocky Mountain BASIC programming language also known as RMB Syntax Used in Programming Examples 1 Programming examples usethe shortened form of the command syntax to minimize GPIB bus transactions The shortened form of a command is defined by use of capital letters in the command syntax Example 1 Command Syntax CALL STATus TCHannel TSLot Example 2 Shortened Form CALL STAT TCH TSL 2 Programming examples do not include default nodes Default nodes in the command syntax are defined by enclosing the node inside the brackets Example 3 Command Syntax CALL CELL 1 ACTivated STATe ON 1 OFF 0 Example 4 Command Syntax without Default Nodes CALL ACT ON 1 OFF 0 3 Programming examples make extensive use of compound commands using the and the separators Refer tothe test set s reference information for information on the definition and use of these command separators 156 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide intro fm Step 1 Set the Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Cell Step 1 Set the Test Set s Operating Mode to Active Cell Background The test set contains a
466. nected state query command can be used at any time to determine the connected state of a call The built in provision to automatically wait if the call is in one of thetransitory states eliminates the need for rapid polling when the call connected state query command is used to synchronize to a call connect disconnect process NOTE If repeat paging is on a call origination process can stay in one of the transitory states until the mobile either answers the page or until the user stops the paging process This means that if a call connected state query command is sent tothetest set with repeat paging set to on the query could hang forever 173 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Example 1 Command Syntax CALL CONNected STATe Using the Call Connected State Query for Call Connect Synchronization The call connected state query only hangs if the call is in a transitory state otherwise it immediately returns a 1 Connected state or a 0 Idle state At the start of a call connect process the call state is Idle Sending call connected state query at the start of a call connect process could immediately return a zero if the query is satisfied before the connection process has started that is moved from the Idle state into one of the transitory states For correct call connect synchronization it is necessary that the q
467. nformation bits with downlink information bits when loopback delay control mode is manual auto off To set the loopback delay mode to manual refer to SETup F BERror L DControl AU TO on page 394 This value is displayed in the TDMA Frames Delay field when Auto is not displayed If you want to display this value and Auto is currently displayed press the front panel key labeled MANUAL Refer to Fast Bit Error Measurement Description on page 69 for a description of frame delay and how it is used in this measurement Setting Range 0 to 26 Resolution 1 Query Range 0 to 26 Resolution 1 RST 5 loopback delay control is reset to automatic auto on Related Topics see SETup F BERror L DControl AUT O on page 394 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP FBERROR MANUAL DELAY 6 Set frame delay to 6 frames SETup FBERror SLControl Function Selects queries the Signalling loopback control state for an FBER measurement When the state is set to on the test set will automatically send the command for Type C burst by burst loopback to the MS when a FBER measurement is activated and then set loopback to off when the measurement is complete The loopback type is controlled manually from the Mobile Loopback F 12 key see CALL TCHannel LOOP back on page 291 for a program example and details about the command Setting Range 1 ON 0 OFF Query Range 1 0 RST 1 ON
468. ng 268 513 response unit message separator RMUS 120 revision number codeware 558 RF risetrigger source 149 rms phase error 82 S select a measurement 542 selecting a radio personality 569 semicolon use of in compound queries 120 serial number 558 service request SRQ 37 set up a measurement 543 singletriggering 151 Speech 286 521 Speech Frames Delay 385 speech source downlink 521 standard deviation 136 statistical measurement results 544 statistics 136 status preset 536 Switching Offset ORFS 412 synchronization call processing events 30 39 call processing states 35 INIT DONE 132 measurement event 132 service request SRQ 37 STAT OPER CALL 37 T table broadcast allocation 501 513 TCH Band parameter 502 TCH parameters 521 TCH timing advance 517 TDMA Frames Delay 391 test application error 603 test application hardware error 601 Test Function 249 test functions BCH 526 BCH TCH 529 CW 531 test mode operating mode 524 Test Set Beeper 556 3 digit MNC for PCS 513 Time Offset Index 613 Index PVT 426 timeouts 128 changing time units 128 Timeslot 286 521 timeslot frame trigger 515 timing advance 517 Traffic Band 286 Traffic Chan Band 521 Traffic Channel 286 501 521 traffic channel selecting frequency band 502 traffic channel parameters 521 transmit power TXP measurement 106 programming example 108 transmitted
469. ng that a call state change has occured The change detector works in conjunction with the Connected I dle Query Arming the CALL CONNECTED query provides a way for the test set to know when the call state change process is done The call state change detector becomes disarmed when any of the following conditions have been met thecall processing state has progressed to either connected or idle Or e the attempt to connect or disconnect a call failed and one of the test set s Fixed Timers has timed out Or nocall processing state changes occurred within thetime period specified by the timeout timer The following command arms the call state change detector but does not cause any call processing function to start OUTPUT 714 CALL CONNECTED ARM IMMEDIATE Used for mobile station originated calls These commands automatically arm the call state change detector and start the base station originated call processing functions OUTPUT 714 CALL ORIGINATE Used for base station originated call connect OUTPUT 714 CALL END Used for base station originated call disconnect idle Call State Change Detector Timeout f a state change does not occur the user needs a way to control how long to wait for the change detector The change detector is disarmed by the timeout timer After a timeout the connected idle query will return a 1 for connected or a 0 for idle The timeout timer is use
470. ning 63 programming example 65 output RF spectrum ORFS 75 programming example 78 phase and frequency error PFER programming example 85 phase and frequency error PFER description 82 power versus time PVT programming example 93 power versus time PVT description 88 103 transmit power TXP programming example 108 transmit power TXP description 106 measuring continuous measurement state 151 measuring single measurement state 151 message log how to access 605 minimum value 136 Missing Bursts 243 mixed data types problems with 120 MNC 512 MNC Mobile Network Code 253 mobile country code 512 Mobile DTX State 517 Mobile Loopback 286 521 mobile network code 512 mobile station originated call 29 Index Index Mobile Station Timing Advance 517 model number 558 Modulation Offset ORFS 412 Modulation Offset ORFS 406 412 MS TX Level 501 517 M ulti M easurement Count 1 Q Tuning 406 ORFS 412 PFER 421 PVT 426 TXP 432 Multi M easurement Count Modulation ORFS 412 M ulti M easurement Count Switching ORFS 412 Multi measurement Count Decoded Audio 398 multi measurements 136 count 131 multiple queries using semicolon separator 120 NCC 512 NCC Network Colour Code 265 network color code 512 newlink CALLSIGNFACCH 282 non persistent errors 126 Number of bits to test BERR 385 FBER 391 o Obtaining Test Application Information 567 Operat
471. ning Identification Information IDN Related Topics DEAK ARK KK ACK eek EK OK AK ACK KE EK AEA AK A OK AEA KE AK OK AK EA AA AK ROK ARK SK KA KK OK AK OK AK IDN on page 497 CALibration DATE on page 225 Obtaining Test Application Information on page 567 SY STem COM Municate on page 481 DEAR AKA KA AK ARK ARK A KK ok AK AK A AK KE ook EK OK AK EA KE RAK RK AK EA AKA AK ARK ARK A KA KK OK KK AK 559 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_ident fm Configuring the Test Set s LAN Configuring the Test Set s LAN Description LAN IP Address TheLAN address is a character string with a maximum of 15 characters and a format of A B C D whereA is between 0 and 223 and B C and D are between 0 and 255 No embedded spaces are allowed The address may be manually set viewed in the system configuration screen The LAN address can be set queried using the SYSTem subsystem TheLAN address is a non volatile parameter The LAN address is not affected by any reset operation and can only be changed by direct access to the parameter itself NOTE If the LAN address is set to a valuein a different network class than the previous value the subnet mask will change to the default net mask for the new network class For convenience the DATA port on the front panel may be configured as a LAN port When a RJ 45 jumper cable part number E5515 61160 is connected from the
472. nk path The BCH TCH burst modulation is the same as when the operating mode is set to active cell Cell power is set using the CALL POWer on page 273 command Manually synchronizing the mobile station to the BCCH is not under direct control of the test set it is the user s responsibility Changes to the TCH timeslot and TCH ARFCN will reconfigure the downlink although no channel assignment signaling will take place By default the test set s receiver is configured to receive the mobile station s signal at the TCH uplink frequency The test set s receiver frequency can be set manually which decouples the automatic setting Changes to the MS TX level will couple to the expected power and the MS TX Level parameter will be transmitted on the downlink BCCH and SACCH Changes to TCH timing advance will also appear on the downlink SACCH Whether the mobile station makes use of these parameters is a function of the mobile station All measurements are available to the user the same as if operating mode was active mode Example 10 BCH TCH Test Function Using Auto Receiver Control The following example shows how to set up a test mode measurement using the test function BCH TCH In this example the test set is configured to transmit a BCH on PGSM channel 21 a TCH on PGSM channel 31 and receive the mobile station on PGSM channel 31 at power level 12 1 Select test mode UTPU 714 CALL OPERATING MODE TEST elect PGSM
473. nse time of several microseconds and can measure power during the bursts of TDMA systems The RF Interface module provides two identical RF Source path connections to the In Out port of the instrument Thereis about 25 dB of isolation between the two source paths There is about 35 dB of isolation between the source paths and either receiver path The RFIO module has nominally 23 dB of insertion loss in the source path A temperature sensing circuit facilitates compensation for path loss variation with 504 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersgen block diagram fm Block Diagram temperature The sampled input power from the directional bridge can be amplified by as many as two 18 dB range amplifiers and then can be directed to the fast detector or the slow detector The input power to the fast detector is detected by a diode detector that is part of a feedback loop The input to the slow detector is measured in a bridge using a pair of RMS thermal detectors in a feedback loop Signals from the fast and slow power detectors are calibrated with Gain DAC s Video gain can be applied in 6 dB and 1 5 dB steps Signal Downconversion The test set s downconversion receiver section has two downconversion modules a high performance Measurement Downconversion Module for making measurements and a Demodulation Downconversion Module for maintaining the radio link Measurement Downconverter Module The
474. nt PUT 714 CALL END protocol as a trigger source PU XPOWER PUT 714 INITIATE TXPOWE PU XPOWER PRINT IF Integrity F PRINT END IF 140 1 T Measurement did not time out integrity Queries the TX Power measurement result ER 714 Integrity Tx pwr result NT Integrity indicator was 2 THEN Integrity Indicator 2 indicates TX power timed out I Measurement timed out TX power measurement result was Tx pwr result In this example if the TX power measurement takes longer than 5 seconds to complete the F ETCh command will obtain an integrity value of 2 Thetest set s GPIB will then be available to accept more commands Related Topics Integrity Indicator on page 125 SETup Subsystem on page 379 DRAKA RAE ARK AK A RK AE RA AA A AA AA AK A RK A RA EK ok okok kk AK A ARK AK RK RK KKK Ke 129 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_timeout fm Invalid Measurement Results Invalid Measurement Results Description Invalid measurement results are returned by the test set when conditions such as signal level are not within the present measurement range Three different invalid measurement re
475. nt This information should be reviewed before proceeding The directions for how to determine test application name and revision are found in this document Setting Range Any string up to 25 characters This string is not case sensitive Query Range Any string up to 25 characters including a null string AMPS 136 Mobile Test GSM Mobile Test Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION SELECT NAME AMPS 136 MOBILE TEST SYSTem APPLication SELect REVision Function Selects a test application revision The revision does not need to be set in order to switch test applications The only time you select revisions is to change revisions Queries the test set for the test application revision that has been selected NOTE GSM Mobile Test revisions before A 04 00 did not have test application switching and provide no way to return to revisions that have switching Users will need to reload a revision that has test application switching following the download process for upgrading firmware Setting Range Any string up to 20 characters This string is not case sensitive Query Range Any string up to 20 characters including null Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION SELECT REVISION GSM MOBILE TEST A 04 00 478 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hp
476. ntegrity indicator and the relative power level at the following offset frequencies carrier frequency 367 7083 kHz 135 417 kHz 203 125 kHz 270 833 kHz The spur measurement result is also returned TheFETCh command should be used to return other measurement results See FETCh IQTuning on page 318 365 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWpib read fm READ Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Signal level relative to the desired signal at 9 different frequencies e Range 100 to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB The order of the signal level results are e 270 833 kHz e 203 125 kHz 135 417 kHz e 67 7083 kHz carrier frequency 467 7083 kHz 435 417 kHz e 4203 125 kHz e 4270 833 kHz Relative power of the spur frequency Range 100 to 100 dB and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 366 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm READ ORFSpectrum ALL READ Function Queries initiates and fetches one output RF spectrum measurement as a sequential operation Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 TX Power Output RF Spectrum due to Switching Max 30 KHz Bandwidth Power and Output RF Spectrum due to Modulation Average The FETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement re
477. nts More than one measurement can be started using a single INITiate command For example OUTPUT Test set INIT TXP PFER would start the transmit power measurement and the phase and frequency error measurement These measurements would then run concurrently 187 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualNChaptersWrog prog guide step6a fm Step 6b Determine if a Measurement Is Done Step 6b Determine if a Measurement Is Done J uly 12 1999 Background After a set of concurrent measurements have been started it is desirable that the control program be able to determine when individual measurement results are available so that the control program can request that measurement s results without having to wait on other measurements which have not yet completed Overview ThelNITiate DONE query command is used to determine which measurement is finished As the name implies the query returns the name of whichever active measurement is done so that the control program can request that measurement s results This command is query only and returns only one response per query The responses returned and their meaning are shown in the following table Once a measurement is reported as being done via the INITiate DONE query it is removed from the done list measurements are only reported as being done once The design of the INITiate DONE query is predicated on the control program immediately fet
478. nts When ON an automatic trigger re arm occurs if a measurement is triggered when no valid signal burst is present See Trigger Qualifier Description on page 152 Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 1 on Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER TRIGGER QUALIFIER ON Sets trigger qualifier state Ito On 436 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup txpower fm STATus Subsystem Description STATus Subsystem Description Description The STATus subsystem is used to communicate current test set status information to the controlling application program Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions STATus OPE Ration on page 438 STATus PRE Set on page 454 STATus QUE Stionable on page 455 Standard Event Status Register on page 470 Status Byte Register on page 469 Status Register Bit Definitions Status Byte Register Bit Assignments on page 469 Standard Event Status Register Bit Assignment on page 471 STAT us QUE Stionable Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 459 STATus QUE Stionable CALL Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 460 STATus QUE Stionable CALL GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 461 STAT us QUE Stionable E RRors Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 463 STAT us QUE Stionable E RRors GSM Condition Register Bit As
479. nts which make up the test set source system are described in the following sections Baseband Generators The purpose of the Baseband Generator module is to provide for the modulation type currently in effect properly formatted baseband signals to the modulation circuits on the RF Source modules The Baseband Generator performs several functions related to the generation and processing of these base band modulation signals These are e Transform data and clock signals from the Protocol Processor module into base band analog I Q modulation signals for the I Q modulator in the Vector Output module Transform data from the Protocol Processor module into baseband FSK modulation for the FM modulator in the Signal Generator module e Provide baseband FM path source selection gain adjustment and summing node for analog FM signals from the Audio module and internally generated baseband FSK signals which are output to the FM modulator in the Signal Generator module Transform burst and adjacent timeslot signals from the Protocol Processor module into baseband burst modulation signals for the burst modulator in the Vector Output module 508 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersgen block diagram fm Active Cell Operating Mode Active Cell Operating Mode April 20 1999 Thetest set can operate in two different operating modes active cell mode or test mode The operating modes changes the way
480. num value gt CELL 1 ly 2 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL MCCode Function Sets queries the value of the Mobile Country Code MCC Setting range 0 to 999 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 999 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL MCCODE 4 Sets the cell s mobile country code to 4 252 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptershpib call mccode fm CALL MNCode CALL MNCode CALL gt MNCode gt lt sp gt lt num value gt CELL 1 ly 2 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL MNCode Function Sets queries the value of the Mobile Network Code MNC Setting range 0 to 99 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 99 resolution 1 RST Setting 1 Related Topics Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL MNCODE 45 Sets the cell s mobile network code to 45 253 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_mncode fm CALL MS CALL MS J uly 1 1999
481. number that is the error code reported by protocol 593 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos100 fm 100 to 199 Core Device Specific Error Error Message Description 113 Internal error VI NAME gt forced inactive Indicates that a VI is inactivated when not executed VI NAME 7could be ntVmVI GSMFixedVI MiscVI or GSMSacchMriVI 114 Internal error V I NAME not responding Indicates that a VI has not been instantiated or the state is not available 120 Warning Receiver overrange due to present setting of amplitude offset SY ST CORR GAIN Indicates the combination of Expected Power and Amplitude Offset are out of range for the test set 121 Warning Receiver underrange due to present setting of amplitude offset SY ST CORR GAIN Indicates the combination of Expected Power and Amplitude Offset are out of range for the output level of the MS 122 Warning Reference out of lock Indicates the test set s internal reference is out of lock 123 Warning Duplicate RF IN OUT Amplitude Offset Frequency entry First frequency entry in RF IN OUT Amplitude Offset table will be used Indicates that an amplitude offset value for that frequency has already been entered The test set will use the amplitude offset value entered first 130 Configuration error Unable to switch to indicated Test Application
482. nuous gt Ssp 1 ON O OFF L gt returns 1 0 LE COUNt sp num value gt LDControl AUTO gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF L gt returns 1 0 gt SETup FBERror 4 MANual DELay sp num value gt gt SLControl lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt gt returns 1 0 Ms TIMeout lt sp gt lt num value S MS gt STIMe il CS Complex Command L TIME lt sp gt lt num value gt S MS _s gt STATe lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt gt L gt returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 391 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_fberror fm SETup FBERror SETup FBERror CLSDelay STIMe Function Selects queries the closed loop signalling delay time in seconds for Fast Bit Error measurements and sets the delay state to ON The units S MS are optional if nounits are specified than units default to S The delay time defines how long the test set should wait before starting a FBER measurement The downlink signalling operation must be completed and the test set must send a dose loop command to the MS before the measurement can begin The delay time allows time for the loop to close When a close loop message is set to the MS the closed loop signalling delay time will hold off the FBER measurement from starting for the specified time period Setting Range
483. ny form of preset see Preset Descriptions on page 535 Setting Range NCLude AAUDio BERRor DAUDio DPOWer FBERror IQTuning ORFSpectrum PFERror PVTime TXPower EXCLude AAUDio BERRor DAUDio DPOWer FBERror IQTuning ORFSpectrum PFERror PVTime TXPower Related Topics INITiateDONE Programming Example OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE FLAG AAUDIO EXCLUDE excludes AAUDIO measurements from contributing the INIATIATE DONE query INITiate ON Function Queries the names of the measurements none one or more than one that are ON in a comma separated list of measurement mnemonics See I NITiate measurement mnemonic gt ON on page 356 Query Range AAUD BERR DAUD DPOW FBER IQT ORFS PFER PVT TXP NONE 358 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib initiate fm READ Subsystem READ Subsystem Syntax Diagram and Command Descriptions READ Description The READ command provides a sequential method to make measurements and retrieve the results READ will hang the GPIB bus until the measurement is completed or until the timeout value has been exceeded Associated SETup commands for each measurement are used with the READ command to retrieve desired measurement results in a sequential manner Sending a READ comma
484. o gt 600 ohm loads and up to 0 8 Vpk into an 8 ohm load e g speaker The output level is calibrated for all modes except discriminator audio 507 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersgen block diagram fm Block Diagram The discriminator audio has an uncalibrated volume control provided due to the high tolerances involved Typically the DDS mode is used to feed the MIC input of a radio or it may simply be used as a general purpose low distortion function generator Demodulated audio can be selected from either of two Demodulation Downconverters 300 3000 Hz BPF 750 usec de emphasis and expandor circuits can be individually applied to the receiver audio or bypassed Audio echo can be selected to route the received audio to the front panel audio output connector RF Sources The test set can contain two identical RF sources The RF sources are used to provide analog or digitally modulated RF carriers for use in parametric testing of mobile stations encompassing a variety of cellular radio formats In general the sources have a frequency range of 45 MHz to 2 7 GHz and an amplitude range of 13 dBm to 135 dBm The RF sources consist of a Synthesized Signal Generator module followed by a Vector Output module and an RF Attenuator module Baseband modulation information is supplied to the RF sources from a Baseband Generator module preceded by an Audio Section module The various compone
485. o using a test bus ensure that the call state change detector time out time is long enough to allow a human to dial the number 179 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChapters rog prog guide step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Step 4 Figure 2 Process For Making A Mobile Station Originated Call Set call state change detector time out time Arm call state change detector Send call connected state query command Originate a call from mobile station Enter response from call connected state query Call connected Yes Proceed with control Send CALL END program command Invoke error handler 180 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Example 12 Programming Example OUTPU est set CALL CONN TIM 5 Set timeout time to 5 seconds OUTPU est set CALL CONN ARM Arm the change detector OUTPU est set CALL CONN STAT Initiate call connect state query DISP Originate call from mobile station ENTER Test set Call connected Program will hang here until origination passes or fails IF NOT Call connected THEN Check if connection successful OUTPUT Test set CALL END put error handler here END IF Call is connected so proceed with control program 181 S Hp8
486. o be in error condition unless they are replaced with the modified commands The commands are STATus QUE Stionable E RRors is now STATus QUE Stionable E RRors GSM STATus QUE Stionable CALL is now STATus QUEStionable CALL GSM STATus OPERation CALL is now STATus OPERation CALL GSM STATus OPERation NMRReady is now STATus OPERation N MRReady GSM nstrument configuration information available remotely Information on the instrument hardware can be obtained through a remote command over the GPIB and through a remote command via the LAN and a web browser For further information on the commands refer to Hardware Configuration Report on page 562 Enhanced instrument information on the Configuration Screen The Instrument Information display on the Configuration Screen now includes Subnet Mask and Gateway Default information in a new improved information display e IDN returns Agilent Technologies in the manufacturer s field where previously it returned Hewlett Packard RF Generator frequency range is now matched to the RF Receiver frequency range Previously the RF Generator had a low end limit of 45 MHz whilethe RF Receiver has always had a low end limit of 292 5 MHz The RF Generator is now limited to 292 5 MHz to enhance testability and supportability of the test set A 02 Release J uly 1999 Call Processing e Paging Mode selectable between Reorganisation or Normal Measurements Automatic dos
487. of Activating the Cell Among others refer to the test set s reference information for a complete listing of actions setting the cell activated state to ON causes the following actions to take place e Thecontrol program is prevented from setting the following parameters MCC MNC PCS MNC Use PCS MNC BCC NCC and LAC e If thecell activated state was previously OFF the TDMA frame number of the BS emulator starts from zero and a BCH is generated e faTCH was present prior to setting cell activated state to OFF the TCH is not reinstated 163 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step2 fm Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Step 3 Configure the Measurement Execution Parameters Background Measurement execution parameters control the conditions under which a measurement operates The general set of measurement execution parameters and their generic categories are as follows Measurement Averaging used by most measurements Multi Measurement Count State Multi Measurement Count State Measurement Triggering used by most measurements Trigger Arm Trigger Source Trigger Delay Trigger Qualifier Measurement Synchronization used by some measurements Burst Synchronization Measurement Timeouts used by all measurements Measurement Timeout Measurement Timeout State Measurement Specific execution parameters specific to an indivi
488. ommand is used for the PCS band only See 3 Digit MNC for PCS on page 513 Setting range 0 OFF 1 ON Query range 0 OFF 1 ON RST Setting OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL PMNCODE STATE ON 272 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib call PMNCode fm CALL POWer CALL POWer GALI sipor r gt lt sp gt lt num value gt dBm gt 5 Complex Command AMPLitude m gt lt sp gt lt num value gt gt STATe gt lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CELL POWer SAMPlitude Function Sets queries the value for Cell Power and turns the state to ON This is the same for BCH and TCH The suffix dBm is optional The Cell Power field is affected when thereis an amplitude offset see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Setting range 10 dBm to 127 dBm resolution 01 dBm Query range 10 dBm to 127 dBm resolution 01 dBm RST Setting 85 dBm Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER SAMPLITUDE 50dBm Sets the value to 50dBm land the state to ON 273 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_power fm CALL POWer CALL CELL POWer AMPLItude Function Sets queries the Cell P
489. ommon command only accepts one parameter so ESE 0 1 is not allowed 109 Missing parameter Indicates that less parameters were received than required for the header For example ESE requires one parameter ESE is not allowed 110 Command header error Indicates an error was detected in the header This error is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors 111 through 119 111 Header separator error Indicates that a character that is not a legal header separator was encountered while parsing the header 112 Program mnemonic too long Indicates that the header contains more that twelve characters see IEEE 488 2 7 6 1 4 1 583 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_neg100 fm 100to 199 Command Errors Error Message Description 113 Undefined header Indicates the header is syntactically correct but it is undefined for this specific device For example XY Z is not defined for any device 114 H eader suffix out of range Indicates the value of a header suffix attached to a program mnemonic makes the header invalid 120 Numeric data error This error as well as errors 121 through 129 are generated when parsing a data element which appears to be numeric induding non decimal numeric types This particular error is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error 121Invalid c
490. on page 110 DRAKA AA AK AK RK AE RAE A AA A AK AA ARK AK RR EK RAKE kkk ARK AK RK RK KR KKK 92 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_pvt_desc fm Programming a Power versus Time Measurement Programming a Power versus Time Measurement This section provides an example of how to make the power versus time PVT measurement via GPIB The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 1 Configure PvT measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem 2 Start the PVT measurement using the I NI Tiate subsystem 3 UsethelNITiate DONE command to find out if the PVT measurement results are available 4 Usethe FETCh command to obtain PvT measurement results Example Program 10 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME CONTINUOUS OFF Configures a PvT measurement to 20 single trigger mod 30 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME COUNT NUMBER 100 Configures a multi measurment 40 of 100 50 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME TRIGGER SOURCE AUTO Configure trigger source 60 to auto 70 OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME BSYNC MIDAMBLE Configures a PvT measurement so 80 that burst synchronization which 90 Iwill synchron
491. op causes all measurements with trigger arm set to singleto abort the measurement It is unnecessary to arm a measurement if trigger arm is set to continuous it will continue to cycle in the measuring state Table 4 Trigger Arm Default Settings Action Trigger Arm Default Setting Power up of test set Continuous Manual Full Preset Continuous RST Remote Full Preset Single Partial Preset No change Trigger Delay Description Trigger delay controls the delay time between the trigger and the start of sampling Resolution is 1 151 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog trig fm Triggering of Measurements nanosecond per measurement and the units are in seconds A negative value indicates the sampling should occur prior to the trigger The default is zero seconds which is preferred for most measurements Trigger Qualifier Description When the trigger qualifier is on the test set analyzes samples the input signal when a trigger is received It then determines if the input signal was valid by looking at its power level If the power level during sampling did not meet the requirements of a valid signal the state returns to wait for trigger without making a measurement Trigger qualifier is available for TX Power and Phase Frequency Error measurements only If a valid signal is present then it is qualified and the samples are processed Related Topics
492. opics Programming an Analog Audio Measurement on page 45 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110 DRAKA KAA EK EA AK AEA A AE A AE A AK AA ook AK A RK AEA AK A AK AEA ARK AK RK KK KKK 44 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_aaud_desc fm Programming an Analog Audio Measurement Programming an Analog Audio Measurement This section provides an example of how to makethe analog audio AAUDio measurement via GPIB The following procedure assumes that an audio source is connected to the AUDIO IN connector See Analog Audio Measurement Description on page 44 1 Configure analog audio measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem 2 Start the analog audio measurement using the INITiate subsystem 3 UsethelNITiate DONE command to find out if analog audio measurement results are available 4 Usethe FETCh command to obtain analog audio measurement results Programming Example 10 OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO CONTINUOUS OFF Configures the analog audio 20 measurement to single trigger mod 30 OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO EXPECTED VOLTAGE PEAK 3 Set the clipping level for 40 laudio input 50 OUTPUT
493. or The frame trigger has 3 parameters that the user must set See SY STem FT Rigger on page 490 External Trigger State on or off External Trigger Timeslot 0 to 7 External Trigger Bit 0 to 1250 Examples External Trigger State OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM FTRIGGER STATE ON would set the external frame trigger ON External Trigger Timeslot OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM FTRIGGER TSLOT 3 would cause external frame trigger pulses to align with timeslot three External Trigger Bit OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM FTRIGGER BIT 100 would cause external frame trigger pulses to occur 100 bits after bit 0 of the selected timeslot Operating Considerations Each frame is made up of 8 time slots Time slots are defined in ETSI GSM 05 10 Ver 4 9 0 Section 5 Time slots 0 and 4 are 157 bit periods long time slots 1 2 3 5 6 7 are 156 bit periods long the average time slot is 156 25 bits in duration The external trigger timeslot can be set to any time slot 0 through 7 the external trigger bit position can be set from 0 through 1250 If the trigger bit position is set to 1250 that is one full frame beyond the setting of the external trigger timeslot 156 25 8 1250 When the cell activated state is OFF the frame trigger output is disabled set to 0 volts sincethereis no reference downlink TDMA frame structure available However the frame trigger state is not affected when there are changes to cell activat
494. or For example an attempt was made to read or copy a nonexistent file 258 M edia protected Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the media was protected For example the write protect switch on a memory card was set 270 Macro error Indicates that a macro related execution error occurred 271 Macro syntax error Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence according to IEEE 488 2 10 7 2 could not be executed dueto a syntax error within the macro definition 272 Macro execution error Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence could not be executed due to some error in the macro definition see EEE 488 2 10 7 6 3 588 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersts err msg neg200 fm 200 to 299 Execution Errors Error Message Description 273 Illegal macro label Indicates that the macro label was not accepted it did not agree with the definition in IEEE 488 2 10 7 3 274 Macro parameter error Indicates that the macro definition improperly used a macro parameter placeholder see IEEE 4882 10 7 3 275 Macro definition too long Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence could not be executed becausethe string of block contents weretoo long for the device to handle IEEE 488 2 10 7 6 1 276 Macrorecursion error
495. or Terminating an Active Call from the Mobile Station Set call state change detector time out time Arm call state change detector Send call connected state query command Terminate the call from mobile station Enter response from call connected state query Yes Call connected Proceed with control Invoke error program handler Example 2 Programming E xample OUTPU est set CALL CONN TIM 5 Set timeout time to 5 seconds OUTPU est set CALL CONN ARM Arm the change detector OUTPU est set CALL CONN STAT Initiate call connect state query DISP Terminate the call from the mobile station ENTER Test set Call connected Program will hang here until state change or timer expires IF Call connected THEN Check if disconnect successful put error handler here END IF Call is disconnected so proceed with control program 199 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step8 fm Comprehensive Program Example Comprehensive Program Example This section presents two example programs for making measurements using the test set Thefirst program follows the task flow presented at the beginning of the programming note see Figure 1 Typical Flow of Tasks Performed by Control Program on page 155 and which is discussed throughout the programming guide The second program Example Program Without
496. or query could not be executed because of a hardware problem in the device 241 Hardware missing Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of missing device hardware For example an option was not installed 250 Mass storage error Indicates that a mass storage error occurred The device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 251 through 259 251 Missing mass storage Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of missing mass storage 252 Missing media Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of missing media For example no disk 253 Corrupt media Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of corrupt media For example bad disk or wrong format 254 Media full Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the media is full For example there is no room left on the disk 255 Directory full Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the media directory was full 256 Filename not found Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the file name was not found on the media 257 Filename error Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the file name on the device media was in err
497. or values et 59 Dynamic Power Measurement Description How is a Dynamic Power Measurement Made i 61 Single or Multi Measurements i 61 Types of Signals Dynamic Power can Measure 61 Input Signal FSGS cospe oce Add oc rac dc CHOR ACER d EC aaa 61 TD SOM soso 61 62 1 Q Tuning Measurement Description How is an 1 Q Tuning Measurement Made ii 63 Single or Multi Measurements i 64 Types of Signals 1 Q Tuning can Measure i 64 UG Tuning Input Signal Requirements st 64 TID SOE yn 64 ROSE Ge 64 Programming an I Q Tuning Measurement dista lib amp PRETI 65 Reine VAN o I Qmm 66 67 10 Contents 1 Q Tuning Troubleshooting 68 interpreting Integrity Indicator Values i 68 Fast Bit Error Measurement Description Bit Error Measurements vs Fast Bit Error Measurements 69 How is a fast bit error FBER measurement made ii 69 FBER imeasurement results csp dede ya ses E ORE dr hd r iE Ea hE Pared dRE T 70 Xr TO 71 Programming a Fast Bit Error M easurement Foam ET 0 es 72 Reurned WO 73 Ra he a hee De 73 FBER Troubleshooting Pree Setup S5065 ots ce ieee bieeee dad ipek s eh Quae AE EE PaEPP RE cweczes 74 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values 05 ccscces cee eeere Rs 74 Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description How is an output RF spectrum ORFS measurement made 75 Types of Signals ORFS can Measure ss 76 input Signal REGUI
498. other commands above be used instead 41 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_synch_gen fm Test System Synchronization Overview Related Topics DRAKA KAKA AK EA AK AEA A AE RA AE A AK AK AEA AK A RR AEA ook A AK AE ARK AK RAK EK KKK Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Measurement Event Synchronization on page 132 Call Processing Event Synchronization on page 30 SY STem SY N Chronized on page 496 DRAKA ARK AK A RK AE RA AA ok AA AA oko ek ok RR EK ok oko koe oko ARK AK RK KK KKK E 42 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_synch_gen fm Measurements 2 Measurements 43 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_measurements fm Analog Audio Measurement Description Analog Audio Measurement Description February 14 2000 How is an analog audio measurement made Analog audio measurement response is measured from the mobile station s audio output which also may be an acoustic coupler or electrical connection from the mobile station connected to the test set s AUDIO IN connector The expected voltage is the absolute peak audio input signal voltage at the front panel BNC The expected voltage sets the analog audio clipping level and must be set The expected voltage is peak voltage and the results are returned as rms so a 1 volt rms input signal
499. ouple to the expected power and the MS TX Level parameter will be transmitted on the downlink BCCH All measurements are available to the user the same as if the operating mode was set to active mode 526 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersygen bse test fm Test Mode Operating Mode Example 8 BCH Test Function Using Auto Receiver Control The following example shows how to set up a test mode measurement using the BCH test function In this example the test set is configured to transmit a BCH on PGSM channel 21 and receive the mobile station on PGSM channel 21 at a power level of 12 1 Select test mode UTPU 714 CALL OPERATING MODE TEST elect PGSM as the broadcast band UTPU 714 CALL CELL BAND PGSM elect BCH as the test function UTPUT 714 CALL FUNCTION DOWNLINK BCH igure the receiver control to auto UTPU 714 RFANALYZER CONTROL AUTO ON et the BCH to channel 21 UTPU 714 CALL BCH PGSM 21 e the MS TX level to 12 OUTPUT 714 CALL MS TXLEVEL 12 A MONO OQNH AHO o 5 zh 7 To make the measurement set up the mobile station to transmit on PGSM channel 21 at a power level of 12 527 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters gen bse test fm Test Mode Operating Mode Example 9 BCH Test Function Using Manual Receiver Cont
500. ovided to indicate the test set s call processing state These bits support synchronization methods five and six Status bits in the STATus OPE Ration NMRReady GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 451 register are provided to indicate when a measurement is ready to be fetched These bits support synchronization method three and six Many other status bits are provided in the GPIB status subsystem that are useful for synchronization See STATus Subsystem Description on page 437 SY STem SY NChronized on page 496 This specialized command puts a 1 in the test set s output queue when the test set responds to the query by sending a 1 to the external controller all prior sequential commands have completed and all prior overlapped commands have at least begun execution This command supports synchronization method four SY STem SY NChronized on page 496 This specialized command causes a condition bit to be set then cleared when all prior sequential commands have completed and all prior overlapped commands have at least begun execution See STATus OPE Ration Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 442 This command supports synchronization four and six OP C on page 497 OP C on page 497 and WAI on page 498 not recommended Note These commands lock at all of the test set s operations collectively Because multiple processes are likely to be executing at the same time it is recommended that the
501. ower of the test set this is the same for BCH and TCH The suffix dBm is optional The Cell Power field is affected when there is an amplitude offset see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Setting range 10 dBm to 127 dBm resolution 01 dBm Query range 10 dBm to 127 dBm resolution O1dBm RST Setting 85 dBm Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER AMPLITUDE 50dBm Set the cell power from test set to 50dBm CALL CELL POWer STATe Function Sets queries the RF Power state Setting range 0 OFF 1 ON Query range 0 OFF 1 ON RST Setting ON Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER AMPLITUDE 50dBm Set the cell power from test set to 50dBm 274 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib call power fm CALL RFGenerator CALL RF Generator CALL 7 RFGenerator s BAND gt lt Sp gt DCS gt 2CELL 1 lt Sp gt EGSM gt returns DCS lt sp gt PCS EGSM PCS PGSM gt Sp PGSM DONE gt gt O0OPComplete gt SEQuential sp num value gt gt WAIT CALL RFGenerator gt CHANnel lt sp gt lt num value gt gt CELL 1 L gt nm t p gt DCS
502. p lQTuning SPUR STATe Function Sets queries the spur state for the 1 Q Tuning measurement Setting 0 OF F 1 ON Query o 1 RST 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING SPUR STATE ON Sets the spur state to on SETup IQTuning SPUR SFRequency Function Sets queries the spur frequency for thel Q Tuning measurement Theunits HZ KHZ MHZ are optional if nounits are specified then the default is HZ This command sets the spur stateto ON Setting Range 13 0 MHz to 1 0 MHz and 4 0 MHz to 13 MHz Resolution 100 Hz Query Range 13 0 MHz to 1 0 MHz and 41 0 MHz to 13 MHz Resolution 100 Hz RST 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING SFRequency 10MHZ Sets the spur state on with a frequency of 10 MHz 409 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_ig fm SETup IQTuning SETup IQTuning TIMeout STATe Function Sets queries the time out state for the 1 Q Tuning measurement Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST 0 OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP IQTUNING TIMeout STATE ON Sets the timeout state to on for an I Q Tuning measurement SETup IQTuning TIMeout S TIMe Function Sets queries the Q Tuning measurement time out value in seconds and sets the time out state toon The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then
503. pecified by the GSM protocol timers The control program can directly query the state of a call with the CALL STATus STATe query command which immediately returns the current call state that is Idle Setup Request Proceeding Alerting Disconnecting or Connected 172 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Determining if a Call Connect Disconnect Process is Completed The most common technique used by control programs to determine if a call connect disconnect process has completed either successfully or unsuccessfully is to repeatedly query the call state using the CALL STATus STATe query command inside a program loop The return value from each query is checked to determine if the connect disconnect process is proceeding or has reached the desired state There are however some inherent problems associated with this technique Therapid polling of the instrument increases bus traffic and places increased demand on the instrument s processors to respond to the constant stream of queries Thecontrol program must handle failure conditions For example if a call origination process is started but the call never leaves the I dle state the control program must incorporate some technique to prevent the program from staying in the loop forever waiting for a transition out of theldle state The test set implem
504. peration Complete This bit is set to 1 when the test set has completed all pending operations and is ready to accept new commands This bit is only generated in response to the OPC IEEE 488 2 common command Program Example Standard Event Status Register OUTPUT 714 ESR 472 Queries reads the Standard Event Status Register S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersihpib STATUS STD EVNT fm SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem Subsystem Description The SYSTem subsystem performs system configuration and non measurement related functions such as Setting the GPIB and LAN addresses Setting Date and Time Correcting for RF path loss Presetting the test set Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions SYSTem BEE Per on page 480 SY STem COMM unicate on page 481 SY STem CONFigure on page 484 SY STem CORRecti on on page 485 SYSTem CURRent TA on page 487 SY STem ERRor on page 488 SY STem F TRigger on page 490 SY STem MEASurement on page 492 SY STem PRE Set on page 493 SY STem ROSCillator on page 495 SY STem SY NChronized on page 496 473 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersMpib system description fm SYSTem Subsystem 474 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_system_description fm SYSTem APPLication SY
505. power level Under range is also indicated if the input power is more than 2 dB below the calibrated range of the test set s power detector for the RF Range setting RF Range is automatically set based on the input power setting Input power is a combination of amplitude offset and expected power settings See Receiver example on page 564 81 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_orfs fm Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description How is a phase and frequency error PFER measurement made The PFER measurement performs a narrow band lt 200 kHz measurement of the modulation quality and frequency accuracy of the GSM mobile station s transmitter The test set measures frequency error rms phase error and peak phase error over the useful part of the burst The PFER measurement demodulates the data and compares the measured wave form with the ideal waveform that was expected for the data received The frequency error is the difference in frequency after adjustment for the effect of the modulation and phase error between the RF transmission from the mobile station and the test set The phase error is the difference in phase after adjustment for the effect of the frequency error between the mobile station and the theoretical ideal transmission This measurement conforms to the ETSI 05 05 and 11 10 standards The PFER m
506. prog_daudio fm Decoded Audio DAUDio Troubleshooting Decoded Audio DAUDio Troubleshooting February 14 2000 Possible Setup 1ssues During remote operation of the analog audio measurement the user should configure the trigger arm to single see SE Tup DAU Dio CONTinuous on page 399 Failure to set trigger arm to single may result in the measurement never giving a result When trigger arm is continuous the measurement rearms itself and starts another measurement cycle during remote operation the fetch query may not be synchronized to the measurement cycle see Measurement States on page 150 The audio signal expected by the DAUDio measurement is pulsed at a 10 Hz rate and has a 5096 duty cyde The device under test should have echo cancellation disabled Thesignal measured is whatever is coming back in the speech frames this includes any electrical or acoustical coupling from the downlink signal earpiece or any noise coupled from the microphone of the MS Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 If PCM Full Scale Warning 14 is returned the measurement is accurate however the user may want to reduce the signal level applied tothe test set to achieve an integrity indicator of zero If the DAU Dio measurement is active when the channel mode is set to EFRSpeech see CALL TCHannel CM ODe on page 290 Questionable Result Due To Channel Mode 16 is returned This is because the
507. progress report is a query of how far along a multi measurement cycle has progressed When the multi measurement count is greater than one the measurement progress report will indicate the number of measurements that have completed The returned value will be the last update and not the actual number because the value is updated periodically and not for each multi measurement cycle Every measurement has the measurement progress report available Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH PVTIME ICOUNT Returns the approximate number of multi measurement cycles completed during a multi measurement count cycle Related Topics DRAKA AAA EK EA AK AEA poke eek ook AK AEA RK A RA EK ook oe AK AEA ARK A RK EK KKK Statistical Measurement Results on page 136 DRAKA KK AK AK ARK A KK KK AK AK AE AK A ook ARK OK AK EA AK RAK OK AK EA KAR AK ARK ARK A KK KK OK KK AK 131 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_meas_progress fm Measurement Event Synchronization Measurement Event Synchronization February 14 2000 Description Measurement event synchronization saves time by controlling the communication between the controller the test set and the mobile station so that no device does something before it is supposed to which can cause errors or do something well after it could have Because some measurements can run concurrently it is necessary that the control program know when individu
508. put Operating Considerations The test set s block diagram includes three parallel signal paths One path the demodulation downconverter is primarily used for base station emulation This frees the measurement downconverter and power detector from performing functions necessary to maintain an active RF link Since measurements are DSP digital signal processor based and there are four A D converters availableto digitize or sample the input signal for analysis by the DSP the test set will always havethe capability to perform link maintenance one transmitter and one receiver measurement concurrently The test set s ability to perform multiple transmitter or multiple receiver tests concurrently will depend on the availability of resources within the test set and availability of the signal to be tested 122 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_gen_concurrent fm Concurrent Measurements Concurrent Measurements For The E 1960A Test Application This table shows the concurrency considerations for the E 1960A GSM Mobile Test Application Table 1 Concurrency Considerations e2Jnos oipny oipny pepoosg 40443 119 sed auulL SAJBNmod JOMOd 1IUISUeA Sea W BAeTolpnV o S D wm gt Q O I 3 o anos upeeds uijuvoq un Jpeds 44 andino 40443 fouenbaJ 4 9 eseud Jenopueu 1ueuJubisse HOL ebuetp P JAMO HUWSUeJL Uplink Path Demodulation Transmit
509. queries the trigger state for Decoded Audio measurements Setting Continuous 1 ON Single 0 OFF Query 1 0 RST setting 0 single Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S I ETUP DAUDIO CONTINUOUS OFF Set DAUDIO measurement to single trigger mode SETup DAUDio COUNt SNUMber Function Selects queries the number of Decoded Audio multi measurements the Test Set will make This command sets the count state to ON Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting 10 OUTPUT 714 SI Programming Example Sets the value to 10 and the state to on ETUP DAUDIO COUNT SNUMBER 10 SETup DAUDio COUNt NUMBer Function Selects queries the number of Decoded Audio measurements the test set will make when the multi measurement count state is on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST setting 10 OUTPUT 714 SI Programming Example Sets the number of DAUDIO measurements that will be made ETUP DAUDIO COUNT NUMBER 25 399 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_daudio fm SETup DAUDio SETup DAUDio COUNt STATe Function Selects queries the Decoded Audio multi measurement count state Setting 1 ON 0 OFF Query 1 0 RST setting 0 OFF Programming Example OUT
510. quired or generated are of questionable quality Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 9 512 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 6 64 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 5 32 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 4 16 Power up Self Test s Failed This bit will be a 1 if the power up self tests failed 3 8 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 2 4 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 1 2 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Example STATus QUEStionable HARDware Condition Register Bit Assignment OUTPUT 714 STATUS QUESTIONABLE HARDWARI 468 E CONDITION Queries the Questionable Hardware Condition Register S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionab
511. r register S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib STATus QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable STATus sQUEStionable ERRors COMMon reads event register EVENt i gt CONDition reads condition register ENABle gt lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register s reads enable register is NTRansition 5 sp num value writes to negative transition register reads negativ negative transition register gt PTRansition sp num value writes to positive transition register reads positive transition register gt STATus QUEStionable ERRors GSM i reads event register L gt EVENt CONDition reads condition register 34 gt ENABle gt lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register reads enable register 5 gt NTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to negative transition register gt reads negative transition register PTRansition sp num value writes to positive transition register 7 reads positive transition register 457 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionabl
512. r 489 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_error fm SYSTem FTRigger SYSTem FTRigger SYSTem gt FTRigger gt BIT sp num value T gt STATe I lt sp gt 1 ON 0 OFF gt returns 1 0 l s TSIO sp num value gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 SYSTem FTRigger BIT Function Selects queries which bit after zero will be used for frame trigger pulse positioning See Setting Frame Trigger Parameters on page 515 Setting Range 0 to 1250 Resolution 1 Query Range 0 to 1250 Resolution 1 RST Setting zero Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM FRTIGGER BIT 14 Would cause external frame trigger pulses to occur 14 bits after bit 0 of the selected timeslot SYSTem FTRigger STATe Function Sets queries the frame trigger state See Setting Frame Trigger Parameters on page 515 Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 0 off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM FRTIGGER STATE ON Set frame trigger state to on 490 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_SYSTem_FT Rigger fm SYSTem FTRigger SYSTem FTRigger TSLot Function Selects queries the timeslot for frame trigger pulse positioning See Setting Frame Trigger Parameters on page 515
513. r PGSM band See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 TCH ARFCN may be set and queried when the CALL STATUS STATE is idle or connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller Mobile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 for examples Setting range 1 to 124 default 30 resolution 1 Query range 1 to 124 resolution 1 RST Setting 30 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL ARFCN PGSM 124 CALL TCHannel BAND Function Sets queries which GSM band the BS Emulator should use for the TCH Thetest set may be queried for the current TCH band when the CALL STATUS STATE is idle or connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Thetest set uses this command to perform a channel assignment see Programming a Dualband H andover on page 119 when the MS will support the band and the CALL STATUS STATE is CONNected Setting range DCS EGSM PCS PGSM bands resolution 1 Query range DCS EGSM PCS PGSM bands resolution 1 RST Setting PGSM Related Topic Frequency Banded Parameters Traffic Band Parameter on page 502 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL BAND DCS 289 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manu
514. r Ratio Fast Bit Error Count READ IQTuning returns Integrity signal level rela ALL tive to the desired signal at 9 different frequencies plus the spur gt ORFSpectrum returns Integrity TX Power Max Switch Ls ALL ing Offset Results 30 kHz BW Power Avg Mod Offset Results 5 PFERror returns Integrity Max RMS Phase Ls ALL Error Max Peak Phase Error Worst Freq Error gt PVTime 1 returns Integrity Max Pass Fail ALL Avg PvT TX Power Max Offset Results TXPower 1 returns Integrity Avg TX Power gt gt ALL 360 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm READ AAUDio ALL READ Function Queries initiates and fetches one analog audio measurement as a sequential operation Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 and analog audio average The FETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See F ETCh AAU Dio on page 296 Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Analog audio average e Range 0 to 20 volts e Resolution 0 1mv READ BERRor ALL Function Queries initiates and fetches one RX bit error measurement as a sequential operation Returns I ntegrity ndicator see Integrity ndicator on page 125 Bits Tested Bit Error Ratio and Bit Error Count for the bit type set using the SETup
515. r is set using the CALL CELL RF Generator P OWer SAM PLitude on page 280 command e TheRF generator s band is set using the CALL CELL RF Generator BAN D on page 276 command e Thedownlink frequency is controlled by the RF Gen Channel and RF Gen Freq fields The RF Gen Channel field sets the generator to the frequency corresponding to the channel number in the current RF Gen Band field using the CALL CELL RF Generator CHAN nel SE Lected on page 277 command e TheRF generator s frequency is set using the CALL CEL L T RF Generator F RE Quency on page 280 command in this mode the user has direct control of the output frequency without making a channel selection By default the test set s receiver is configured to receive the mobile station s signal at the current RF generator channel setting The test set s receiver frequency can be set manually which decouples the automatic setting Nouplink demodulation or channel decoding is available BER and uplink audio measurements will not return any results When the user updates the RF Gen Channel parameter the RF Gen Freq parameter changes to indicate the frequency for that channel When RF Gen Freq is changed the RF Channel parameter does not change this is because the user may choose to select a frequency that is not a channel Example 12 CW Test Function Using RF Generator Frequency The following example shows how to set up a test mode using the CW test function I
516. r settable but the user setting is only applied during mobile station originated call processing operations For base station originated call processing operations the timeout timer is automatically set to 60 seconds by the test set Example 5 Using the Change Detector Mobile Station Originated Call The following example illustrates the use of the call state change detector and connected idle query for a mobile station originated call This program prompts the operator to make a call from the mobile station being tested When the CALL CONNECTED ARM command is sent it causes the reply from the CALL CONNECTED STATE query to be held off temporarily until the connected or idle state is reached The timeout is provided for cases where an expected call state change does not happen for instanceif the user does not make the call when prompted by the program 36 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog synch callstate fm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 OUTPU OUTPU PAUSE OUTPU 714 CALL CONNE CTED TIMEOUT 10S 714 CALL CONN 714 CALL CONN ECTED STATE Th ENTER 714 Call_connected IF Call connected 1 T HEN DISP Call is connected WAIT ELSE DISP WAIT END IF END 2 Call is not connected 2 Call Processing State Synchronization
517. r the DCS band using the RF Generator Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink F unction 2 CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 for examples Setting range 512 to 885 default 512 resolution 1 Query range 512 to 885 resolution 1 RST Setting 20 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR CHANNEL DCS 512 CALL CELL RFGenerator CHANnel EGSM Function Sets queries the RF Gen Channel for the EGSM band using the RF Generator Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink Function CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller M obile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 for examples Setting range 0 to 124 975 to 1023 default 20 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 124 975 to 1023 resolution 1 RST Setting 20 PGSM band OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR CHANNEL Programming Example r4 EGSM 124 278 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib call rfgenerator fm CALL RFGenerator CALL CELL RFGenerator CHANnel PCS Function Sets queries the RF Gen Channel for t
518. ranentS a La reve d ERR SR CAE be eis o rbd ERE 76 Trigger SONGS aida aki naas4 ERA REERRARRR a ERR RRRGRIARARARRRR XXREERASEER S RE 77 Reated To con ohare 77 Programming an Output RF Spectrum M easurement Example Prog a fo ne een se ofa daw ecere seas ete de seen sean ces Cade oka 78 Pordr ed VAN spi renal bane ge dne EE Io E EACH OR I OE E ORO 79 ed TOMUS oo sr 79 ORFS Troubleshooting Possible Saup SES og 80 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values es 81 Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Descri ption How is a phase and frequency error PFER measurement made 82 Burst Synchronization uud uaeswrdsauibesos6Wda hsreises sR RECsX E RR d PEE EE RE 84 Redated TGS 84 Programming a Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Example PIDEN rererere riti eki Erek EEE ERE EnaA ea e e a NR 85 11 Contents Returned yh 85 Ran TOU oet ort EE 9 UE FUE M REDE P EE Raw d c EC HA RR 86 PFER Troubleshooting Pe SU See ci ieee Sa Rp C eR CEA CERRC DENT E ESPERE Xd ORAE RAE ei Is 87 Interpreting Integrity Indicator values i ie eee dk werk dnd RAE RR CR RR RR RC 87 Power versus Time Measurement Descri pti on How is a power versus time PVT measurement made sure 88 Types of Signals Power vs Time Can Measure sese 89 Power vs Time Input Signal Requirements leere 89 THONE SO yep ARA TA A er ee rer PER UE FR C RACER ERR EI 90 Bura SONIA dasace cn cios A7 FOR AERE REL EIC RR ADAC RR EC CI
519. rce for a DAUDIO measurement is always set to mmediate The DAUDIO measurement BER and Fast BER measurements are mutually exclusive Whichever of these measurements is activated last forces the other to become inactive Single or Multi Measurements The DAUDIO measurement can return single or averaged measurements defined by the multi measurement count A single measurement multi measurement count off returns an estimate of the rms value of the decoded speech signal after removal of any dc component The measurement units are in percent of full scale F S ranging from 0 to 100 Values greater than 70 70 may only result from non sinusoidal signals Multiple measurements multi measurement count gt 1 provide average minimum maximum and standard deviation results An integrity indicator is returned for both multi measurement states None of the results are affected by amplitude offset Trigger Source DAUDIO measurement does not support any trigger source other than immediate 55 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_daud_desc fm Decoded Audio Measurement Description Related Topics Programming a Decoded Audio Measurement on page 57 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110
520. rdware is not responding Indicates a problem occurs when attempting to control the test set s hardware Related Topics PEAKE RA AK AK A RK ERA AE ok KEK KK KKK K RA EK ok okok oko ooo ARK AK RK KK KKK Standard Event Status Register on page 470 DRAKA RA AK AK AK RK AE RA AE A AA AA AK AA ARK A RK EK RAE AK oko ARK AK RK KK KKK E 602 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg_pos600 fm 700 to 799 Test Application Measurement Device Specific Error 700 to 799 Test Application Measurement Device Specific Error February 14 2000 These errors are generated when a problem occurs that is specific to one of the test set s measurements Such as BERR or TX power These are test application specific When one of these errors is generated the 700 errors bit in the questionable error status register is set Refer to Standard Event Status Register on page 470 for information on this register Error Message Description 701 GSM measurement failure TX power hardware is not Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 702 GSM measurement failure Power vs time hardwareis Indicates that a measurement VI cannot be not responding instantiated or a problem occurs when attempting to control the measurement s hardware 703 GSM measurem
521. re failure RF source 2 frequency hardware is not responding 418 Hardware failure RF source 2 digital modulation hardware is not responding 419 Hardware failure RF source 2 level hardware is not responding 420 Hardware failure RF source hopping hardware is not responding 421 Hardware failure Digital demod hopping hardware is not responding 422 Hardware failure Misc VI hardware is not responding 423 Hardware failure Unable to access networking information 4425 Hardware failure Invalid EEPROM checksum lt lt EPROM board ID 599 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chaptersws err msg pos400 fm 400 to 499 Core Hardware Device Specific Error Error Message 426 Hardware failure Unable to writeto EEPROM lt EEPROM board1D gt 427 Hardware failure Unable to read from EEPROM lt EEPROM board 1D gt 4428 Hardware failure Board not identified board D gt 429 Hardware failure Could not create board identification board ID 430 Hardware failure Control version not compatible with FW board ID 431 Hardware failure RF 1O DAC cannot be calibrated due to present temperature board ID names 3 GHZ ATTENUATOR 1 3GHZ ATTENUATOR 2 AUDIO BD ROM BASEBAND GENERATOR 1 ROM BASEBAND GENERATOR 2 DEMOD DOWNCONVERTER VECTOR OUTPUT BOARD 1 VECTOR OUTPUT BOARD 2 IVF MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT DOW
522. ready to be fetched yet NONE There are no measurements currently in the measuring state This assumes no measurements have been excluded See INITiate DONE F LAG measurement mnemonic on page 358 This would indicate that all measurements results are available or none have been initiated 132 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog meas synch fm Programming Example Measurement Event Synchronization Thefollowing example assumes that a call is currently connected and that no measurements other than TX power TXP and phase and frequency error PFER are currently being triggered See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 and Triggering Process Description on page 150 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 10 AHN PWN H X C 3 CX C3 O0 O9 CO CX OO 39 CO Cj O O C C C6 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 PUT 714 SETUP TXPOWI ECT Meas done This lare TXP Characters mus that are done DONE t be upper case U BH UT 714 FETCH TXPOW R 714 TX power E PFER Characters ER 714 Phs error PUT 714 FETCH PFERROR RMS PRINT TX Power is Tx power must be uppercase If this case i
523. reception that is DRX ON Example 1 Programming E xample The following program example illustrates proper use of the BSE BCH configuration commands N ct all parameters are accessed Note the use of the cell activated state command to set the network configuration parameters Step 2 Configure Base Station Emulator BSE V 1 OUTPU est set CALL CELL BAND PGSM OUTPU est set CALL PAG MODE REOR Sets discontinuous reception to OFF OUTPU est set CALL ACT OFF OUTPU est set CALL CELL MCC 1 LAC 1 MNC 1 NCC 1 BCC 5 OUTPU est set CALL ACT ON OUTPU est set CALL BCH 20 OUTPU est set CALL POW SAMP 85 161 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step2 fm Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE Configuring the Traffic Channel Parameters The
524. record and the samples used for making the measurement will be taken from the middle of the time record Selecting None causes the test set to perform measurements exactly as if RF amplitude was chosen An integrity indicator is returned for each completed measurement Integrity errors are prioritized so that when multiple errors occur the highest priority error is returned first as the root error The integrity indicator returns a number from 0 to 16 where zero normal The following integrity indicators reveal problems with measurement synchronization 115 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_bursr_sync fm Burst Synchronization of Measurements 7 Burst Short 8 Trigger Early 8 Fall Early 9 Trigger Late 9 Rise Late 11 Sync Not Found Refer to Integrity Indicator on page 125 for descriptions of integrity indicators Programming E xample OUTPUT 714 SETUP PVTIME BSYNC MIDAMBLE selects midamble synchronization for PVT measurements Related Topics Integrity Indicator on page 125 INI Tiate on page 355 SETup Subsystem on page 379 DRAKA A RAK AA AK AA KE RA AE A AK AEA AK AEA AK A RK EK RAKE
525. rees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Maximum Peak Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Average Peak Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH PFERROR PEAK ALL Returns minimum maximum and average peak phase error results FETCh PFERror PEAK AVERage Function Queries the single or average from a multi measurement peak phase error measurement result in degrees Query Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees FETCh PFERror PEAK MINimun Function Queries the minimum from a multi measurement peak phase error measurement result in degrees Query Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees 333 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pferror fm FETCh PFERror FETCh PFERror rms MAXimum Function Queries the Maximum from a multi measurement rms phase error measurement result in degrees Query Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Programming Example OUTPUT 714 E ETCH PFERROR rms MAXIMUM Returns the maximum rms phase error FETCh PFERror rms ALL Function Queries
526. rement with no errors Avg tx pwr returns the average transmit power in dBm Related Topics SEAR KKK AK ACK A KK xk KE AK ACK KE EK ek Kok AEA KE ek KOK AK EA AA ok ARK kkk kk ook OK AK AK Testing a Mobile for Enhanced F ull Rate Speech Channel Mode on page 533 CALL TCHannel CM ODe on page 290 DRAKA RAE A EK AEA AK AA AK AE RAE A AK A AK AEA RK A RR EK KKK oko ARK A RK EK KKK 118 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_chmode_setup fm Programming a Dualband Handover ProgrammingaDualband Handover February 14 2000 Thedualband handover function has been implemented as an interband channel assignment rather than an interband handover since the test set currently has one BCH cell How the Test Set Performs a Dualband Handover The test set has the ability to switch traffic channels TCH from the EGSM or PGSM band tothe DCS or PCS band from the DCS or PCS band to the EGSM or PGSM band No other combinations of traffic channel band handovers are supported Also the traffic channel band can be changed only when an active link exists between the test set and a mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 To perform a handover from the test set s front panel from PGSM select DCS or PCS from the Traffic Band field in the Call Parms window To perform a handover from the test set s front panel from EGSM select DCS or PCS f
527. requency for the 100 Hz bandpass filter applied to Analog Audio measurements Units KHZ HZ are optional if no units are specified then units default to Hz see Analog Audio Measurement Description on page 44 Setting Range 200 Hz to 8 0 kHz Resolution 1 Hz Query Range 200 Hz to 8 0 kHz Resolution 1 Hz RST setting 1000 Hz Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO FILTER SFREQUENCY 1000 This is a complex command that sets the aaudio filter state Ito on and sets the bandpass filter frequency to 1 kHz SETup AAUDio FILTer FREQuency Function Sets queries the center frequency for the 100 Hz bandpass filter applied to Analog Audio measurements Units KHZ HZ are optional if no units are specified then units default to Hz see SETup AAU Dio on page 380 Setting Range 200 Hz to 8 0 kHz Resolution 1 Hz Query Range 200 Hz to 8 0 kHz Resolution 1 Hz RST setting 1kHZ Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP AAUDIO FREQUENCY 217HZ Set aaudio bandpass filter to 217 hz 382 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_aaudio fm SETup AAUDio SETup AAUDio FILTer STATe Function Selects queries the state of the Analog Audio bandpass filter see SETup AAU Dio on page 380 Setting 1 ON O OFF Query 1 0 RST setting 0 OFF Programmin
528. results 250 ENTER 714 Integrity Bits tested Bit err ratio Bit err count 260 OUTPUT 714 FETCH BERROR COUNT CRC Query CRC Count results 270 ENTER 714 Crc count 280 OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL POWER AMPLITUDE 85 DBM Sets the cell power level 290 to a good level 300 END Alternatively you could use the FETCh BERRor F ULL query to return the same results but for all bit types simultaneously 52 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog berr proc fm Programming a Bit Error Measurement Returned values The measurements returned by this program are e Integrity Indicator returns the Integrity Indicator on page 125 0 means a successful measurement with no errors Bits tested returns the number of bits tested Bit err ratioreturns the ratio of bit errors to total bits tested Bit err count returns the number of bit errors Crc count returns the CRC count cydic redundancy check Related Topics Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 SETup BERRor on page 385 IN Tiate on page 355 FETCh BERRor on page 300 Comprehensive Program E xample on page 200 BERR Troubleshooting on page 54 DRAKA AKA KK ARK A AK ok AK ACK AK KK EK OK
529. ries the test set s display brightness A display backlight dimming feature lowers the display brightness after approximately 10 minutes without any manual user interaction with the test set See Display Backlight Dimming on page 292 Setting Range MEDium HIGH Query Range MED HIGH Factory HIGH this parameter is not affected by any reset operation and can only be changed by direct setting User access Programming Example OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS MEDIUM Sets display brightness to medium 293 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_display fm DISPlay DISPlay MODE Function Sets queries the test set s display mode See Display Mode Track Fast on page 566 Range FAST TRACK Query FAST TRAC RST setting TRACK Programming Example OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY MODE FAST Sets display mode to fast DISPlay MESSage MASKable STATe Function Blocks maskable messages from appearing on the test set display display screen but not from the Message Log Maskable messages are reported to the Message Log in either state Setting Range On Off Query Range On Off Factory On setting Programming Example OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY MESSAGE MASKABLE STATE OFF Prevents certain messages from appearing on the display DISPlay WINDow ERRor CLEar Function
530. rietary commands initiate the mobile to generate a sequence of RACH bursts on the BCH mn AeA W N Start the appropriate measurement Example Procedure The following procedure details how to make a power versus time RACH measurement manually whilein Active Cell mode 1 Press SHIFT PRESET The Call Setup Screen is displayed Press the More key which is positioned immediately below F12 two times This displays screen 3 of 4 Press F7 and set the Receiver Control toManual BR W N Press F9 and changethe Manual Channel from 30 to 20 This sets it to the same channel as the Broadcast Chan on screen 1 of 4 Press Measurement selection This key is positioned below the display Select Power vs Time Press F1 Power vs Time Setup Press F1 Measurement Setup op Mx op Set Trigger Arm tO Single 10 Press START SINGLE on the front panel of the test set Note you are starting the measurement before originating a call This is to ensure that it is the RACH burst that is measured 11 Connect the mobile then originate a call from the mobile 12 1 mmediately you press send on the mobile the power versus time measurement result is displayed You can confirm that the measurement has occurred on the RACH by examining the measurement results With a RACH measurement since the burst is shorter than normal the power drops of rapidly after 331 us To examinethe results select F6 Return to PvT Control F2 Change View
531. rns bit error count BITS gt CRC returns CRC bit error count for non residual type measurements FE returns frame erasure FE bit error count for residual type measurements YPEIA returns the number of TypeIA bits in error YPEIB returns the number of TypeIB bits in error gt YPEII returns the number of TypeII bits in error gt 300 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_berror fm FETCh BERRor gt FETCh BERRor s RATio E returns bit error count BITS L gt CRC returns CRC bit error count for non residual type measurements gt FE returns frame erasure FE bit error count for residual type measurements TYPEIA returns the ratio of TypeIA bits in error gt TYPEIB returns the ratio of TypeIB bits in error gt TYPEII returns the ratio of TypeII bits in error s Diagram Conventions on page 213 301 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_berror fm FETCh BERRor FETCh BERRor ALL Function Queries the bit error measurement Query returns integrity indicator bits tested bit error ratio and bit error count A similar query FETCh BERRor FULL on page 305 returns the same re
532. rol The following example shows how to set up a test mode measurement using the BCH test function In this example the test set is configured to transmit a BCH on PGSM channel 21 Manual receiver control is used to configure the test set to measure a signal from the mobile station at 895 MHz and 14 dBm Note that the frequency can also be tuned by channel number 1 Select test mode OUTPU 714 CALL OPERATING MODE TEST 2 Select PGSM as the broadcast band OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BAND PGSM 3 Select BCH as the test function OUTPU 714 CALL FUNCTION DOWNLINK BCH 4 Set the BCH to channel 21 OUTPU 714 CALL BCH PGSM 21 5 Configurethe receiver control to manual OUTPU 714 RFANALYZER CONTROL AUTO OFF 6 Configure the test set s receiver frequency to 895 MHz OUTPU 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL FREQUENCY 895 MHZ If tuning by channel number see RFANalyzer MANual CHANnel SE L ected on page 375 7 Set the receiver s expected power level to 14 dBm OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER 14 DBM 8 To make the measurement set up the mobile station to transmit at 895 MHz and at a power level of 14 dBm 528 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersygen bse test fm Test Mode Operating Mode BCH TCH Test Function Behavior The test set generates BCH TCH on the downli
533. rom the Traffic Band field in the Call Parms window There is a set of parameters that can be set up to take on different values depending on the broadcast band currently selected These are called Frequency Banded Parameters on page 501 After a handover the frequency banded parameters for the new band are active Only one set of frequency banded parameters is active at any one time however the user can set up any of the BCH and TCH parameters for both bands involved in the handover because the test set will remember the settings and switch to them when the handover occurs Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL BAND DCS Performs a dualband handover to the currently selected DCS traffic channel Related Topics DEAR AKA AKA KK ARK A ARK EK OK AK A AK KE KK EK OK ACK AEA AK ARK ROK AK EA AKA KE ARK ARK A KK KK OK KOK AK Performing a Dual Band Handover on page 193 CALL TCHannel on page 286 DEAK KAA KK AK AK RK AE RA AE AA AA AK AA ARK AK RA EK RAKE AK AA ARK AK RK RK KKK OK 119 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_dualband_setup fm Dealing With Semicolon Separated Response Data Lists Dealing With Semicolon Separated Response Data Lists Discription In accordance with IEEE 488 2 1992 Section 8 4 1 the test set uses the semicolon as the response message unit separator RMUS The RMUS separates sequential response message unit elements from
534. rror 300 to 399 Link Control Device Specific Error 400 to 499 Core Hardware Device Specific Error cence ee einks eet henkieuswebas ones Gases vied beees bee es eE ed eo eG hey eie Rd Lee i dde 500 to 4599 Test Application Hardware Device Specific Error 202010 Pc kei r ekir eike Aerea iaeei eriei RATO eriaren eee ee er ee er ee rer a eare ee ERA 600 to 699 Instrument Device Specific E rror Relabed MEE o emer M Me Tr T TUUM 700 to 799 Test Application Measurement Device Specific Error 800 to 899 Core Measurement Device Specific Error fee oa pos er ee oe eee ee ee wee eee ene ke ee eee eee ee eee eee ee re ROSE TUN Lisa dbi reiten iP i eeka kep Atr iae Aare RRA E as Error Message Log ee Revision Information A 04 Release March 2000 i 24 Contents A 03 Release December 1999 0 607 A02 Release TAN 1999 iacens nerenin de Howl Kd PVC EEE 608 ADI Release March 1999 ss 609 A00 Initial Release J anuary 1999 22s ci scscdaced sue iadeadaedeae es ae eae ces 609 25 Contents 26 Call Processing l Call Processing 27 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_call_processing fm Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station Making a Base Station Originated Call The process for making a base station originated call is to 1 If necessar
535. rror Messages 8 Error Messages 573 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_error_messages fm Error Messages 574 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual ch_error_messages fm Error Messages Error Message Descriptions Fixed Timer Messages on page 578 Manual User Error Messages on page 581 400 to 499 Query Errors on page 592 300 to 399 SCPI Specified Device Specific Errors on page 590 200 to 299 Execution Errors on page 587 100 to 199 Command Errors on page 583 100 to 199 Core Device Specific Error on page 593 4200 to 4299 Call Processing Device Specific Error on page 595 4300 to 399 Link Control Device Specific Error on page 598 400 to 4499 Core Hardware Device Specific Error on page 599 4500 to 4599 Test Application Hardware Device Specific Error on page 601 4600 to 699 Instrument Device Specific Error on page 602 700 to 799 Test Application Measurement Device Specific Error on page 603 800 to 899 Core Measurement Device Specific Error on page 604 Error Messages 575 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_err_msg fm Error Messages Description Reading Error Messages Each error message that is generated is recorded in either the error event queue or the message log or both Error messages are
536. s These messages are maskable so that they can be blocked from appearing on the display See Error Messages on page 575 Table 3 Message Description GSM measurement warning TX power measurement has been closed Indicates that a measurement has been inactivated because of a resource conflict GSM measurement warning Power vs time measurement has been closed Indicates that a measurement has been inactivated because of a resource conflict GSM measurement warning Phase frequency error measurement has been closed Indicates that a measurement has been inactivated because of a resource conflict GSM measurement warning Output RF spectrum measurement has been closed Indicates that a measurement has been inactivated because of a resource conflict GSM measurement warning Fast bit error measurement has been closed Indicates that a measurement has been inactivated because of a resource conflict GSM measurement warning Bit error measurement has been closed Indicates that a measurement has been inactivated because of a resource conflict GSM measurement warning Decoded audio measurement has been closed Indicates that a measurement has been inactivated because of a resource conflict GSM measurement warning Q tuning measurement has been dosed Indicates that a VI has been inactivated because of a resource conflict 582 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Appli
537. s Min rms Phase Error Max rms Phase Error Avg rms Phase Error s gt AVERage returns Avg rms Phase Error L gt MINimum returns Min rms Phase Error gt Diagram Conventions on page 213 329 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_pferror fm FETCh PFERror FETCh PFERor ALL Function Queries integrity indicator maximum rms phase error maximum peak phase error and worst frequency error Query Integrity indicator e Range Oto 16 Resolution 1 Maximum rms Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Maximum Peak Phase Error Range 0 degrees to 180 degrees and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Worst Frequency Error Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz Programming Example OUTPUT 714 F ETCH PFERROR ALL Returns integrity maximum rms phase error maximum peak phase error and worst frequency error FETCh PFERror FERRor WORSI Function Queries the frequency error from the individual multi measurements that is furthest from 0 Hz If the most positive and the most negative frequency errors arethe same the positive value will be returned Query Range 750 kHz to 750 kHz and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 1 kHz 330 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Appl
538. s TX carrier power measurement timeout state Setting O OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER COUNT STATE 1 Turns the TX carrier power timeout state on SETup TXPower TRIGger DELay Function Sets queries thetrigger delay in seconds for TX carrier power measurements The units S MS US NS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 2 31 ms to 42 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater Query Range 2 31 ms to 42 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater RST Setting zero seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER TRIGGER DELAY 1 5MS Set trigger delay time to 11 5 milliseconds SETup TXPower TRIGger SOURce Function Selects queries the trigger source for TX carrier power measurements See Triggering of Measurements on page 149 Setting AUTO PROTocol RISE IMMediate Query AUTO PROT RISE IMM RST Setting AUTO Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER TRIGGER SOURCE AUTO Sets trigger source to AUTO 435 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_txpower fm SETup TXPower SETup TXPower TRIGger QUALifier Function Sets queries the trigger qualification for TX carrier power measureme
539. s input signal path to measure this power level when a user is in manual control See Expected Power on page 520 Setting Range 60 to 453 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM Query Range 60 to 453 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM RST setting Sets the receiver control to auto Band PGSM Expected Power 13DBM Programming Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER EXPECTED POWER SELECTED 10 Sets the test set expected input level to 10 DBM 372 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWhpib rfanalyzer fm RFANalyzer RFANalyzer EXPected POWer DCS Function Sets queries the power level in DBM that the mobile station is expected to transmit at The units DBM are optional The test set will set up its input signal path to measure this power level see Receiver Control on page 518 Setting Range 60 to 53 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM Query Range 60 to 53 dBm after the Amplitude Offset optional has been factored in see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Resolution 01 DBM
540. s never a need for the control program to explicitly arm the call state change detector or set a call state change detector time out value before BS initiated events If for sake of coding efficiency the programmer wishes to usethe same code segment for both BS and MS call processing events the commands to arm the call state change detector and to set the call state change detector ti me out time will be accepted but ignored should the control program actually send the commands to the test set for BS call processing events Overview Establishing an active link with the mobile station when the test set is in active cell operating mode can be accomplished in one of two ways Basestation originated call e Mobile station originated call 175 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersprog prog guide step4 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Process for Making a Base Station Originated Call The recommended process for making a base station originated call is shown in Step 4 Figure 1 Process for Making a Base Station Originated Call on page 177 The CALL ORI Ginate command is used to initiate a base station originated call If the call origination process fails it is necessary to send the CALL END command to the test set to force immediate termination of all processes associated with the current call origination This ensures that if another CALL ORI Ginate command is sent to the
541. s selected NONE if no measurements are don variable will be set to WAIT until measurements ER POWER If this case is selected Tx no integrity indicator measurement is FETCHed PRINT Max RMS Phase Error is Phs_error END SELECT TIL Meas_done NON P the INITiate DON ER CONTINUOUS OFF Sets TX power trigger mode to single PUT 714 SETUP PFERROR CONTINUOUS OFF Sets PF to single ER trigger mode PUT 714 INITiate TXPower PFERror Begins a TX power and IPFER measurement EA PUT 714 INITIATE DONE Queries the test set for measurements ER 714 Meas done String value representing DONE measurements power is FETCHed rms phase error When all triggered measurements have completed E query returns NONE Be 133 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog meas synch fm Measurement Event Synchronization STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY GSM TheSTATus OPERation NMRReady GSM command allows the program to immediately branch to the next operation or command without continuing through a loop as in INITiate DONE See STATus OPE Ration NMRReady GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 451 for more details about this command The user must enable the following so that as soon as the enabled NMRReady bit is true the program moves on Positive or negative transition filter See Transition Filters on page 145 ST
542. s_reg fm Status Subsystem Overview Status Data Structure Register Model The generalized status register model consists of a Condition Register Transition Filters an Event Register an Enable Register and a Summary Message Bit Negative Transition Filter Event Register Positive Transition Filter Latched Conditions Event Enable Register Condition Register Selects which Events can set the Summary Message Bit 8 8 o LX 35 0 8 0 5 feast gt gt t gt gt 1 8 4 1 gt gt 2 T gt 2 O 2 3 fost 2 t Q o e e e e e e fo 0 d 1477 i 514 9 8 14 o a 915 C 13 215 9 15 D Positive and Negative Transition Filters select yyy which transitions of Condition ee Logical OR gt Summary Message Bit corresponding Event Bits 144 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog status reg fm Status Subsystem Overview Condition Register A condition is a test set state that is either TRUE or FALSE a GPIB command error has occurred or a GPIB command error has not occurred Each bit in a Condition Register is assigned to a particular test set state A Condition Register continuously monitors
543. sages Display State found in the Instrument Setup menu gives users a way to block these messages and the associated beep from ever happening When the state is Off these messages and their associated beep will be blocked The M askable Message Display State can be set manually or with the following GPIB command OUTPUT 714 DISPLAY MESSAGE MASKABLE STATE OFF Prevents certain messages from appearing on the display Instrument Maskable Messages Instrument warning Audio Generator instrument has been closed Instrument warning Audio Analyzer instrument has been closed Instrument warning Analog Audio instrument has been closed GSM Mobile Test Maskable Messages GSM measurement warning TX Power measurement has been closed GSM measurement warning Power vs Time measurement has been closed GSM measurement warning Phase Frequency Error measurement has been closed GSM measurement warning Output RF Spectrum measurement has been closed GSM measurement warning Fast Bit Error measurement has been closed GSM measurement warning Decoded Audio measurement has been closed e GSM measurement warning IQ Tuning measurement has been closed Related Topics DEAR ARK KK ARK A KK xk OK AK ACK ok xk OK AE OK ook ok EK OK AK AEA A HE ROK ECKE SK KA KK OK AK AK SY STem COMMunicate GPI B DEBug STATe on page 482 Test Set Beeper on page 556 SY STem E RRor on page 488 DISPlay WI NDow ERRor CL Ear DISPlay M ESSage MAS
544. se Reference Manual ChaptersMpib setup dynp fm SETup DPOWer SETup DPOWer COUNt NUMBer Function Sets queries the number of bursts for the DynamicPower measurement Setting Range 1 to 100 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 100 Resolution 1 RST 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DPOWER COUNT NUMBER 30 Sets the number of bursts for the Dynamic Power measurement to 30 SETup DPOWer EMDifference Function Sets queries the E xpected Maximum Difference from Previous Measurement parameter for the Dynamic Power measurement The units dB are optional The Expected Maximum Difference from Previous Measurement parameter is used with the measured transmit power from the previous burst to set the maximum RF power that the base station emulator is expecting the mobile to transmit in the next burst The setting of this parameter does not affect the receiver Expected Power parameter See RFANalyzer E XPected P OWer SE L ected on page 372 Setting Range 30 dB to 30 dB Resolution 0 01 dB Query Range 30 dB to 30 dB Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP DPOWER EMDIFFERENCE 3 Sets the Expected Maximum Difference from previous measurement parameter to 3 dB Example If the previous burst measures 0 dB and you expect the maximum amplitude of the next burst to be 3 dB set the Expected Maximum Difference parameter to 3 404 S
545. set commands see M easurement Related Configuration on page 563 Table 7 Measurements affected by amplitude offset Amplitude Offset Command PVT Transmit Power dB Cell Power Setting Minimum Maximum Average dBm OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 3 7 123 7 152 7 136 82 lOffset for 3 dB of loss in the network OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 3 7 129 7 16 7 14 88 lOffset for 3 dB of gain in the network OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 0 7 112 7 147 7 124 85 IZero dB of offset 95 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersXs pvt fm PVT Troubleshooting Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 If over range 5 is returned the PvT input power has exceeded the test set s internal sampler maximum value during some part of the sampling or the input power has exceeded the calibrated range of the test set s power detector for the RF Range setting RF Range is automatically set based on the input power setting Input power is a combination of amplitude offset and expected power settings See Receiver example on page 564 If the signal has both over range and under range conditions only the over range 5 will be indicated If under range 6 is returned the PvT Transmit Power result is more than 10 dB below the expected input power level Under range is also indicated if the inpu
546. shown in a message window at the center of the test set s display When an error message is displayed an audio beep occurs the beeper state of the test set can be set to on or off The error event queue is read remotely using the SY STem ERRor query The error event queue is able to hold 100 messages To read the entire error event queue use the following program 10 DIM Err_msg 255 20 REPEA 30 OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM ERROR 40 E ER 714 Err num Err msg 50 PRINT Err num Err msg 60 UNTIL Err num 0 The message log may be viewed on the test set s display by pressing the SYSTEM CONFIG screen s Message Log key The message log can display up to 24 entries over two pages Error messages can be cleared from the test set s display using the DISPlay WIN Dow ERRor CL Ear command Pressing any functional front panel key i e the LOCAL key will clear an error message for the test set s display Classes of Errors Error messages are divided into classes each dass of error is handled differently by thetest set The message log is cleared when the test set is power cycled Measurement Integrity Errors These errors occur while a measurement is being performed They indicate something happened during the measurement to invalidatethe result or maketheintegrity indicator return a questionable result These errors can be read by using the F ETCh command for a given measurement Non
547. signment on page 466 STAT us QUE Stionable HARDware Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 468 STATus OPE Ration Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 442 STATus OPE Ration CALL Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 444 STATus OPE Ration CALL GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 446 STAT us OPE Ration NMRReady Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 448 STATus OPE Ration NM RReady GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 451 437 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_status_description fm STATus OPERation STATus OPE Ration February 14 2000 a STATus OPERation 7 reads event register EVENt y CONDition reads condition register l ENABle gt lt sp gt lt num value writes to enable register reads enable register gt NTRansition s lt sp gt lt num value writes to negative transition register 1 reads negative transition register gt L gt PTRansition sp num value writes to positive transition register L gt reads positive transition register STATus _ OPERation CALL reads event register Nd EVENt 1 CONDition reads condition register gt ENABle s lt sp gt
548. st on page 526 Setting range RACH TSCO TSC1 TSC2 TSC3 TSC4 TSC5 TSC6 TSC7 Query range RACH TSCO TSC1 TSC2 TSC3 TSC4 TSC5 TSC6 TSC7 RST Setting TSC5 Related Topics Test Mode Operating Mode on page 524 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL BURST TYPE TSC2 Sets the test set to expect a TCH with midamble pattern TSC2 239 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_burst fm CALL CONNected CALL CONNected CALL gt CONNected 7 gt returns 110 STATe gt ARM gt DONE Loc 2 IMMediate gt OPComplete SEQuential L gt WAIT STATe gt returns 1 0 Lys TIMeout gt lt sp gt lt num value gt lt S MS US NS gt gt Y Diagram Conventions on page 213 CALL CONNected STATe Function Queries the connected disconnected state of the call 1 is returned if the call is in the connected state 0 is returned if the call is in the idle that is disconnected state If the call is in any state other than connected or idle the query will hang until the call state transitions to the connected or idle state When used in conjunction with the CALL CONNected ARM and CALL CONN ected TI M eout commands the CALL CONNected STATe command allows the control program to synchronize to call connection disconnection S
549. st set SE est set SE est set SE Swit offs 400KHZ Mod offs 2 2M OUTPU Test set SE OUTPU Test set SE ORFS TRIG SOUR AUTO Set trig source to AUTO ORFS CONT OFF Set trig mode to single ORFS TIM 60 Set timeout time to 60 sec switching and modulation offsets to be tested into string variables 400KHZ2 600KHZ 600KH2 1200KHZ2 1200KHZ 1800KHZ 1800KHZ HZ 2MHZ2 4MHZ 4MHZ 6MH2 6MHZ MHZ 8MHZ 1MHZ 1MHZ ORFS SWIT FREQ amp Swit offs Configure TX Powe OUTPU OUTPU OUTPU OUTPU 1 ORFS MOD FREQ amp Mod offs r Measurement I est set SE XP COUN 3 I est set SE XP TRIG SOUR RISE QUAL ON I est set SE XP CONT OFF I est set SE Configure Phase amp OUTPU OUTPUT OUTPU OUTPU OUTPU XP TIM 20 Frequency Error Measurement I est set S HPE ER COUN 8 I est set S PE ER TRIG SOUR PROT QUAL ON I PE R CONT OFF est set S I est set S PE ER TIM 30 I est set S SEE ER BSYN MID 171 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_prog_guide_step3 fm Step 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station S
550. st set will reboot in the new test application Revision Selection Different revisions of the test applications in your test set will provide different functionality Switching revisions does not reboot the test set in a new test application It merely selects a revision for the next switch 569 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualNChapters conf radio personality fm Selecting a Radio Personality A revision remains selected until a different revision is selected NOTE If you switch test applications to an older version that does not support test application switching you will not have a path to get back Using the firmware upgrade process to load firmware with the correct version will fix this problem Test application switching is available on revisions greater than A 04 00 of GSM MobileTest and all other test applications that are developed there after Remote User This selects the revision and test application that you want it does not make the switch norder to query a selected test application revision running or not usethis GPIB command OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION SELECT REVISION AMPS 136 MOBILE TEST e n order to query the revision of the test application currently running use this GPIB command OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CURRENT REVISION e In order to query all of the revisions available for a test application
551. status of processes that occur during normal call processing operations Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 15 32768 Not Used Defined by SCPI This bit will always be 0 14 16384 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 13 8192 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 12 4096 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 11 2048 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 10 1024 Registering MS initiated This bit is set to a 1 when the Mobile Station initiates registration 9 512 Registering BS initiated This bit is set toa 1 when the Base Station initiates registration 8 256 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 7 128 BS Originating This bit will bea 1 when Active Cell mode the call processing state leaves the idle state Test mode the test set has noted a base station origination 6 64 Call Control Status Changing This bit is set to a 1 when the call control status change detector has been armed 5 32 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 4 16 Reserved for future use This bit will always be 0 3 8 Call Control Status Alerting This bit will bea 1 when thetest set is in the call alerting state ringing 2 4 Call Control Status Connected This bit will bea 1 when thetest set is in the call connected state 1 2 Call Control Status Idle This bit will bea 1 when the test set is
552. ster or a CL S clear status command This guarantees that the application can t miss a bit state transition in the Condition Register There is no buffering so while an event bit is set subsequent transitions in the Condition Register corresponding to that bit are ignored Event Registers are read only E vent Registers in the test set are either 8 or 16 bits long and may contain unused bits All unused bits return a zero value when read Event Enable Register The Event Enable Register defines which bits in the Event Register will be used to generate the Summary M essage Each bit in the Enable Register has a corresponding bit in the E vent Register The test set logically ANDs corresponding bits in the Event and Enable registers and then performs an inclusive OR on all the resulting bits to generate the Summary Message By using the enable bits the application program can direct the test set to set the Summary Message to the 1 or TRUE state for a single 145 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog status reg fm Status Subsystem Overview event or an inclusive OR of any group of events Enable Registers are read write Enable Registers in the test set are either 8 or 16 bits long and may contain unused bits which correspond to unused bits in the associated Event Register All unused bits return a zero value when read and are ignored when written to Enable Registers are unaffected by a CLS clear st
553. sults See FETCh ORF Spectrum on page 322 Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 TX power Range 100 to 100 dBm and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Output RF spectrum due to switching Max Range 0 to 8 comma separated values 100 to 100 dBm and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 30 kHz bandwidth power Range 100to 100 dBm and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Output RF spectrum due to modulation average Range 0 to 22 comma separated values 200 to 100 dBm and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB 367 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_read fm READ READ PFERror ALL Function Queries initiates and fetches one Phase and Frequency Error measurement as a sequential operation Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 RMS Phase Error Max Peak Phase Error Max Frequency Error Worst The FETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See FETCh PFERror on page 329 Worst frequency error negative or positive is the value furthest from zero Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 rms phase error max Range 0 to 180 degrees and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dB Peak phase error max Range 0 to 180 degrees and 9 91E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 degrees Frequ
554. sults are provided in order tohelp the user understand the condition that caused the invalid result e 9 9E 37 INFinity Infinity e 9 9E 37 NINF Negative Infinity e 9 91E 37 NAN Not A Number 9 9E 37 INFinity 9 9E 37 is returned by the test set when the measurement is out of range results are far above the present measurement range 9 9E 37 NINFinity 9 91E 37 is returned by the test set when the measurement is out of range results are far below the present measurement range 9 91E 37 NAN 9 91E 37 is returned by the test set when the measurement is out of range but it can not be determined if measurement results are far above or far below the measurement range If a measurement exceeds its measurement timeout value before a valid result is determined 9 91E 37 is returned FETCH and READ Invalid Results When a FETCH or READ query is performed on a measurement with invalid results the integrity indicator will return a value of 1 indicating No Result Available Manual Users Invalid Results Manual users will generally see four dashes on the test set display When the measurement timeout value has been exceeded Measurement Timeout is displayed as well as the four dashes 130 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseReference ManualNChapters prog invalid results fm Measurement Progress Report Measurement Progress Report Description The measurement
555. sults but for all bit types simultaneously See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Bits tested Range 0 to 999 131 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 Bit error count Range 1 to 999 131 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 FETCh BERRor BITS Function Queries the number of bits actually tested This query only returns the result of the bit type set using the SETup BERRor TY PE command The number of bits actually tested will exceed the number requested because the test set rounds up the number requested to the nearest number that results in an integral number of speech frames One speech frame is 132 bits The test set measures complete a speech frame and it is queried for bits See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Query Bits tested Range 0 to 999 131 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 000 302 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_berror fm FETCh BERRor FETCh BERRor BITS TYPEIA TYPEIB TYPEII Function Queries the number of bits which have been tested This query allows you to select the bit type you want to query either Type la Type Ib or Typell See Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Qu
556. surements may be also be caused by modulation data other than all 1s or all Os for example it may bethat a midamble is being transmitted Interpreting Integrity Indicator Values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 68 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersWs iq fm Fast Bit Error Measurement Description Fast Bit Error Measurement Description J uly 8 1999 Bit Error Measurements vs Fast Bit Error Measurements There are three commonly used types of bit error measurements in GSM BER with Frame Erasure or Residual BER when the mobile station has been configured to loopback Type A BER without Frame Erasure or Non residual BER when the mobile station has been configured to loopback Type B BER using burst by burst loopback when the MS has been configured to loopback Type C The test set allows the user to select between Loopback Type A or B and the Fast Bit Error Measurement which uses Loopback Type C Refer alsoto Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 NOTE If thetest set has codeware version A 02 00 or above unnecessary loopback commands and delays can be eliminated by taking advantage of enhancements available Previous versions of the test set required the user to set the loopback type and did not have a feature that allowed time for the loop to dose How is a fast bit error FBER measurement made During F BER measurements the
557. switching offset level results are shifted in proportion to the value of Amplitude Offset that a user may set The following table shows the measurements that are affected and how amplitude offset affects them For more information about amplitude offset commands see Measurement Related Configuration on page 563 Table 2 Measurements affected by amplitude offset Amplitude Offset Command Power Switching Offset Cell dBm Level Power dBm Setting dBm ORFS 30 kHz Max Average Transmit BW up to 8 OUTPUT 714 SY STEM CORRECTION SGAIN 3 6 74 1 42 35 60 36 07 82 lOffset for 3 dB of loss in the network OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 3 6 75 1 66 35 71 36 09 88 Offset for 3 dB of gain in the network OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM CORRECTION SGAIN 0 6 67 1 18 35 64 36 09 85 IZero dB of offset 80 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters ts_orfs fm ORFS Troubleshooting Interpreting Integrity Indicator values See Integrity Indicator on page 125 If over range 5 is returned the input signal is likely to clip during the useful part of the burst or the ORFS TX Power measurement has detected an over range If signal too noisy 10 is returned the actual power at certain offsets is gt 8 dB off from the expected level If under range 6 is returned the measured power result is more than 10 dB below the expected input
558. t 3 STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS oh nao Bit3 STATUS OPERATI ON NMRREADY 141 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog status reg fm Status Subsystem Overview Status Reporting Structures For The COMMon Registers STATUS OPERATION CALL COMMON Extension Bit 0 Idle 1 Connected 2 Alerting 3 Bit 1 STATUS Control Status Changing 6 OPERATION BS Originating 7 CALL COMMON Registering BS initiated 9 A NEA STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY COMMON Audio Analyzer 1 Bit 1 STATUS OPERATION NMRREADY COMMON STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS COMMON Extension Bit 100 Messages 200 Messages 300 Messages 400 Messages Bit 1 500 Messages STATUS 600 Messages QUESTIONABLE 700 Messages ERRORS COMMON 800 Messages 900 Messages co lDOA np 142 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_status_reg fm Status Reporting Structures For TheTA136 Registers STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS TA136 Extension Bit 100 Messages 200 Messages 300 Messages 400 Messages 500 Messages 600 Messages 700 Messages 800 Messages 900 Messages OMNoD Aa FRWNM 0O0 Bit 5 STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS TA136 Status Subsystem Overview 143 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters prog_statu
559. t Descriptions on page 535 Setting Range NCLude include all measurements EXCLude exclude all measurements Programming Example OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE FLAG ALL EXCLUDE Excludes all measurements from contributing the INITIATE DONE query see INITiate DONE on page 6 357 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_initiate fm INITiate INITiate DONE FLAG lt measurement mnemonic gt Function Specifies which measurements are considered included or excluded when the DONE query is sent If a measurements trigger arm see Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 has been left in continuous mode the done flag for that measurement will toggle between DONE and WAIT see INITiate DONE on page 132 The INITiate DONE query will probably not be able to catch the measurement at the instant it is done therefore the measurement will never appear to be done If a measurement trigger arm must be left in continuous mode the user should exdude it using this command from the NITiate DONE query results Once theINITiate DONE FL AG has been set to EXCLude for a measurement the user must send the IN CLude command for that measurement in order to query that measurement with the INITiate DONE query The test set will not reset any excluded measurement to be an included measurement with a
560. t STATe Function Sets queries the TX power multi measurement count state Setting 0 Off 1 On Query 0 1 RST Setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S E ON ETUP TXPOW ER COUNT STATI Sets the multi measurement count state to on SETup TXPower TiMeout STIMe Function Sets queries TX carrier power measurement timeout value and also sets the state to on The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER TIMEOUT STIME 20 Sets the state to on and the timeout value to 20 seconds SETup TXPower TIMeout TIME Function Sets queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for TX power measurements The units S MS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP TXPOWER TIMEOUT TIME 20 Sets the TX power measurement timeout to 20 seconds 434 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib setup txpower fm SETup TXPower SETup TXPower TIMeout STATe Function Selects querie
561. t if one of these errors occurred 3 8 4300 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed to a 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 300 to 399 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 466 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib STATus QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable Bit Binary Condition Description Number Weighting 2 4 4200 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 200 to 299 range occurs Query the Event Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 1 2 100 Errors The condition bit will be pulsed toa 1 and immediately back to 0 if an error in the 100 to 199 range occurs Query the E vent Register to find out if one of these errors occurred 0 1 Extension Bit This bit will always be 0 Program Example STATus QUEStionable ERRors GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment OUTPUT 714 STATUS QUESTIONABLE ERRORS GSM EVENT Queries the GSM Questionable Errors Event Register 467 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_STATus_QUEStionable fm STATus QUEStionable STATus QUEStionable HARDware Condition Register Bit Assignment The STATus QUE Stionable H ARDware register bits give an indication that the data signals currently being ac
562. t power is more than 2 dB below the calibrated range of the test set s power detector for the RF Range setting RF Rangeis automatically set based on the input power setting Input power is a combination of amplitude offset and expected power settings See Receiver example on page 564 Syn Not Found 11 will be returned if the measurement Burst Synchronization is set to Midamble synchronized and Expected Burst pattern is not set to TSCO through TSC7 or RACH see CALL BURSt on page 239 96 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters Ws pvt fm RACH Measurement Description RACH Measurement Description What is a RACH When a mobile first attempts to originate a call it sends a RACH Random Access Channel burst The RACH is transmitted on the uplink frequency of the channel number used by the Broadcast channel BCH The RACH is the first burst sent by the mobile This burst is short only 312 2 ms as opposed to the normal GSM burst of 542 8 ms The RACH is used by the base station to determine the timing advance which it then sends back to the mobile Once the mobile receives this information it starts to transmit normal bursts Measurements that can be performed on a RACH The test set can perform the following three measurements on a RACH in Active Cell or Test mode Power versus Time Transmit Power Phase and Frequency Error NOTE Only one measurement at a time can be made on
563. t signal conditions Input signal level is between 20 dBm and 43 dBm Input signal level is within 3 dB and 3 dB of the expected input level Input signal is within 100 kHz of the measurement frequency The measurement frequency is within the currently selected band Trigger Source Theonly trigger source that the Dynamic Power measurement supports is RF Rise 61 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters meas dynp desc fm Dynamic Power Measurement Description Related Topics SETup DPOWer on page 403 FETCh DPOWer on page 312 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110 62 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_dynp_desc fm 1 Q Tuning Measurement Description I Q Tuning Measurement Description How is an I Q Tuning Measurement Made Thel Q Tuning measurement is used in the production process normally at mobile pre test where the I Q modulator of the mobile is being calibrated The measurement is normally performed with the
564. t the test set measures the power without synchronizing it to the midamble The measurement is made with RF amplitude synchronization therefore the signal does not need to be demodulated to determine the midamble This technique is different than the TXP measurement defined in ETSI GSM 11 10 See Burst Synchronization of Measurements on page 115 The power versus time measurement provides a carrier power measurement that is synchronized to the burst s midamble and conforms to the ETSI GSM 11 10 standard See the Power versus Time Measurement Description on page 88 The output RF spectrum measurement makes the TXP measurement as part of its measurement process and makes this measurement result available along with output RF spectrum due to modulation and switching TheTXP measurement is completely controlled by the digital signal processor DSP in the test set Any power measurement requires calibration to ensure accuracy The power meter used for this measurement is zeroed automatically by the DSP as needed with no action required by the user No temperature dependent calibration is required because temperature compensation in the power detector circuits provide temperature stability Single or Multi Measurements The DSP analyzes the data and calculates the results A single burst for a TXP measurement calculates the average power over the useful part of the burst A multiple burst transmit power measurement is made when the mul
565. table entries to OFF 229 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ba fm CALL BA CALL CELL BA TABLe DCS Function Sets queries the BA Table entries for the DCS broadcast band Entries are set value entered into table and state set to ON using a comma Separated list of 1 to 16 values States of table entries not included in setting list are set to OF F Sending a null list no values sets states of all table entries to OFF Query returns a comma separated list of the table entries that are in the ON state If states of all table entries are set to OFF query returns NAN 9 91E 37 Setting range 512 to 885 resolution 1 Query range 0 to 9 91E 37 RST Setting entries 512 698 885 537 562 587 612 637 662 712 737 762 787 812 837 862 states 512 ON all others OFF Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE DCS 512 612 787 Sets three BA table entries for Ithe DCS broadcast band States lof the remaining 13 entries are set to OFF OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL BA TABLE DCS Sets states of all table entries to OFF CALL CELL BA TABLe EGSM Function Sets queries the BA Table entries for the EGSM broadcast band Entries are set value entered into table and state set to ON using a comma separated list of 1 to 16 values States of table entri
566. tate is connected changes tothe traffic band parameter are not reflected in the cell band or the manual band parameters When the operating mode is test mode and the test function is set to BCH TCH thetraffic band parameter should be used See CALL FUNCtion DOWNIink on page 249 Example 2 OUTPUT 714 CALL TCHANNEL BAND DCS Sets the traffic band to DCS Manual Band Parameter When the receiver control parameter is set to manual changes to the manual band parameter are not reflected in the traffic band or cell band parameters Setting the manual band parameter changes the receiver control parameter to manual When the receiver control parameter is set to manual changes to the cell band parameter set the receiver control parameter to auto however the manual band parameter changes to match the cell band setting Users will need to set receiver control back to manual Example 3 OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER MANUAL BAND DCS Sets the manual band to DCS 502 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersigen band params test fm Frequency Banded Parameters Related Topics DRAKA KKK AK ACK A KK ok OK AK ACK KE EK EK OK AO AEA OK EK OK AK EA A AK ROK ARK SK KA KK OK AK AK Programming a Dualband Handover on page 119 Configuring the Broadcast Channel BCH on page 511 Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 Receiver Control on page 518 CALL CON Nected S
567. te for phase frequency measurements Setting Singletrigger mode 0 OFF Continuous trigger mode 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting O off OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP PFERROR CONTINUOUS OFF Specifies single trigger mode for phase frequency measurements SETup PFERror COUNIt SNUMber Function Sets queries the number of phase frequency measurements the test set will make and turns the multi measurement count state on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting O off OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP PFERROR COUNT SNUMBER 100 Sets the value to 100 and the state to on 422 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_pferror fm SETup PFERror COUNt NUMBer SETup PFERror Function Sets queries the number of phase frequency measurements the Test Set will make when the multi measurement count state is on Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP PFERROR COUNT NUMBER 55 Sets the multi measurement count value to 55 SETup PFERror COUNt STATe Function Sets queries the phase frequency multi measurement count state Setting Range 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting O
568. ted RXLevel NEW NEW NEW Function Queries the received level of the TCH in dB relative to 110 dBm which the MS measured Each time the NEW query is sent the test set hangs until report results from that measurement period are sent A hanging query that will not return until the MS reports a new SACCH message to test set This will return 3 variables the first two must be ignored the value from the third new query is valid data Query range 0 to 68 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED RXLEVEL NEW NEW NEW The third result is valid 259 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL MS REPorted RXQuality LAST Function The MS reported quality of the signal used for the RX Level during the last SACCH report Query range 0 to 7 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED RXQUALITY LAST CALL MS REPorted RXQuality NEW NEW NEW Function Queries the MS reported received quality from the SACCH report Each timethe NEW query is sent the test set hangs until report results from that measurement period are sent A hanging query that will not return until the MS reports a new SACCH message to test set This
569. tep 4 Establish an Active Link with Mobile Station Background Call Connect Disconnect Synchronization When the control program requires that an active link be established terminated between the mobile station and the test set the commands necessary to initiate the call connect disconnect process are sent to the test set for a BS originated terminated call or to the mobile station for a MS originated terminated call n either case synchronization is defined as the control program being able to empirically determine when the call has been successfully connected disconnected so that the control program can proceed or being ableto empirically determine that the call has not been successfully connected disconnected so that the control program can take appropriate action The determination is made by monitoring the call state as the call connect disconnect process progresses Call States At any instant in time a call can bein one of the following states Idle Setup Request Proceeding Alerting Disconnecting Connected Setup Request Proceeding Alerting and Disconnecting are referred to as transitory states because the amount of time which the call can spend in any of these states is limited by GSM protocol that is the call transitions through these states it is not allowed to stay in a transitory state forever NOTE If repeat paging is on it is possible for the call process to stay in one of the transitory states beyond the time s
570. ters hpib_fetch_txpower fm FETCh TXPower FETCh TXPower SDEViation Function Queries the standard deviation from atransmit power multi measurement Query Range 0 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 001 dB 352 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_txpower fm INITiate Subsystem INITiate Subsystem Syntax Diagrams and Command Descriptions NITiate on page 355 Description INITiate Command Functions TheINITiate subsystem is used to Start activate individual or multiple concurrent measurements Turn individual measurements off Determine the number of measurements currently active INIT COUNT e Determine the names of the measurements currently active I NIT ON Determine which measurements are finished INIT DONE What Happens When a Measurement is INITiated When a measurement is started using I NI Tiate commands a new measurement cycle is started If the selected measurement is currently in a measurement cyde it is aborted Also if a timeout is specified the timeout period is begun NOTE TheINITiate subsystem is derived from SCPI but has some modifications to make it more compatible with the manual operation of the test set Most notably the choice of single or continuous measurement triggering is made using the SETup subsystem INITiate Programming Examples how INIT commands are used TheINITiate
571. test set generates a downlink TCH with Pseudo Random Binary Sequence PRBS 15 data at a known low level The mobile station receives the data loops it back to its transmitter and returns the data to the test set The test set compares data sent to data received and F BER is calculated see CALL TCHannel on page 286 SETup subsystem commands are sent to the test set to specify close loop delay signal loopback control the number of bits totest TDMA frames delay measurement unit trigger arm and measurement timeout values When a call is established on the TCH the loopback type is sent to the mobile station if the signal loopback control is on see SETup F BERror SL Control on page 395 If the user sets signal loopback control to off the loopback type is controlled using CALL TCHannel L OOP back on page 291 manually the Mobile Loopback F 12 key provides user access FBER measurements use MS burst by burst loopback referred to as loopback type C In loopback type C the comparison is made between the 114 bits of data sent from the test set to the MS then looped back and received by the test set The loop must be closed before a FBER test can start using the close loop signalling delay time feature allows time for the loop to close See SETup FBERror CL SDelay STI Me on page 392 for more details Each MS may have a different delay between receiving a TDMA frame and re sending it on the uplink By default the test set is confi
572. th a way to hold off the response to this query until a call processing state transition has taken place See Connected l dle Query on page 35 This command supports synchronization method five DONE and OPC These specialized commands can be appended to call processing overlapped commands to support synchronization method three See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 40 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog synch gen fm Test System Synchronization Overview WAIT This specialized command can be appended to call processing overlapped commands to support synchronization method two See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 SEQ This specialized command can be appended to call processing overlapped commands to support synchronization method one See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Command Synchronization Commands on page 31 IN Tiate DONE on page 357 This specialized command causes the test set to return a mnemonic indicating if a measurement is done If not the returned mnemonic will indicate if the measurement is still executing This command supports synchronization method three See INITiate DONE on page 132 STATUS lt register gt Status bits in the STATus OPERation CALL GSM Condition Register Bit Assignment on page 446 register are pr
573. the RACH even if two measurements are initiated Triggering The type of triggering used is dependent on whether you are in Active Cell or Test mode Active Cell mode The default triggering of Auto is acceptable for most signals In Active Cell mode Auto is equivalent to Protocol However if the mobile s RACH timing is outside the specified limits you may need to use RF Rise triggering Test mode The default triggering of Auto should be used In Test mode Auto is equivalent to RF Rise Overview of Measurement Procedure in Active Cell Mode 1 Set operating mode to Active Cell 2 Set the receiver control to manual 3 Set the test set s measurement receiver to the frequency the RACH will arrive on The simplest way to do this is to set the manual channel that is the expected ARF CN tothe ARFCN of the BCH Alternatively you could set the expected frequency to the uplink frequency of the BCH ARFCN 4 Ensure trigger mode is set to Auto Once the RACH measurement is completed in order to make further measurements on the TCH ensure you reset the receiver control to Auto 97 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_rach_desc fm RACH Measurement Description Overview of Measurement Procedure in Test Mode 1 Set operating mode to Test Set the test function to either BCH or BCH TCH Set the Broadcast Channel to the channel you wish to use Using your prop
574. the fast bit error measurement Query returns integrity indicator bits tested bit error ratio and bit error count Bit error ratiois displayed in the Fast Bit Error field The other values returned by this query are not available on the front panel display Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Bits tested Range 1 to 999 455 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91 E 437 NAN Resolution 0 01 Fast bit error count Range 1 to 999 455 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 FETCh FBERror BITS Function Queries the total number of information bits tested during the last fast bit error measurement See SETup F BERror COU Nt on page 394 Queries the total number of information bits tested during the last fast bit error measurement See SETup F BERror COU Nt on page 394 This value is not available on the front panel display Query Range 1 to 999 455 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 315 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_fetch_fberror fm FETCh FBERror FETCh FBERror COUNt Function Queries thenumber of information bits that were deemed errors during thelast fast bit error test This value is not available on the front panel display Query Range 1 to 999 455 and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 1 FETCh FBERror DELay
575. the hardware and firmware states assigned to it There is no latching or buffering of any bits in a Condition Register it is updated in real time Condition Registers are read only Condition Registers in the test set are 16 bits long and may contain unused bits All unused bits return a zero value when read Some status register groups do not implement Condition registers for certain test set conditions In the tables labeled Bit Definitions these conditions are indicated by the word NO in the column labeled Is Condition Register mplemented Transition Filters n the test set the Transition Filters are implemented as two registers a 16 bit positive transition PTR register and a 16 bit negative transition NTR register For each bit in the Condition Register a Transition Filter bit determines the state transitions which will set a corresponding bit in the Event Register Transition Filters may be set to pass positive transitions PTR negative transitions NTR or either PTR or NTR A positive transition refers to a condition bit which has changed from 0 to 1 A negative transition refers to a condition bit which has changed from 1 to 0 A positive transition of a bit in the Condition register will be latched in the Event Register if the corresponding bit in the positive transition filter is set to 1 A positive transition of a bit in the Condition register will not be latched in the Event Register if the corresponding bit in t
576. then select F2 Numeric 1 of 2 and F3 Numeric 2 of 2 13 To do further measurements on the TCH ensure that the Receiver Control is returned to Auto Related Topics DEAR AK AK AK ARK A AK ook AK ACK A AK KE ook EK OK AK EA KE EE EK AK EA AKA RE EAE CK SK KA KK OK KK AK Programming a RACH Measurement on page 99 RACH Troubleshooting on page 102 DRAKA KAA AK EA AK AA eek AA A AK AA AK AEA AK A RK EK AK A AK AEA ARK A RK KK KKK 98 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_rach_desc fm Programming a RACH Measurement Programming a RACH Measurement This section provides an example of how to make a power versus time measurement on a RACH Thesame principles as used in this example can also be used for transmit power and phase and frequency error measurements Overview of Measurement Procedure 1 Ensure that the mobile is switched off 2 Set the test set s measurement receiver to the frequency the RACH will arrive on The simplest way to do this is to set the manual channel that is the expected ARF CN tothe ARFCN of the BCH Alternatively you could set the expected frequency to the uplink frequency of the BCH ARFCN 3 Set triggering to single 4 Set trigger mode to Auto Once the RACH measurement is completed in order to make further measurements on the TCH ensure you reset the receiver control to Auto NOTE Only one measurement at a time can be made on the
577. ti measurement state is on This measurement calculates average minimum maximum and standard deviation of the average power measured All of these results are available to the user with the FETCh command The test set always has an integrity indicator available to the user regardless of whether single or multiple burst measurements are selected Types of Signals TX Power can Measure TXP measurements can be made on these types of input signals Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in active cell mode Access RACH burst with mobile station in active cell mode Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile station in test mode Access RACH burst with mobile station in test mode Bursted signal with GMSK modulation without a valid midamble e CW signal 106 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_txp_desc fm Input Signal Requirements Transmit Power Measurement Description The TX Power measurement will complete and meet its accuracy specification of less than 0 6dB when e Level is between 20dBm and 3 dBm Level within 3 dB of the expected input level e Frequency is within 100kHz of expected input frequency Trigger Source Auto triggering is the recommended trigger source for each measurement allowing the test set may choose the preferred trigger source H owever the user may want to select the trigger source See Table 8 on page 107 Table 8 Recommended Tri
578. timing margin worst case the time offset where the signal came dose to or exceeded lower timing limit 88 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference Manual Chapters meas pvt desc fm Power versus Time Measurement Description Results for multi measurement PvT measurements include 1 Average of transmit carrier power measurements average of averages 2 Maximum transmit carrier power measured across each burst 3 Minimum transmit carrier power measured across each burst 4 Standard deviation of transmit carrier power measured across each burst Statistical PVT measurement results calculated from measurements taken at each of the active time offset markers or across a subset of the markers and available only through programming commands include 1 Average Power in dBc measured at the marker s relative to transmit power carrier power 2 Maximum power in dBc measured at the marker s relative to transmit power carrier power 3 Minimum power in dBc measured at the marker s relative to transmit power carrier power 4 Standard deviation of power in dBc measured at the marker s relative to transmit power carrier power The measurement integrity indicator is another result available for any completed PvT measurement This result provides information about error conditions which occurred and may have affected the accuracy of the most recently completed measurement For more information about m
579. timing ranges determined by a point by point comparison of the power versus time measurement mask The PvT measurement examines the burst to determine the points where the burst fails by the most or is closest to failing the upper and lower limits These worst case points provide the upper and lower limit margin results A negative value along with the offset time is returned for the result if the burst fails the mask A positive value indicates the burst is within the mask See FETCh PVTime MASK ALL on page 340 For statistical analysis the test set allows the user to set up to 12 time markers These markers do not define the mask but are merely used to get results from specified points on the mask See SETup PVTime TIME OF F Set on page 429 Note that these points are not the same as those used in the point by point comparison which determines the pass fail result Results for a single PVT measurement include PvT pass fail result 0 Pass 1 amp NaN Fail PvT measurement integrity indicator Transmit carrier power with midamble synchronization average power during the burst Upper limit power margin worst case how close to or where the signal exceeded upper power limit Lower limit power margin worst case how close or where the signal exceeded lower power limit oO uU BP WN H Upper limit timing margin worst case the time offset where the signal came close to or exceeded upper timing limit 7 Lower limit
580. to control the internal receiver parameters rather than allow the test set to control them manual receiver control is accomplished through the use of receiver control parameters Selecting Manual or Automatic Receiver Control Receiver control defines whether the test set auto or the user manual is in control of receiver s band channel frequency and power Setting a manual band manual frequency or manual channel causes receiver control to be set to manual control mode Setting the broadcast band or any reset operation causes the receiver control to be set to auto control mode Setting the RFANALYZER CONTROL AUTO to ON or OFF Example OUTPUT 714 RFANALYZER CONTROL AUTO OFF Allows manual control of receiver parameters Operating Mode and Receiver Control The test set s receiver control parameter is set using RFANalyzer CONTrol AUTO on page 372 Manual Receiver Control Parameters When receiver control is set to auto thetest set s protocol controls the parameters When receiver control is set to manual the following three parameters are under user control Manual Band Manual Freq Manual Channel Manual Band The frequency bands available for the test set are PGSM EGSM DCS and PCS Only one band can be active at a time The frequency band must be selected in order to define the frequencies where measurements are to be made See F requency Banded Parameters on page 501 for details on these par
581. to expect when you FETCh results Query Range 100 dBm to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 437 Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Ex ample OUTPUT 714 F ETCH ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING ALL AVERAGE Returns the ORFS due to switching average measurement results at lall frequency offsets currently turned on 326 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib fetch orfspectrum fm FETCh ORFSpectrum FETCh ORFSpectrum SWITChing FREQuency OFFSet MAXimum Function Queries the ORFS due to switching measurement allowing frequency offset values to be appended to the command Returns ORFS due to switching maximum measurements at the frequencies listed in the order they are listed Frequencies must have a one to one correspondence to ORFS due to switching frequency offsets that are currently turned on Frequencies must be separated by commas See SETup ORF Spectrum SWIT ching F RE Quency OF F Set for the command that turns on frequency offsets Each valueis optionally followed by HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ Thedefault units are HZ hertz Query Range 100 dB to 100 dB and 9 91 E 437 Resolution 0 01 dB Programming Example OUTPUT 714 FETCH ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING FREQUENCY OFFSET MAXIMUM 200 KHZ 400 KHZ Returns the ORFS due to switching maximum measurement results lat the 200 kHz and 400 kHz offsets only assuming these of
582. to total bits counted For the remote user these results are available by using the FETCh command see FET Ch F BE Rror COUNt on page 316 or FETCh FBERror RATio on page 317 The manual user will need to select either Count or from the Measurement Units field Manual user results Fast BER Ratio bad bits to total bits tested Fast BER Count bad bits found during a measurement TDMA frame Delay if TDMA Frame Loopback Delay Control 2 Manual RX Level RX Quality Remote user results Fast BER Ratio bad bits to total bits tested Fast BER Count bad bits found during a measurement TDMA Frame Delay if TDMA Frame Loopback Delay Control 2Manual Integrity Indicator ntermediate Count 70 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_fber_desc fm Fast Bit Error Measurement Description Related Topics DEAK KKK AK ACK AK 9k OK AK ACK KE EK EK AK AE OK EA KE EK CK AK EA A AK ROK ARK SK KA KK OK AK AK Programming a Fast Bit Error Measurement on page 72 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110 Bit Error Measurement Description on page 48 Programming a Bit Error Measurement on page 51 CALL TCHannel LOOPback on page 291 DRAKA AEA AA AK A RK A RAE A AA AA AK AA AK A RR EK A AK AK AA ARK AK RK RK KR KKK 71 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_fber_desc fm Programming a Fast
583. to understand the test set s measurement states See INITiateDONE FLAG measurement mnemonic gt on page 358 for indude or exclude commands Query Range NONE TXP PVT PFER ORFS AAUD DAUD DPOW FBER BERR IQT WAIT INITiate DONE CLEar Function Clears the done flag from all measurements See NI Tiate DONE on page 357 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 INITIATE DONE CLEAR clears done flag INITiate DONE FLAG ALL Function Specifies that all measurements are considered included or excluded when the DONE query is sent If a measurements trigger arm see Trigger Arm Single or Continuous Description on page 151 has been left in continuous mode the done flag for that measurement will toggle between DONE and WAIT see INITiate DONE on page 132 The NITiateDONE query will probably not be able to catch the measurement at the instant it is done therefore the measurement will never appear to be done If a measurement trigger arm must be left in continuous mode the user should exdude it using this command from the NITiate DONE query results Once theINITiate DONE FLAG has been set to EXCLude for a measurement the user must send the IN CLude command for that measurement in oder to query that measurement with the INITiate DONE query The test set will not reset any excluded measurement to be an included measurement with any form of preset see Prese
584. tory state otherwise it immediately returns a 1 Connected state or a 0 Idle state At the start of a call disconnect process the call state is Connected Sending a call connected state query at the start of a call disconnect process could immediately return a one if the query is satisfied before the disconnection process has started that is moved from the Connected state into one of the transitory states For correct call disconnect synchronization it is necessary that the query be temporarily held off until after the call disconnect process has started The call state change detector is provided which can be used to temporarily hold off the query from returning an answer until the appropriate state change has occurred Using the Call Connected Arm Command for Call Disconnect Synchronization The call state change detector arm command is used by the control program to tell the test set that it is expecting a change to the state of a call prior to initiating the state change By first arming the call state change detector then querying the call connected state and then attempting a BS or MS call termination the call connected state query will hang until the disconnection operation begins and then reaches a final Idle or Connected state H owever if the change detector is armed and a call disconnection is attempted but the call state never progresses from the Connected state the call connected state query would hang forever This could easily
585. tput OPC The OPC query does not effect the OPC event bit in the Standard Event Status Register ESR The OPC common command is not recommended for use as an overlapped command OPT The OPT option identification query is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 20 Each option will havea unique name that name will be retuned with the query RST The RST command is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 32 The RST command is a full preset which restores a majority of settings totheir default values 497 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib COMMON fm IEEE 488 2 Common Commands SRE The SRE service request enable command is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 34 The parameter range for this command is 0 through 255 SRE The SRE service request enable query is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 35 Values returned by this query range from 0 through 255 STB The STB read status byte query is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 36 Values returned by this query range from 0 through 255 WAI The WAI wait to conti nue command is defined in IEEE Std 488 2 1992 10 39 The WAI command prevents the test set from executing any further commands or queries until all pending operation flags are false The WAI common command is not recommended for use as an overlapped command Related Topics DEAR AKA KK AK ARK ARK A AK ok OK ACK A AK KE ook
586. traffic channel parameters are configured using the CALL processing subsystem commands shown in the following table Traffic Channel Settable Parameters Parameter Command Syntax TCH Band 1 CALL TCHannel BAND lt PGSM EGSM DCS PCS Channel Number CALL TCHannel ARF Cn SEL ected numeric value d OR CALL TCHannel ARF Cn PGSM EGSM DCS PCS numeric value Loopback Mode CALL TCHannel LOOPback lt OFF A B C gt Timeslot CALL TCHannel TSLot numeric value gt PIN Speech CALL TCHannel DOWNIink SPEech NONE ECHO PRBS15 SIN300 SIN 1000 SIN3000 ource Table Footnotes 1 TheTCH band setting becomes the selected band see Note 2 2 Sets the TCH channel for the TCH band selected with the TCH Band command see Note 1 Example 2 Programming E xample The following program example illustrates proper use of the BSE TCH configuration commands Not all parameters are accessed OUTPU est set CALL TCH 45 OUTPU est set CALL TCH TSL 4 162 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step2 fm Step 2 Configure the Base Station Emulator BSE Things That Can Go Wrong Trying to Set the MCC MNC LAC NCC or BCC While the Cell Activated State ON Trying to set any of the network configuration parameters while the cell is in the active state will generate the following error GSM operation rejected Attempt
587. tting 20 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR BAND DCS Sets the RF Generator band to DCS 276 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib call rfgenerator fm CALL CELL RFGenerator CHANnel SELected CALL RFGenerator Function Sets queries the RF Gen Channel for the band already selected Operating mode Test Mode and Downlink Function CW See CW Test Function Behavior on page 531 Additional commands can be appended to aid in controller Mobile Station synchronization See Call Processing Subsystem Overlapped Commands on page 33 for examples Setting range DCS channels 512 to 885 EGSM channels 975 to 1023 and 0 to 124 e PCS channels 512 to 810 PGSM channels 1 to 124 Query range DCS channels 512 to 885 EGSM channels 975 to 1023 and 0 to 124 e PCS channels 512 to 810 PGSM channels 1 to 124 RST Setting 20 PGSM band Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL CELL RFGENERATOR CHANNE I n ra ELECT ED 512 Sets the RF Generator channel to 512 for the band already selected 277 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_rfgenerator fm CALL RFGenerator CALL CELL RFGenerator CHANnel DCS Function Sets queries the RF Gen Channel fo
588. tting IDLE Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL STATUS STATE 283 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_status fm CALL STATus CALL STATus TCHannel ARFCN Function Query returns theTCH ARFCN for the current band The CALL STATUS STATE must be connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Query range DCS band channels 512 to 885 EGSM band channels 975 to 1023 and 0 to 124 PCS band channels 512 to 810 PGSM band channels 1 to 124 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL STATUS TCHANNEL ARFCN CALL STATus TCHannel BAND Function Query the current TCH band See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 The CALL STATUS STATE must be connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Query range DCS EGSM PCS PGSM RST Setting null string Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL STATUS TCHANNEL BAND 284 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters hpib call status fm CALL STATus CALL STATus TCHannel TERRor Function Query returns thelast burst timing error measurement Indicates the worst case timing error of all bursts received in a reporting period If all of the bursts reporting in a period are missing the query re
589. turns 9 91E 437 NAN The reference for burst timing error measurements is with respect to the downlink TCH slot 3 slot TX RX delay 468 75 bits TCH Timing Advance The CALL STATUS STATE must be connected see CALL STAT us STATe on page 283 Burst timing error is continuously updated every 480 ms Burst timing error is displayed in the Call Setup window Query range 8 to 30 T T 248 13 000 000 seconds approximately 3 69 5 and 9 91E 37 resolution 25 T approximately 923 5 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL STATUS TCHANNEL r4 H ERROR Returns Burst Timing Error CALL STATus TCHannel TSLot Function Query the Timeslot that the BS Emulator is using for the TCH See Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH on page 521 The CALL STATUS STATE must be connected see CALL STATus STATe on page 283 Query range 3 4 5 9 91E 37 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL STATUS TCHANNEL TSLOT 285 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_status fm CALL TCHannel CALL TCHannel gt CALL 5 TCHannel T T
590. tus_reg fm Triggering of Measurements Triggering of Measurements E 1960A Operating Considerations When the operating mode active cell mode Auto triggering sets the trigger source to Protocol When the operating mode test mode auto triggering sets the trigger source to RF Rise Description Trigger Source Description A measurement trigger causes hardware for example a sampler to capture data which is used by a measurement algorithm to produce a measurement result The following table shows the trigger source selections available to the user Table 3 Trigger Source choices Trigger Source Function RF Rise Generated from a change in the amplitude of the signal being measured Protocol Generated from a specific data word in the mobile station s transmission External Generated from an external signal Immediate Generated from measurement initiation Auto Thetest set selects the trigger source optimized for a given measurement RF Rise Trigger Source When RF risetriggering is selected a measurement dependent threshold is used to define the trigger point on the envelope of the signal being measured The envelope amplitude must fall below this threshold and remain there for a measurement dependent period of time before the trigger is armed After thetrigger is armed a trigger will occur as the envelope amplitude increases and passes through the threshold Protocol Trigger Source When protocol
591. ual Chapters ts_pfer fm Power versus Time Measurement Description Power versus Time Measurement Description J uly 6 1999 How is a power versus time PvT measurement made PvT measurements determine if the mobile station s transmitter power falls within specified power and timing ranges Refer to the Typical GSM PvT Measurement on page 91 During a PVT measurement the test set makes a narrowband point by point measurement of the instantaneous power received during the GSM burst A pass or fail result is returned based on a mask comparison defined in ETSI GSM 05 05 Ver 4 21 0 Annex B Included with the narrowband point by point measurement is a broad band PvT carrier power measurement labeled as Transmit Power on the Summary screen The PvT Transmit Power measurement is synchronized to the burst midamble as recommended in ETSI GSM 11 10 The test set also provides a faster transmit power measurement that is synchronized to the burst s amplitude See Transmit Power Measurement Description on page 106 The dynamic range of the PvT measurement is approximately a 70 dB This measurement conforms to ETSI GSM 11 10 Ver 4 21 1 Sect 13 3 which is based on ETSI GSM 05 05 Ver 4 21 0 Annex B Power versus Time Measurement Results The primary result of a PvT measurement is the pass fail result The pass fail result that the test set returns tothe user indicates whether the entire burst fell within power and
592. uery be temporarily held off until after the call connect process has started A call state change detector is provided which can be used to temporarily hold off the query from returning an answer until the appropriate state change has occurred Call Connected Arm Command The call connected arm command is used to arm the call state change detector Example 2 Command Syntax CALL CONNected ARM IMMediate If the call state change detector is armed when a call connected state query is received the reply is held off until the call state change detector is disarmed The call state change detector is disarmed upon a state change from any of the transitory states to the dle or Connected state The call state change detector is not disarmed by a state change from Idle to any of the transitory states from Connected to any of the transitory states nor is it disarmed by any transitions from Idle to dle or Connected to Connected These restrictions ensure that when the call connected state query returns an answer e theconnec process has started since the call state must have moved from I dle to one of the transitory states AND e theconnec process has finished since the call state has moved from a transitory state to either the I dle or Connected state The arm state of the change detector can be queried with the call connected arm state query command This query never hangs and immediately returns a 1 if the change detector is armed and a O
593. uide comprehensive prog example fm Comprehensive Program Example 1990 results By using the capabilities designed into high level 2000 measurements routines that access measurement results do not have to 2010 explicitly know what the measurement execution conditions were That 2020 information can be determined at the time the measurement results are 2030 queried 2040 2050 OUTPUT Test set FETC ORFS INT Check measurement integrity 2060 ENTER Test set Integrity 2070 IF Integrity 0 THE 2080 OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS SWIT FREQ POIN Get number of offsets 2090 tested 2100 ENTER Test set Points 2110 IF Points THEN Only query if one or more offsets tested 2120 ALLOCATE Orfs swit res Points Orfs swit offs Points 2130 OUTPUT Test set SET ORFS SWIT FREQ Get measurement offsets 2140 ENTER Test set Orfs swit offs 2150 OUTPUT Test set FETC ORFS POW FETC ORFS SWIT Get results 2160 ENTER Test set Tx power Orfs swit res 2170 PRINT ORFS Swit Results TCH Traf chan and TXL Ms pwr lvl 2180 PRINT USING 19X TX Power M2D 2D dBm Tx power 2190 PRINT Offset kHz Level dBm 2200 PRINT Ww o 0 25
594. uld turn off loopback of the traffic channel data See CALL TCHannel LOOP back on page 291 Speech OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH DOWN SPE SIN1000 would set the traffic channel downlink speech source to 1 kHz See CALL TCHannel DOWN link SPE ech on page 290 521 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_bse_tch fm Configuring the Traffic Channel TCH Max Frames Allowed for Assignment OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT TDMA FRAMES 20 would set the maximum number of frames allowed during channel assignments to 20 frames See CALL COUNt TDMA F RAMes on page 245 Channel Mode OUTPUT 714 CALL TCH CMOD EFRS would set the channel mode of the mobile station to enhanced full rate speech See CALL TCHannel CMODe on page 290 Operating Considerations When configuring the base station emulator BSE you must configure the broadcast channel see CALL BCHannel on page 236 and thetraffic channel TCH There are a number of parameters for the BCH and the TCH that can be configured however the test set s default parameters should allow a properly functioning mobile station to successfully camp on the cell and make a call under most circumstances When Operating Mode Active Cell if a call is connected changes to the traffic channel number ARF CN or traffic channel timeslot including a change to the value of the parameter s current setting causes signaling on the downlink FACCH toin
595. until this operation completes because the SEQ has been attached Step 2 Check that the call is still in the connected state It is possible that the MS did not successfully connect on the new channel OUTPUT Test set CALL STAT STAT ENTER Test set Call status IF Call status CONN THEN put error handler here END IF Call is connected so proceed with control program Performing a Dual Band Handover A dual band handover is accomplished using the CALL TCHannel BAND command The recommended process for performing a dual band handover is shown in the following figure 193 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test ApplicationA 04 Release Reference ManualChaptersrog prog guide step7 fm Step 7 Perform an Intra Cell Handover Step 7 Figure 2 Process for Performing a Dual Band Handover Set traffic channel Number in new band Set MS transmit level in new band Change traffic channel band Call connected Yes Proceed with control Invoke error program handler 194 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChapters prog prog guide step7 fm Step 7 Perform an Intra Cell Handover Example 3 Programming Example The following example illustrates how to use the CALL TCHannel BAND command to perform a dual band handover existing conditions a mobile station is connected to the test set MS TX Level 11 Timeslot 4 Timing Adva
596. urement Setting 0 OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting 0 off OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP PE ERROR TIMEOUT STATE ON Sets the timeout state to on for a Phase Frequency measurement SETup PFERror TRIGger DELay Function Sets queries the trigger delay time in seconds for a phase frequency measurement The units S MS US NS are optional if no units are specified then units default to S See Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description on page 82 Setting Range 2 31 ms to 2 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater Query Range 2 31 ms to 42 31 ms Resolution 5 significant digits or 100 ns whichever is greater RST Setting 0 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP PE ERROR TRIGGE ELAY 1 2MS R D Sets trigger delay time to 11 2 milli seconds 424 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_pferror fm SETup PFERror SETup PFERror TRIGer SOURce Function Sets queries the trigger source for phase frequency measurements See Phase and Frequency Error Measurement Description on page 82 Range AUTO PROTocol RISE IMMediate See Triggering of Measurements on page 149 Query AUTO PROT RISE IMM RST Setting AUTO Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP PFERROR TRI
597. uring transitions associated with preset operations Examine the results in Tables 4 and 5 to determine which preset to use for your situation Partial Preset Users save setup time with a partial preset because measurement setup parameters remain unchanged This is the recommended way to place the test set in a known condition Press the green PRESET key on the front panel to perform a partial preset Table 1 Partial Preset Behavior Function Result Trigger Arm no change Measurement parameters no change Call in progress aborted Operating Mode Active Cell Measurements aborted and inactivated Measurement results NAN Cell Activated State ON Cell Power State ON Call Control Status Idle Call Counters cleared Call Error Counters cleared SACCH cleared Measurement integrity 1 no result available indicator Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM PRESET3 Command for a partial preset when user in remote operation SYSTEM PRESET3 is the recommended command for a Partial Preset operation The SYSTEM PRESET 1 535 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters gen_inst_states fm Preset Descriptions command is not recommended for use at this time Full Preset A full preset requires the user to setup new measurements and their parameters If new setup parameters are not needed use a partial preset to save time Transmit power is s
598. urns ARFCN RFLEVEL NCC BCC in that order CALL MS REPorted ONUMber Function Query the MS for the originated number keyed in on the MS Query range up to 21 ASCII characters and resolution 1 RST Setting null string Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED ONUMBER CALL MS REPorted PCLass Function Query the MS for its Power Class mark Query range PGSM EGSM 1to5 and 9 91E 437 DCS PCS 1 to 3 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED PCLASS 258 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_ms fm CALL MS CALL MS REPorted REVIsion Function Query the MS to determine which Phase of GSM standards it complies with Query range UNKNown PHASel PHASe2 RST Setting PHAS2 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED REVISION CALL MS REPorted RXLevel LAST Function Received level of the TCH in dB relative to 110 dBm which the MS measured during the last SACCH multiframe Query range 0 to 63 and 9 91E 37 resolution 1 RST Setting 9 91E 37 NAN Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL MS REPORTED RXLEVEL LAST CALL MS REPor
599. use this GPIB command OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG REVISION AMPS 136 MOBILE TEST e In order to select a revision of a test application use this GPIB command OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION SELECT REVISION GSM mobile test A 04 00 Query that returns the number of revisions for a specified test application O UTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG REVISION COUNT GSM MOBILE TEST License Status of Test Applications The test application license status can be queried for a particular test application and revision using the following GPIB command OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM APPLICATION CATALOG LICENSE GSM mobile test A 04 00 This query returns one of the following LIC Thetest application license status is licensed e NLIC Thetest application license status is not licensed e UNKN Thetest application license status is unknown If you switch to an unlicensed state the test set will reboot to SYSTEM CONFIG screen unable to switch to any other screen or make any measurements View the Test Application Setup menu to determine the licensed versions of test applications available Usethe Test Application key to switch to a licensed version of the test application Manual User Revision selection is found in the SYSTEM CONFIG screen Test Application Setup menu Revisions are shown with the
600. ut value in seconds that will be used for output RF spectrum measurements when the SETup ORF Spectrum TI Meout STATe is ON The units S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds OUTPUT 714 S Programming Example ETUP ORFSPECTRUM TIMEOUT TIME 1 Sets the timeout value to 15 seconds SETup ORFSpectrum TIMeout STIMe Function Sets queries the timeout value in seconds that will be used for output RF spectrum measurements and turns the timeout state on The units S MS are optional if no units are specified than units default to S Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 seconds Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP ORFSPECTRUM TIMEOUT STIME 12 Sets the timeout value to 10 seconds and the state to on 419 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_orfspectrum fm SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum TIMeout STATe Function Selects queries output RF spectrum measurement timeout state Setting O OFF 1 ON Query 0 1 RST Setting O off Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP ORFSPI ECTRUM TIM EOUT STATE ON Sets timeout state to on S
601. ution 1 RST Setting 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT PAGE 244 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_call_count fm CALL COUNt CALL COUNt RACH Function Queries the RACH counter The RACH counter keeps track of the number of RACH bursts received by the base station emulator during call setup attempts Query Range 0 to 9999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 0 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT RACH CALL COUNt TDMA FRAMes Function Sets queries theMax Frames Allowed for Assignment field The Max Frames Allowed for Assignment field specifies the maximum number ofTDMA frames the mobile station is allowed totake from the start of the assignment or handover command for a channel assignment This is only applicable to changes in TCH band TCH ARFCN or TCH timeslot Changes to any other TCH parameter will not cause an error to be generated if the number of frames taken to perform the change exceeds the setting of the Max Frames Allowed for Assignment field Setting Range 15 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 15 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 28 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 CALL COUNT TDMA FRAMES 15 Sets the number of TDMA frames allowed before transmitting the new TCH 245 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_
602. ution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 SETUP ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING COUNT SNUMBER 55 Sets the multi measurment value to 10 and the state to on SETup ORFSpectrum SWITching COUNt NUMBer Function Sets queries the ORF S due to switching multi measurement count value see Output RF Spectrum M easurement Descri ption on page 75 Setting Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 Query Range 1 to 999 Resolution 1 RST Setting 10 Programming Example OUTPUT 714 S ETUP ORFSPECTRUM SWITCHING COUNT NUMBER 15 Sets the multi measurement count number for ORFS due to switching to l5 417 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters hpib_setup_orfspectrum fm SETup ORFSpectrum SETup ORFSpectrum SWITching FREQuency OFFSet Function Sets queries the list of output RF spectrum due to switching frequency offsets Each offset listed in the command is turned on by default If no frequency offsets null list are sent the output RF spectrum due to switching measurement will not be made The units GHZ MHZ KHZ HZ are optional if no units are specified than units default to HZ See Output RF Spectrum Measurement Description on page 75 Setting Range 0 to 8 comma separated values ranging from 1 8 MHz to 10 Hz and 10 Hz to 1 8 MHz Resolution 10 Hz
603. wever the user may want to select the trigger source Table 1 Recommended Trigger Source Settings Input Signal Type Recommended Trigger Source Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile Protocol station in active cell mode Normal GSM TCH burst with mobile RF Rise station in test mode Non bursted signal including GMSK data RF Rise with mobile station in test mode Related Topics DEAR KARA KE ARK ARK A KK ok OK AK A AK A ARK EK OK ACK AEA KE RAK OK AK EA AKA AK ROK ARK A KK KK OK KK AK Programming an Output RF Spectrum Measurement on page 78 Test Adherence to Standards on page 110 77 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters meas_orfs_desc fm Programming an Output RF Spectrum Measurement Programming an Output RF Spectrum Measurement This section provides an example of how to make the output RF spectrum ORFS measurement via GPIB The following procedure assumes that an active link is established between the test set and the mobile station See Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station on page 28 1 Configure the ORFS measurement parameters using the SETup subsystem 2 Start the ORFS measurement using the INI Tiate subsystem 3 Uset
604. would need a 1 414 Vpeak expected voltage value The trigger source for analog audio is always set to Immediate The test set has a tunable bandpass filter with a 100 Hz bandwidth that can be used to tune out ambient noise for making 217 Hz buzz or 8 kHz whine tests The filter s range is from 200 Hz to 8 0 kHz The analog audio measurement returns the following measurement results Audio Measurement Integrity Indicator e Audio Measurement Result 0 V pms to 420 Vrms e AudioMulti measurement Maximum 0 Vrms to 20 Vrms when multi measurement count is on e Audio Multi measurement Minimum 0 Vrms to 20 V ms when multi measurement count is on Audio Multi measurement Standard Deviation 0 V to 14 14214 V when multi measurement count is on None of the analog audio measurement results are affected by amplitude offset When making an audio measurement on a single port you should terminate the other audio port with either a 50 ohm load or a short This improves the accuracy of the measurement by reducing sensitivity to stray signals at the unused port If noiseis making your audio measurement difficult use the 100 Hz bandwidth tunable band pass filter This narrow band filter reduces the noise significantly Refer to SETup AAU Dio F LTer SF Requency on page 382 Trigger Source Analog audio measurements are triggered immediately after being armed Arming is not necessary if the trigger state is set to continuous Related T
605. y configure the traffic channel parameters for the call assignment See CALL TCHannel on page 286 If necessary set the IMSI state See CALL PAGing I MSI on page 268 Example 1 OUTPUT 714 CALL PAGING IMSI 01012345678901 would set the paging IMSI to 01012345678901 If necessary set the repeat paging state See CALL PAGing RE Peat STATe on page 269 Example 2 OUTPUT 714 CALL PAGING REPEAT ON would turn on repeat paging Configure the necessary call processing connect disconnect synchronization conditions See Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 Pagethe mobile station by sending the call originate command to the test set Example 3 OUTPUT 714 CALL ORIGINATE would start the process of making a base station originated call IMPORTANT To verify that the origination is successfully completed see Call Processing State Synchronization on page 35 28 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 ReleaseWReference ManuahlChapters prog call setup fm Establishing an Active Link with the Mobile Station Making a Mobile Station Originated Call The process for making a mobile station originated call is to 1 If necessary configure the necessary traffic channel parameters for the call assignment See CALL TCHannel on page 286 2 Configure the necessary call processing connect disconnect synchronization conditions See Call Process
606. y reset operation and can only be changed by direct access to the parameter itself LAN Subnet Mask The LAN subnet mask address is a character string with a maximum of 15 characters and a format of A B C D whereA B C and D are between 0 and 255 No embedded spaces are allowed The address may be manually set viewed in the system configuration screen The LAN subnet mask address can be set queried using the SY STem subsystem The subnet mask number combined with the IP address identifies which network and subnet your computer is on Contact your system administrator for the correct subnet mask for your network The subnet mask determines the boundaries between the subnet I D and the host ID 560 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_lan fm Configuring the Test Set s LAN TheLAN subnet mask is a non volatile parameter The LAN subnet mask is not affected by any reset operation and can only be changed by direct access to the parameter itself NOTE If the LAN address is set toa valuein a different network class than the previous value the subnet mask will change to the default net mask for the new network class The subnet mask number is obtained from your network administrator Related Topics DEAR AKA KK AE AE ARK A KK EK AK AK A AK A KK AE OK ACK AEA KE EK ROK AK EA KAR A ARK ARK A KA KK OK KK AK SY STem COM M unicate LAN SELF J ADDRess on page 482 SY STem COM Munic
607. y returns N integrity indicators and N average TX power levels where N is the number of bursts measured To set the number of bursts you want to measure use SETup DPOWer COU Nt NUM Ber on page 404 Query Integrity indicators for each individual burst e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Average TX power levels for each individual burst Range 100 to 100 dBm and 9 91 E 37 NAN Resolution 0 01 dBm READ FBERror ALL Function Queries initiates and fetches one fast bit error measurement as a sequential operation Returns Integrity Indicator see Integrity Indicator on page 125 Bits Tested Bit Error Ratio and Fast Bit Error Count using mobile station burst by burst looback type C loopback The FETCh command should be used to obtain other measurement results See F ETCh F BERror on page 314 364 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference ManualChaptershpib read fm READ Query Integrity indicator e Range 0 to 16 Resolution 1 Bits tested Range 0 to RX Fast BER bits to test 455 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Bit error ratio Range 0 to 100 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 Fast bit error count Range 0 to RX Fast BER bits to test 455 and 9 91E 37 NAN Resolution 1 READ IQTuning ALL Function Queries initiates and fetches the Q Tuning measurement results Query returns the i
608. y the test set to verify if the time base is locked The reference oscillator functionality is controlled through the SYSTEM subsystem Example OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM ROSCILLATOR TIMEBASE returns INT or EXT internal or external timebase OUTPUT 714 SYSTEM ROSCILLATOR LOCKED returns 1 or 0 locked or unlocked condition for timebase Related Topics DEAR AKA AK AK AK ARK A AK ok AK AK A AK KE KK ek OK AK AEA KE EK ROK AK EA EK KE ARK ARK SK KA KK OK KK AK SY STem ROSCillator on page 495 Rear Panel Connectors on page 547 DRAKA KAA AK AEA AK AEA A A AE A AK AK AEA AK A RR EK AK A AK AEA ARK A RK EK KKK 568 S Hp8960 E1960A GSM Mobile Test Application A 04 Release Reference_Manual Chapters conf_timebase fm Selecting a Radio Personality Selecting a Radio Personality Description Different radio personalities such as GSM or AMPS 136 can be tested when the optional test application for each radio personality is purchased from Agilent Technologies When the operations described in this section are queried several seconds may pass before the information is ready to be displayed You can query the current revision the selected revision all the revisions and the total count of revisions for a selected test application These queries are helpful when changing revisions or loading new revisions They are not usually necessary when switching test applications

Legal Information

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents